2006 FX Owner's Manual...faction you feel with the INFINITI — from the way it looks and drives to...

Foreword

Your INFINITI represents a new way ofthinking about vehicle design. It inte-grates advanced engineering and superiorcraftsmanship with a simple, refined aes-thetic sensitivity associated with tradi-tional Japanese culture.

The result is a different notion of luxuryand beauty. The car itself is important, butso is the sense of harmony that the vehicleevokes in its driver, and the sense of satis-faction you feel with the INFINITI — fromthe way it looks and drives to the high levelof dealer service.

To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI tothe fullest, we encourage you to read thisOwner’s Manual immediately. It explainsall of the features, controls and perfor-mance characteristics of your INFINITI; italso provides important instructions andsafety information.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletcan be found in your Owner’s literatureportfolio. The INFINITI Service and Main-tenance Guide explains details aboutmaintaining and servicing your vehicle. Al-ways carry it with you when you take yourINFINITI to an authorized dealer. Theportfolio contents provide complete infor-mation about all warranties covering thisvehicle, the periodic maintenance re-quired to keep the warranties in effect as

well as the INFINITI Roadside Assistanceprogram.

Additionally, a separate Customer Careand Lemon Law Information Booklet willexplain how to resolve any concerns youmay have with your vehicle, as well asclarify your rights under your state’slemon law.

INFINITI is dedicated to providing a satis-fying ownership experience for as long asyou own your car. Should you have anyquestions regarding your INFINITI or anINFINITI dealer, please contact our Con-sumer Affairs department at:In U.S. 1-800-662-6200In Canada 1-800-361-4792

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELYBefore driving your vehicle please readyour Owner’s Manual carefully. This willensure familiarity with controls and main-tenance requirements, assisting you inthe safe operation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS FOR SAFETY!Follow these important driving rules to helpensure a safe and comfortable trip for you andyour passengers!

O NEVER drive under the influence of al-cohol or drugs.

O ALWAYS observe posted speed limits andnever drive too fast for conditions.

O ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriatechild restraint systems. Preteen childrenshould be seated in the rear seat.

O ALWAYS provide information about theproper use of vehicle safety features to alloccupants of the vehicle.

O ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manual for im-portant safety information.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified. Modi-fication could affect its performance,safety or durability, and may even violategovernmental regulations. In addition,damage or performance problems re-sulting from modifications may not becovered under INFINITI warranties.

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WHEN READING THE MANUALThis manual includes information for alloptions available on this model. There-fore, you may find some information thatdoes not apply to your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustra-tions in this manual are those in effect atthe time of printing. INFINITI reserves theright to change specifications or design atany time without notice.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUAL

You will see various symbols in this manual.They are used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of a haz-ard that could cause death or serious per-sonal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk, theprocedures must be followed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of a haz-ard that could cause minor or moderate per-sonal injury or damage to your vehicle. Toavoid or reduce the risk, the procedures mustbe followed carefully.

If you see this symbol, it means Do not dothis or Do not let this happen.

If you see a symbol similar to these in anillustration, it means the arrow points tothe front of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothese indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothese call attention to an item in the illus-tration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

WARNING

Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, andcertain vehicle components contain or emitchemicals known to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects or other repro-ductive harm. In addition, certain fluids con-tained in vehicles and certain products ofcomponent wear contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California to cause can-cer and birth defects or other reproductiveharm.

BLUETOOTH is a trademarkowned by Bluetooth SIG,Inc., U.S.A. and licenced toXanavi Informatics Corpora-tion.

© 2005 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.TOKYO, JAPAN

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s Manual may bereproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or transmittedin any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, pho-tocopying, recording or otherwise, without the priorwritten permission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.

SIC0697

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Table ofContents

Illustrated table of contents 0

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1

Instruments and controls 2

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4

Starting and driving 5

In case of emergency 6

Appearance and care 7

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8

Technical and consumer information 9

Index 10

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

0 Illustrated table of contents

Exterior ............................................................ 0-2Instrument panel.............................................. 0-3Meters and gauges ........................................... 0-4

Engine compartment ......................................... 0-5VQ35DE engine ........................................... 0-5VK45DE engine ........................................... 0-6

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Hood (Page 3-24)

2. Headlight and turn signal switch(P.2-21)

3. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-21)

4. Windshield (P.8-21)

5. Sunroof (if so equipped) (P.2-43)

6. Power windows (P.2-41)

7. Recovery hook (P.6-16)

8. Fog light and switch (P.2-28)

9. Tires— Wheel and tires (P.8-35, 9-10)— Flat tire (P.6-2)

10. Mirrors (P.3-30)

11. Doors (P.3-3)— Keys— Door locks— Remote keyless entry system— Intelligent Key (if so equipped)

12. Lift gate (P.3-24)

13. Rear window wiper (P.8-23)

14. Rear combination light (P.8-33)

15. Fuel-filler door (P.3-26)

16. Child safety locks (P.3-5)

SSI0012A

EXTERIOR

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

Z 05.11.14/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Outside mirror remote control (P.3-31)2. Headlight, fog light and turn signal

switch (P.2-23)3. Trip odometer reset knob (P.2-4)4. Instrument brightness control switch

(P.2-25)5. Headlight aiming control switch

(P.2-26)6. Trip odometer select knob (P.2-4)7. Steering switch for Audio (P.4-40)/

Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System(if so equipped) (P.4-41)

8. Security indicator light (P.2-18)9. Meters and gauges (P.2-3)10. Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-37)11. Cruise control main/set switch

(P.5-22) or Intelligent cruise controlswitch (if so equipped) (P.5-24)

12. Windshield wiper/washer switch(P.2-21)

13. Ignition switch (P.3-14)14. Center ventilator (P.4-20)15. Display (P.4-4)/Navigation system (if

so equipped)*16. Audio system (P.4-25)17. Center multi-function control panel

(P.4-2)18. Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P.1-37)

SSI0182

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

Z 05.11.14/S50-D/V5.0 X

19. Lane departure warning (LDW) switch(if so equipped) (P.2-30)

20. Hood release handle (P.3-24)21. Fuse box (P.8-24)22. SNOW mode switch (P.2-31)23. Parking brake (P.5-18)24. Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) OFF

switch (P.2-31)25. Tilting/telescopic steering wheel

switch (P.3-28)26. Storage box and power outlet (P.2-33,

P.2-35)27. Hazard warning flasher switch

(P.2-28)28. Automatic transmission selector lever

(P.5-14)29. Heated seat switch (P.2-29)30. Clock (P.2-32)31. Automatic climate control system

(P.4-21)32. Glove box (P.2-36)*: Refer to the separate Navigation System

Owner’s Manual. (if so equipped)

1. Warning/Indicator lights (P.2-9)

2. Tachometer (P.2-4)

3. Speedometer (P.2-4)

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge(P.2-5)

5. Intelligent cruise control system dis-play (if so equipped) (P.5-24)

6. Automatic transmission position indi-cator (P.5-14)

7. Odometer (Total/Twin trip) (P.2-4)8. Fuel gauge (P.2-5)

SIC2135

METERS AND GAUGES


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

VQ35DE ENGINE

1. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-24)

2. Battery (P.8-17)

3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-11)

4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-16)

5. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-9)

6. Window washer fluid reservoir(P.8-16)

7. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-15)

8. Radiator filler cap (P.8-9)

9. Drive belts (P.8-19)

10. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-11)

11. Air cleaner (P.8-20)

SDI1991

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Illustrated table of contents 0-5

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

VK45DE ENGINE

1. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-24)

2. Battery (P.8-17)

3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-11)

4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-16)

5. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-9)

6. Window washer fluid reservoir(P.8-16)

7. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-15)

8. Radiator filler cap (P.8-9)

9. Drive belts (P.8-19)

10. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-11)

11. Air cleaner (P.8-20)

SDI1987


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system

Seats................................................................ 1-2Front power seat adjustment........................ 1-2Rear seat adjustment................................... 1-4Head restraint adjustment ........................... 1-6Active head restraint (front seats)................. 1-7Armrest ....................................................... 1-7

Seat belts ......................................................... 1-8Precautions on seat belt usage .................... 1-8Child safety ............................................... 1-11Pregnant women ....................................... 1-12Injured persons......................................... 1-12Three-point type seat belt with retractor ..... 1-12Rear center seat belt.................................. 1-15Seat belt extenders.................................... 1-18Seat belt maintenance ............................... 1-18

Child restraints ............................................... 1-19Precautions on child restraints................... 1-19Child restraint installation on rear seatoutboard or center positions ...................... 1-21

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system ....................................... 1-26Top tether strap child restraint ................... 1-27Child restraint installation on frontpassenger seat.......................................... 1-29

Booster seats ................................................. 1-32Precautions on booster seats ..................... 1-32Booster seat installation on rear seatoutboard or center positions ...................... 1-35Booster seat installation on frontpassenger seat.......................................... 1-36

Supplemental restraint system........................ 1-37Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem ...................................................... 1-37INFINITI advanced air bag system(front seats)............................................... 1-43Supplemental air bag warning labels.......... 1-51Supplemental air bag warning light............ 1-52

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Do not ride in a moving vehicle when theseatback is reclined. This can be dan-gerous. The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. In an accident, youcould be thrown into it and receive neckor other serious injuries. You could alsoslide under the lap belt and receive se-rious internal injuries.

O For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back in theseat and adjust the seat belt properly.See “Precautions on seat belt usage”later in this section.

FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT

WARNING

O Do not adjust the driver’s seat while driv-ing so full attention may be given to ve-hicle operation. The seat may move sud-denly and could cause loss of control ofthe vehicle.

O Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls. Unattendedchildren could become involved in se-rious accidents.

Operating tipsO The seat motor has an auto-reset over-

load protection circuit. If the motorstops during operation, wait 30 sec-onds, then reactivate the switch.

O Do not operate the power support seatfor a long period of time when the en-gine is off. This will discharge the bat-tery.

See “Automatic drive positioner” in the “3.Pre-driving checks and adjustments” sec-tion for automatic drive positioner opera-tion.

SSS0133B

SEATS

1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Forward and backward

Moving the switch j1 forward or backwardwill slide the seat forward or backward tothe desired position.

Reclining

Move the recline switch j2 backward untilthe desired angle is obtained. To bring theseatback forward again, move the switchj2 forward.

The reclining feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of differentsizes for added comfort and to help obtainproper seat belt fit. See “Precautions onseat belt usage” later in this section. Theseatback may be reclined to allow occu-pants to rest when the vehicle is parked.

Seat lifter

Push the front or rear end of the switch upor down to adjust the height and angle ofthe seat.

For the front passenger’s seat, only theangle of the seat can be adjusted.

SSS0474 SSS0475

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Lumbar support (if so equipped fordriver’s seat)

The lumbar support feature provides lowerback support to the driver. Push the frontj1 or back j2 end of the switch to adjustthe seat lumbar area.

REAR SEAT ADJUSTMENT

Folding

1. Store the center seat belts in the properposition. (See “REAR CENTER SEATBELT” later in this section.)

2. Slide the front seat forward if neces-sary. (See “FRONT POWER SEAT AD-JUSTMENT” earlier in this section.)

3. Pull the seat belt to side.

4. After removing the tonneau cover (if soequipped), pull the lever on the rearseat jA or pull the lever on both sides of

the luggage room jB and fold the seat-back.

5. When resetting the seat, be sure to in-stall the head restraints.

WARNING

O Never allow anyone to ride in the cargoarea or on the rear seat when it is in thefold-down position. Use of these areasby passengers without proper restraintscould result in serious injury in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

O It is extremely dangerous to ride in acargo area inside a vehicle. In a collision,people riding in these areas are morelikely to be seriously injured or killed.

O Do not allow people to ride in any area ofyour vehicle that is not equipped withseats and seat belts. Be sure everyone inyour vehicle is in a seat and using a seatbelt properly.

O Do not fold down the rear seats when oc-cupants are in the rear seat area, any

SSS0476 SSS0247


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

luggage is on the rear seat or any cup isin the cup holder.

O Head restraints should be adjusted prop-erly as they may provide significant pro-tection against injury in an accident. Al-ways replace and adjust them properly ifthey have been removed for any reason.

O If the head restraints are removed forany reason, they should be securelystored to prevent them from causing in-jury to passengers or damage to the ve-hicle in case of sudden braking or an ac-cident.

O Properly secure all cargo to help preventit from sliding or shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seatbacks. In asudden stop or collision, unsecuredcargo could cause personal injury.

O When returning the seatbacks to the up-right position, be certain they are com-pletely secured in the latched position. Ifthey are not completely secured, passen-gers may be injured in an accident orsud-den stop.

O When returning the seatbacks, be sure toattach the rear center seat belt con-nector.

O Do not unfasten the rear center seat beltconnector except when folding down therear seat.

O When attaching the rear center seat beltconnector, be certain that the seatbacksare completely secured in the latched po-sition and the rear center seat belt con-nector is completely secured.

O If the rear center seat belt connector andthe seatbacks are not secured in the cor-rect position, serious personal injurymay result in an accident or sudden stop.

Reclining

Pull the reclining lever j1 and position theseat back at the desired angle j2 . Releasethe reclining lever j1 after positioning theseat at the desired angle j2 .

WARNING

O Do not ride in a moving vehicle when theseatback is reclined. This can be dan-gerous. The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. In an accident,

SSS0248


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

you could be thrown into it and receiveneck or other serious injuries. You couldalso slide under the lap belt and receiveserious internal injuries.

O For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back in theseat and adjust the seat belt properly.See “Precautions on seat belt usage”later in this section.

O After adjustment, gently rock in the seatto make sure it is securely locked.

HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT

To raise the head restraint, just pull it up.To lower, push the lock knob j1 and pushthe head restraint down.

Adjust the head restraints so the center islevel with the center of your ears.

WARNING

Head restraints should be adjusted properlyas they may provide significant protectionagainst injury in an accident. Do not removethem. Check the adjustment after someoneelse uses the seat.

SSS0125C SSS0287


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT (frontseats)

WARNING

O Always adjust the head restraints prop-erly as specified in the previous section.Failure to do so can reduce the effective-ness of the active head restraint.

O Active head restraints are designed tosupplement other safety systems. Al-ways wear seat belts. No system canpre-vent all injuries in any accident.

O Do not attach anything to the head re-straint stalks. Doing so could impair ac-tive head restraint function.

The active head restraint moves forwardutilizing the force that the seatback re-ceives from the occupant in a rear-end col-lision. The movement of the head restrainthelps support the occupant’s head by re-ducing its backward movement andhelping absorb some of the forces that maylead to whiplash type injuries.

Active head restraints are effective for colli-sions at low to medium speeds in which itis said that whiplash injury occurs most.

Active head restraints operate only in cer-tain rear-end collisions. After the collision,the head restraints return to their originalpositions.

Properly adjust the active head restraintsas described in the previous section.

ARMREST

Front

Push the button j1 while sliding the arm-rest j2 to the desired position.

To use the console box, see “Console box”in the “2. Instruments and controls” sec-tion.

SSS0508 SSS0596Front


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Rear

Pull the armrest forward until it is hori-zontal.

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE

If you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright andwell back in your seat, your chances ofbeing injured or killed in an accidentand/or the severity of injury may be greatlyreduced. INFINITI strongly encouragesyou and all of your passengers to buckle upevery time you drive, even if your seatingposition includes a supplemental air bag.

Most states, provinces or territories re-quire that seat belts be worn at all timeswhen a vehicle is being driven.

SSS0243Rear

SEAT BELTS


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes. Children should be properly re-strained in the rear seat and, if appropri-ate, in a child restraint.

O The seat belt should be properly ad-justed to a snug fit. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the entire re-straint system and increase the chance

or severity of injury in an accident. Se-rious injury or death can occur if the seatbelt is not worn properly.

O Always route the shoulder belt over yourshoulder and across your chest. Neverrun the belt behind your back, under yourarm or across your neck. The belt shouldbe away from your face and neck, but notfalling off your shoulder.

O Position the lap belt as low and snug aspossible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THEWAIST. A lap belt worn too high could in-crease the risk of internal injuries in anaccident.

O Be sure the seat belt tongue is securelyfastened to the proper buckle.

O Do not wear the seat belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce its effec-tiveness.

O Do not allow more than one person touse the same seat belt.

O Never carry more people in the vehiclethan there are seat belts.

O If the seat belt warning light glows con-tinuously while the ignition is turned ONwith all doors closed and all seat beltsfastened, it may indicate a malfunction inthe system. Have the system checked byan INFINITI dealer.

O Once the pre-tensioner seat belt has acti-vated, it cannot be reused and must bereplaced together with the retractor. Seean INFINITI dealer.

SSS0136A


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Removal and installation of the pre-tensioner seat belt system componentsshould be done by an INFINITI dealer.

O All seat belt assemblies, including re-tractors and attaching hardware, shouldbe inspected after any collision by anINFINITI dealer. INFINITI recommendsthat all seat belt assemblies in useduring a collision be replaced unless thecollision was minor and the belts showno damage and continue to operateproperly. Seat belt assemblies not in useduring a collision should also be in-

spected and replaced if either damage orimproper operation is noted.

O All child restraints and attaching hard-ware should be inspected after any colli-sion. Always follow the restraint manu-facturer’s inspection instructions and re-placement recommendations. The childrestraints should be replaced if they aredamaged.

SSS0134A SSS0016

SSS0014


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

CHILD SAFETY

Children need adults to help protect them.They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information inthis manual, child safety information isavailable from many other sources, in-cluding doctors, teachers, governmenttraffic safety offices, and community orga-nizations. Every child is different, so besure to learn the best way to transport yourchild.

There are three basic types of child re-straint systems:

O Rear facing child restraint

O Front facing child restraint

O Booster seat

The proper restraint depends on the child’ssize. Generally, infants (up to about 1 yearand less than 20 lb (9 kg)) should beplaced in rear facing child restraints. Frontfacing child restraints are available for chil-dren who outgrow rear facing child re-straints and are at least 1 year old. Boosterseats are used to help position a vehiclelap/shoulder belt on a child who can nolonger use a front facing child restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special protection.The vehicle’s seat belts may not fit themproperly. The shoulder belt may come tooclose to the face or neck. The lap belt maynot fit over their small hip bones. In an acci-dent, an improperly fitting seat belt couldcause serious or fatal injury. Always use ap-propriate child restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approvedchild restraints for infants and small chil-dren. (See “Child restraints” later in thissection.)

Also, there are other types of child re-straints available for larger children for ad-ditional protection.

INFINITI recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rear seat.According to accident statistics, childrenare safer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat.

This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint

system (air bag system) for the front pas-senger. See “Supplemental restraintsystem” later in this section.

Infants

Infants up to at least one year old shouldbe placed in a rear facing child restraint.INFINITI recommends that infants beplaced in child restraints that comply withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.You should choose a child restraint whichfits your vehicle and always follow themanufacturer’s instructions for installationand use.

Small children

Children that are over one year old andweigh between 20 lb (9 kg) and 40 lb (18kg) can be placed in a forward facing childrestraint. Refer to the manufacturer’s in-structions for minimum and maximumweight and height recommendations. IN-FINITI recommends that small children beplaced in child restraints that comply withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.You should choose a child restraint that fitsyour vehicle and always follow the manu-facturer’s instructions for installation anduse.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Larger children

Children who are too large for child re-straints should be seated and restrainedby the seat belts which are provided. Theseat belt may not fit properly if the child isless than 4 feet 9 inches (142.5 cm) talland weighs between 40 lb (18 kg) and 80 lb(36 kg). A booster seat should be used toobtain proper seat belt fit.

INFINITI recommends that a child beplaced in a commercially available boosterseat if the shoulder belt in the child’s seat-ing position fits close to the face or neck orif the lap portion of the seat belt goesacross the abdomen. The booster seatshould raise the child so that the shoulderbelt is properly positioned across the top,middle portion of the shoulder and the lapbelt is low on the hips. A booster seat canonly be used in seating positions that havea three-point type seat belt. The boosterseat should fit the vehicle seat and have alabel certifying that it complies with Fed-eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Ca-nadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.Once the child has grown so the shoulderbelt is no longer on or near the face andneck, use the shoulder belt without thebooster seat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on any seatand do not allow a child in the cargo areaswhile the vehicle is moving. The child couldbe seriously injured or killed in an accidentor sudden stop.

PREGNANT WOMEN

INFINITI recommends that pregnantwomen use seat belts. The seat belt shouldbe worn snug, and always position the lapbelt as low as possible around the hips, notthe waist, and place the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across your chest. Neverrun the lap/shoulder belt over your ab-dominal area. Contact your doctor for spe-cific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONS

INFINITI recommends that injured personsuse seat belts, depending on the injury.Check with your doctor for specific recom-mendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITHRETRACTOR

WARNING

O Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes.

O Do not ride in a moving vehicle when theseatback is reclined. This can be dan-gerous. The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. In an accident,

SSS0292Front seat


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

you could be thrown into it and receiveneck or other serious injuries. You couldalso slide under the lap belt and receiveserious internal injuries.

O For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back in theseat and adjust the seat belt properly.

Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. See “Seats” earlier in

this section.

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the re-tractor and insert the tongue into thebuckle until it clicks. (For additional in-formation regarding the rear centerseat belt, see “Setting center seatbelt”.)

O The retractor is designed to lock duringa sudden stop or on impact. A slowpulling motion will permit the belt tomove, and allow you some freedom ofmovement in the seat.

O If the seat belt cannot be pulled fromits fully retracted position, firmly pullthe belt and release it. Then smoothlypull the belt out of the retractor.

3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion towardthe retractor to take up extra slack. Besure the shoulder belt is routed overyour shoulder and across your chest.

The front passenger and rear seat beltshave a locking mechanism for child re-

SSS0293Rear seat

SSS0290Front seat

SSS0291ARear seat


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

straint installation. It is referred to as theautomatic locking mode.

When the locking mechanism is activatedthe seat belt cannot be extended again un-til the seat belt tongue is detached fromthe buckle and fully retracted. For addi-tional information, see “Child restraints”later in this section.

The automatic locking mode should beused only for child restraint installation.During normal seat belt use by a pas-senger, the locking mode should not be ac-tivated. If it is activated it may cause un-comfortable seat belt tension. It can alsochange the operation of the front pas-senger air bag. See “Front passenger airbag and status light” later in this section.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certainthat the seatbacks are completely secured inthe latched position. If they are not com-pletely secured, passengers may be injuredin an accident or sudden stop.

Unfastening the seat belts

To unfasten the belt, press the button onthe buckle. The seat belt will automaticallyretract.

Checking seat belt operation

Your seat belt retractors are designed tolock belt movement using two separatemethods:

O when the belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.

O when the vehicle slows down rapidly.

To increase your confidence in the seatbelts, check the operation as follows:

O grasp the shoulder belt and pull quicklyforward. The retractor should lock andrestrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during thischeck or if you have any questions aboutbelt operation, see an INFINITI dealer.

SSS0326


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Shoulder belt height adjustment(for front seats)

The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best suited foryou. (See “Precautions on seat belt usage”earlier in this section.) To adjust, pull therelease button jA , and then move theshoulder belt anchor to the desired posi-tion, so that the belt passes over the centerof the shoulder. The belt should be awayfrom your face and neck, but not falling offof your shoulder. Release the adjustmentbutton to lock the shoulder belt anchor intoposition.

WARNING

O After adjustment, release the adjustmentbutton and try to move the shoulder beltanchor up and down to make sure it is se-curely fixed in position.

O The shoulder belt anchor height shouldbe adjusted to the position best for you.Failure to do so may reduce the effective-ness of the entire restraint system andincrease the chance or severity of injuryin an accident.

REAR CENTER SEAT BELT

The rear center seat belt has a connectortongue j1 and a seat belt tongue j2 . Boththe connector tongue and the seat belttongue must be securely latched for properseat belt operation.

SSS0351 SSS0240


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Always fasten the connector tongue andthe seat belt in the order shown.

O Always make sure both the connectortongue and the seat belt tongue are se-cured when using the seat belt. Do notuse it with only the seat belt tongue at-tached. This could result in serious per-sonal injury in case of an accident or asudden stop.

Stowing rear center seat belt

When folding down the rear seat, the rearcenter seat belt can be retracted into astowed position as follows:

1. Hold the connector tongue j1 so thatthe seat belt does not retract suddenlywhen the tongue is released from theconnector buckle.

2. Insert a suitable tool such as a key jA

into the connector buckle and releasethe connector tongue.

3. Fold the connector as illustrated j2 .

4. Then secure the connector tongue intothe retractor base j3 in the ceiling.

WARNING



SSS0241

SSS0249


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X


Attaching rear center seat belt

Always be sure the rear center seat beltconnector tongue and connector buckle areattached. Disconnect only when foldingdown the rear seat.

To connect the buckle:

1. Pull out the seat belt tongue from theretractor base j1 in the ceiling.

2. Pull the seat belt and secure the con-nector buckle until it clicks j2 .

The center seat belt connector tongue andbuckle are indicated by the “.” and “m”mark.

The center seat belt connector tongue canbe attached only into the rear center seatbelt connector buckle.

To fasten the seat belt, see “Fastening theseat belt” earlier in this section.

WARNING


SSS0250


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X



SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position,it is not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt and fasten it, an extender isavailable. The extender adds approxi-mately 8 inches (200 mm) of length andmay be used for either the driver or frontpassenger seating position. See an IN-FINITI dealer for assistance if the extenderis required.

WARNING

O Only INFINITI seat belt extenders, madeby the same company which made theoriginal equipment seat belts, should beused with INFINITI seat belts.

O Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use an ex-tender. Such unnecessary use could re-sult in serious personal injury in theevent of an accident.

O Never use seat belt extenders to installchild restraints. If the child restraint isnot secured properly, the child could beseriously injured in a collision or asudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

O To clean the seat belt webbings, applya mild soap solution or any solutionrecommended for cleaning upholsteryor carpets. Then brush the webbing,wipe it with a cloth and allow it to dry inthe shade. Do not allow the seat beltsto retract until they are completely dry.

O If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, the seatbelts may retract slowly. Wipe theshoulder belt guide with a clean, drycloth.

O Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexiblewires and anchors work properly. Ifloose parts, deterioration, cuts or otherdamage on the webbing is found, theentire belt assembly should be re-placed.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

O Infants and small children should alwaysbe placed in an appropriate child re-straint while riding in the vehicle. Failureto use a child restraint can result in se-rious injury or death.

O Infants and small children should neverbe carried on your lap. It is not possible

for even the strongest adult to resist theforces of a severe accident. The childcould be crushed between the adult andparts of the vehicle. Also, do not put thesame seat belt around both your childand yourself.

O Never install a rear-facing child restraintin the front seat. An inflating supple-mental front air bag could seriously in-jure or kill your child. A rear-facing childrestraint must only be used in the rearseat.

O INFINITI recommends that the child re-straint be installed in the rear seat. Ac-cording to accident statistics, childrenare safer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat.

O An improperly installed child restraintcould lead to serious injury or death inan accident.

In general, child restraints are designed tobe installed with the lap portion of alap/shoulder seat belt. In addition, this ve-hicle is equipped with a universal child re-straint lower anchor system, referred to asthe LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system. Some child restraints in-clude two rigid or webbing-mounted at-tachments that can be connected to theselower anchors. For details, see “LATCH(Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren)SYSTEM” later in this section.Child restraints for infants and children ofvarious sizes are offered by several manu-facturers. When selecting any child re-straint, keep the following points in mind:

O choose only a restraint with a label cer-tifying that it complies with Federal Mo-tor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or

SSS0099 SSS0269

CHILD RESTRAINTS


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.

O check the child restraint in your vehicleto be sure it is compatible with the vehi-cle’s seat and seat belt system.

O if the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in thechild restraint and check the variousadjustments to be sure the child re-straint is compatible with your child.Choose a child restraint that is de-signed for your child’s height andweight. Always follow all recommendedprocedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces re-quire that infants and small children be re-strained in approved child restraints at alltimes while the vehicle is being operated.

WARNING

O Improper use of a child restraint can in-crease the risk or severity of injury forboth the child and other occupants of thevehicle.

O Follow all of the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions for installation anduse. When purchasing a child restraint,be sure to select one which will fit yourchild and vehicle. It may not be possibleto properly install some types of child re-straints in your vehicle.

O If the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child being injuredin a collision or a sudden stop greatly in-creases.

O Adjustable seatbacks should be posi-tioned to fit the child restraint, but as up-right as possible.

O After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side. Try to tug it forwardand check to see if the belt holds the re-straint in place. The child restraintshould not move more than 1 inch (25mm). If the restraint is not secure,tighten the belt as necessary, or put therestraint in another seat and test itagain. You may need to try a differentchild restraint. Not all child restraints fitin all types of vehicles.

O If you must install a front facing child re-straint in the front seat, see “Child re-straint installation on front passengerseat” later in this section for details.

O When your child restraint is not in use,keep it secured with a seat belt to pre-vent it from being thrown around in caseof a sudden stop or accident.

CAUTION

Remember that a child restraint left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot. Checkthe seating surface and buckles beforeplacing your child in the child restraint.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONON REAR SEAT OUTBOARD ORCENTER POSITIONS

WARNING

O The three-point seat belt in your vehicleis equipped with an automatic lockingmode retractor which must be used wheninstalling a child restraint.

O Failure to use the automatic lockingmode will result in the child restraint notbeing properly secured. The restraintcould tip over or otherwise be unsecuredand cause injury to the child in a suddenstop or collision.

O When installing a child restraint systemin the rear center position both thecenter seat belt connector tongue andbuckle tongue must be secured. See “At-taching rear center seat belt” earlier inthis section.

Front facing

When you install a child restraint in a rearoutboard or center seat, follow thesesteps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions. The back of thechild restraint should be securedagainst the vehicle seatback. If neces-sary, adjust or remove the head re-straint to obtain the correct child re-straint fit. See “Head restraint adjust-ment” earlier in this section. If the headrestraint is removed, store it in a

secure place. Be sure to install the headrestraint when the child restraint is re-moved. If the seating position does nothave an adjustable head restraint and itis interfering with the proper child re-straint fit, try another seating positionor a different child restraint.

SSS0252ARear outboard seat

SSS0342Rear center seat


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage.Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for beltrouting.

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of thebelt is fully extended. At this time, thebelt retractor is in the automatic lockingmode (child restraint mode). It revertsback to emergency locking mode whenthe belt is fully retracted.

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

SSS0253E SSS0254E SSS0332A


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

5. Before placing the child in the child re-straint, use force to push the child re-straint from side to side, and push itforward to make sure that it is securelyheld in place. It should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm). If it does movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), pull again onthe shoulder belt to further tighten thechild restraint. If unable to properly se-cure the restraint, move the restraint toanother rear seating position and tryagain, or try a different child restraint.Not all child restraints fit in all types ofvehicles.

6. Check that the retractor is in the auto-matic locking mode by trying to pullmore belt out of the retractor. If youcannot pull any more belt webbing outof the retractor, the belt is in the auto-matic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child re-straint is properly secured prior to eachuse. If the belt is not locked, repeatsteps 3 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is fully retracted, the automaticlocking mode (child restraint mode) will becanceled.

Rear facing

When you install a child restraint in a rearoutboard or center seat, follow thesesteps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the restraint manufactur-er’s instructions.

SSS0333 SSS0357Rear outboard seat


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage.Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for beltrouting.


SSS0358Rear center seat

SSS0335 SSS0258A


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up theshoulder belt to remove any slack in thebelt.

5. Before placing the child in the child re-straint, use force to push the child re-straint from side to side, and tug it for-ward to make sure that it is securelyheld in place. It should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm). If it does movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), pull again onthe shoulder belt to further tighten thechild restraint. If unable to properly se-cure the restraint, move the restraint toanother rear seating position and tryagain, or try a different child restraint.Not all child restraints fit in all types ofvehicles.


7. Check to make sure that the child re-straint is properly secured prior to eachuse. If the belt is not locked, repeatsteps 3 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is allowed to wind back into theretractor, the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.SSS0259A SSS0260A


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

LATCH (LOWER ANCHORS ANDTETHERS FOR CHILDREN) SYSTEM

j1 LATCH lower anchor points (right)j2 LATCH lower anchor points (left)j3 LATCH label

The LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) anchor points are located in theseat cushions of the rear outboard seatingpositions only. Do not attempt to install achild restraint in the center position usingthe LATCH anchors.

The LATCH system anchors are located atthe rear of the seat cushion near the seat-

back. A label is attached to the seatback tohelp you locate the LATCH system anchors.

WARNING

O Attach LATCH system compatible childrestraints only at the locations shown. Ifa child restraint is not secured properly,your child could be seriously injured orkilled in an accident.

O Do not secure a child restraint in the rearcenter seating position using the LATCHsystem anchors. The child restraint willnot be secured properly.

O The LATCH system anchors are designedto withstand only those loads imposedby correctly fitted child restraints. Underno circumstance are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses.

Some child restraints include two rigid orwebbing-mounted attachments that can beconnected to two anchors located at cer-tain seating positions in your vehicle. Thissystem is known as the LATCH system. Thissystem may also be referred to as theISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. With

this system, you do not have to use a ve-hicle seat belt to secure the child restraint.Your vehicle is equipped with special an-chor points that are used with LATCHsystem compatible child restraints. Checkyour child restraint for a label stating that itis compatible with the LATCH system. Thisinformation may also be in the instructionsprovided by the child restraint manufac-turer. If you have such a child restraint, re-fer to the illustration for the rear seatingpositions equipped with LATCH system an-chors which can be used to secure the childrestraint.

Some child restraints may also require theuse of a top tether strap. See “Top tetherstrap child restraint” later in this sectionfor installation instructions.

When installing a child restraint, carefullyread and follow the instructions in thismanual and those supplied with the childrestraint.

When you install a LATCH system compat-ible child restraint to the lower anchor at-tachments in the rear seat, follow thesesteps.

SSS0613


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Inspect the lower anchors by inserting yourfingers into the lower anchor area andfeeling to make sure there are no obstruc-tions over the LATCH system anchors, suchas seat belt webbing or seat cushion mate-rial. The child restraint will not be securedproperly if the LATCH system anchors are ob-structed.

1. To install the LATCH system compatiblechild restraint, insert the child restraintLATCH system anchor attachments intothe anchor points on the seat.

To assist in attaching the child restraintto the lower anchors, recline the seat-back, latch the anchor attachments tothe anchors, and then return the seat-back to its normal, locked position. Ifthe child restraint is equipped with atop tether, see “Top tether strap childrestraint” later in this section for instal-lation instructions.

2. After attaching the child restraint andbefore placing the child in it, use forceto push the child restraint from side to

side and tug it forward to make surethat the child restraint is securely heldin place. It should not move more than1 inch (25 mm).

3. Check to make sure that the child re-straint is properly secured prior to eachuse.

TOP TETHER STRAP CHILDRESTRAINT

WARNING

O Child restraint anchor points are de-signed to withstand only those loads im-posed by correctly fitted child restraints.Under no circumstances are they to beused for adult seat belts or harnesses.

SSS0359


Z 05.11.14/S50-D/V5.0 X

O After removing a rear seat head restraintfor top tether installation, store it se-curely to prevent it from causing injury topassengers or damage to the vehicle incase of sudden braking or an accident.Always replace it and adjust properlywhen top tether is no longer in use.

If your child restraint has a top tetherstrap, it must be secured to the anchorpoint provided behind its position.

First, adjust the seatback so that it is up-right. Then secure the child restraint withthe rear seat belt or the LATCH system (out-board positions), as applicable. Removethe anchor cover from the anchor point asillustrated. Keep the removed cover in a se-cure place to prevent loss or damage.

Remove the head restraint from the seat-back. Store it in a secure place. Positionthe top tether strap over the top of the seat-back and secure it to the tether anchorbracket that provides the straightest instal-lation. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instruction to removeany slack.

For best child restraint fit, see the child re-straint installation instructions in this sec-tion and the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions.

Anchor point locations

Anchor points are located on the ceilingabove the luggage room.

If you have any questions when installinga top strap child restraint on the rear seat,consult an INFINITI dealer for details.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT

WARNING

O Never install a rear-facing child restraintin the front passenger seat. Supple-mental front air bags inflate with greatforce. A rear-facing child restraint couldbe struck by the supplemental front airbag in a crash and could seriously injureor kill your child.

O INFINITI recommends that child re-straints be installed in the rear seat.However, if you must install a forward-facing child restraint in the front passen-ger seat, move the passenger seat to therearmost position. Also, be sure the frontpassenger air bag status light is illumi-nated to indicate the passenger air bagis OFF. See “Front passenger air bag andstatus light” later in this section for de-tails.

O A child restraint with a top tether strapshould not be used in the front pas-senger seat.

O The passenger three-point seat belt isequipped with an automatic lockingmode retractor which must be usedwhen installing a child restraint.

O Failure to use the automatic lockingmode will result in the child restraint notbeing properly secured. The restraintcould tip over or otherwise be unsecuredand cause injury to the child in a suddenstop or collision. Also, it can change theoperation of the front passenger air bag.See “Front passenger air bag and statuslight” later in this section.

SSS0300A


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Front facing

If you must install a child restraint in thefront seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the frontpassenger seat. It should be placed ina front facing direction only. Move theseat to the rearmost position. Adjustthe head restraint to its highest posi-tion. Always follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions. Child re-straints for infants must be used in therear facing direction and thereforemust not be used in the front seat.

The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback. Ifnecessary, adjust or remove the head re-straint to obtain the correct child restraintfit. See “Head restraint adjustment” earlierin this section. If the head restraint is re-moved, store it in a secure place. Be sure toinstall the head restraint when the child re-straint is removed. If the seating positiondoes not have an adjustable head restraintand it is interfering with the proper child re-straint fit, try another seating position or adifferent child restraint.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage. Be sure to follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions forbelt routing.

SSS0301B SSS0360


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X


4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

5. Before placing the child in the child re-straint, use force to push the child re-straint from side to side, and tug it for-ward to make sure that it is securelyheld in place. It should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm). Before placing thechild in the child restraint, use force totilt the child restraint from side to side,and tug it forward to make sure that it issecurely held in place. It should notmove more than 1 inch (25 mm). If itdoes move more than 1 inch (25 mm),pull again on the shoulder belt to fur-ther tighten the child restraint. If un-

SSS0361 SSS0331A SSS0302C


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

able to properly secure the restraint,move the restraint to another rear seat-ing position and try again, or try a dif-ferent child restraint. Not all child re-straints fit in all types of vehicles.


7. Check to make sure that the child re-straint is properly secured prior to eachuse. If the lap belt is not locked, repeatsteps 3 through 6.

8. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion. The passenger air bag status light

should illuminate. If this light isnot illuminated, see “Front passengerair bag and status light” later in thissection. Move the child restraint to an-other seating position. Have thesystem checked by an INFINITI dealer.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is fully retracted, the automaticlocking mode (child restraint mode) will becanceled.

PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER SEATS

WARNING

O Infants and small children should alwaysbe placed in an appropriate child re-straint or booster seat while riding in thevehicle. Failure to use a child restraint orbooster seat can result in serious injuryor death.

O Infants and small children should neverbe carried on your lap. It is not possiblefor even the strongest adult to resist theforces of a severe accident. The childcould be crushed between the adult andparts of the vehicle. Also, do not put thesame seat belt around both your childand yourself.

O INFINITI recommends that the boosterseat be installed in the rear seat. Accord-ing to accident statistics, children aresafer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat.

O A booster seat must only be installed in aseating position that has a lap/shoulderbelt. Failure to use a three-point typeseat belt with a booster seat can result ina serious injury in sudden stop or colli-sion.

O An improperly installed booster seatcould lead to serious injury or death inan accident.

BOOSTER SEATS


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Do not use towels, books, pillows or otheritems in place of a booster seat. Items suchas these may move during normal driving ora collision and result in serious injury ordeath. Booster seats are designed to be usedwith a lap/shoulder belt. Booster seats aredesigned to properly route the lap andshoulder portions of the seat belt over thestrongest portions of a child’s body to pro-

vide the maximum protection during acollision.

Booster seats of various sizes are offeredby several manufacturers. When selectingany booster seat, keep the following pointsin mind:

O Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.

O Check the booster seat in your vehicleto be sure it is compatible with the vehi-cle’s seat and seat belt system.

O Make sure the child’s head will be prop-erly supported by the booster seat orvehicle seat. The seatback must be at orabove the center of the child’s ears. Forexample, if a low back booster seat j1is chosen, the vehicle seatback must beat or above the center of the child’sears. If the seatback is lower than thecenter of the child’s ears, a high backbooster seat j2 should be used.

LRS0455 LRS0453 LRS0464


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O If the booster seat is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in thebooster seat and check the various ad-justments to be sure the booster seat iscompatible with your child. Alwaysfollow all recommended procedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

WARNING

O Improper use of a booster seat can in-crease the risk or severity of injury forboth the child and other occupants of thevehicle.

O Follow all of the booster seat manufac-turer’s instructions for installation anduse. When purchasing a booster seat, besure to select one which will fit your childand vehicle. It may not be possible toproperly install some types of boosterseats in your vehicle.

O If the booster seat and seat belt are notused properly, the risk of a child beinginjured in a collision or a sudden stopgreatly increases.

O Adjustable seatbacks should be posi-tioned to fit the booster seat, but as up-right as possible.

O After placing the child in the booster seatand fastening the seat belt, make surethe shoulder portion of the belt is awayfrom the child’s face and neck and thelap portion of the belt does not cross theabdomen.

O Do not put the shoulder belt behind thechild or under the child’s arm. If youmust install a booster seat in the frontseat, see “Booster seat installation onfront passenger seat” later in this sec-tion.

O When your booster seat is not in use,keep it secured with a seat belt to pre-vent it from being thrown around in caseof a sudden stop or accident.

CAUTION

Remember that a booster seat left in a closedvehicle can become very hot. Check the seat-ing surface and buckles before placing yourchild in the booster seat.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ONREAR SEAT OUTBOARD OR CENTERPOSITIONS

CAUTION

Do not use the lap/shoulder belt automaticlocking mode when using a booster seat withthe seat belts. When you install a boosterseat in the rear seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the booster seat on the seat.Only place it in a front facing direction.Always follow the booster seat manu-facturer’s instructions.

2. The booster seat should be positionedon the vehicle seat so that it is stable. Ifnecessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct boosterseat fit. See “Head restraint adjust-ment” earlier in this section. If the headrestraint is removed, store it in a secureplace. Be sure to install the head re-straint when the booster seat is re-moved. If the seating position does nothave an adjustable head restraint and it

is interfering with the proper boosterseat fit, try another seating position ora different booster seat.

3. Position the lap portion of the seat beltlow and snug on the child’s hips. Besure to follow the booster seat manu-facturer’s instructions for adjusting thebelt routing.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion of theseat belt toward the retractor to take upextra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt ispositioned across the top, middle por-tion of the child’s shoulder. Be sure tofollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions for adjusting the beltrouting.

5. Follow the warnings, cautions and in-structions for properly fastening a seatbelt shown in the “Three-point seat beltwith retractor” earlier in this section.

LRS0452Outboard position

LRS0451Center position


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ONFRONT PASSENGER SEAT

WARNING

INFINITI recommends that child restraintsbe installed in the rear seat. However, if youmust install a booster seat in the front pas-senger seat, move the passenger seat to therearmost position. Also, be sure the frontpassenger air bag status light is illuminatedto indicate the passenger air bag is OFF. See

“Front passenger air bag and status light”later in this section for details.

If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, follow these steps:

1. Move the seat to the rearmost position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat.Only place it in a front facing direction.Always follow the booster seat manu-facturer’s instructions.

3. The booster seat should be positionedon the vehicle seat so that it is stable. Ifnecessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct boosterseat fit. See “Head restraint adjust-ment” earlier in this section. If the headrestraint is removed, store it in a secureplace. Be sure to install the head re-straint when the booster seat is re-moved. If the seating position does nothave an adjustable head restraint and itis interfering with the proper boosterseat fit, try another seating position ora different booster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat beltlow and snug on the child’s hips. Besure to follow the booster seat manu-facturer’s instructions for adjusting thebelt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of theseat belt toward the retractor to take upextra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt ispositioned across the top, middle por-tion of the child’s shoulder. Be sure tofollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions for adjusting the beltrouting.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and in-structions for properly fastening a seatbelt shown in the “Three-point seat beltwith retractor” earlier in this section.

7. When the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position, the passenger air bagstatus light may or may not beilluminated, depending on the size ofthe child and the type of booster seatbeing used. See “Front passenger airbag and status light” later in this sec-tion.

LRS0454


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important informationconcerning the driver and passenger frontimpact supplemental air bags (INFINITIadvanced air bag system), front seat side-impact supplemental air bags, curtainside-impact and rollover air bags and frontseat pre-tensioner seat belts.Supplemental front impact air bag system:The INFINITI advanced air bag system canhelp cushion the impact force to the headand chest of the driver and front passengerin certain frontal collisions.Supplemental side-impact air bag system:This system can help cushion the impactforce to the chest area of the driver andfront passenger in certain side impact colli-sions. The front seat side-impact supple-mental air bags are designed to inflate onthe side where the vehicle is impacted.Supplemental curtain side-impact and roll-over air bag system: This system can helpcushion the impact force to the head of occu-pants in front and rear outboard seating po-sitions in certain side impact or rollover col-lisions. In a side impact, the curtain air bagsare designed to inflate on the side where thevehicle is impacted. In a rollover both cur-

tain air bags are designed to inflate and re-main inflated for a short period of time.

These supplemental restraint systems aredesigned to supplement the crash protec-tion provided by the driver and passengerseat belts and are not a substitute forthem. Seat belts should always be cor-rectly worn and the occupant seated a suit-able distance away from the steeringwheel, instrument panel and door fin-ishers. (See “Seat belts” earlier in this sec-tion for instructions and precautions onseat belt usage.)

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the systems areoperational.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O The supplemental front air bags ordi-narily will not inflate in the event of aside impact, rear impact, rollover, orlower severity frontal collision. Alwayswear your seat belts to help reduce therisk or severity of injury in various kindsof accidents.

O The front passenger air bag will not in-flate if the passenger air bag status light

is lit or if the front passenger seat is un-occupied. See “Front passenger air bagand status light” later in this section.

O The seat belts and the supplementalfront air bags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back and upright inthe seat. The front air bags inflate withgreat force. Even with the INFINITI Ad-vanced Air Bag System, if you are unre-strained, leaning forward, sitting side-ways or out of position in any way, you

are at greater risk of injury or death in acrash. You may also receive serious or fa-tal injuries from the supplemental frontair bag if you are up against it when it in-flates. Always sit back against the seat-back and as far away as practical fromthe steering wheel or instrument panel.Always use the seat belts.

O The driver and front passenger seat beltbuckles are equipped with sensors thatdetect if the seat belts are fastened. Theadvanced air bag system monitors theseverity of a collision and seat belt usagethen inflates the air bags. Failure toproperly wear seat belts can increase therisk or severity of injury in an accident.

O The front passenger seat is equippedwith an occupant classification sensor(pressure sensor) that turns the frontpassenger air bag OFF under some condi-tions. This sensor is only used in thisseat. Failure to be properly seated andwearing the seat belt can increase therisk or severity of injury in an accident.See “Front Passenger air bag and statuslight” later in this section.

SSS0131B


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them inside thesteering wheel rim could increase therisk that they are injured when thesupplemental front air bag inflates.

SSS0132B


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

SSS0006

SSS0007

SSS0008

SSS0009

SSS0099

SSS0100


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Never let children ride unrestrained orextend their hands or face out of the win-dow. Do not attempt to hold them in yourlap or arms. Some examples of dan-gerous riding positions are shown in theprevious illustrations.

O Children may be severely injured orkilled when the supplemental front airbags, side air bags or curtain side-impact and rollover air bags inflate ifthey are not properly restrained. Pre-teens and children should be properly re-strained in the rear seat, if possible.

O Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air BagSystem, never install a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat. An inflatingsupplemental front air bag could seri-ously injure or kill your child. See “Childrestraints” earlier in this section for de-tails.

WARNING

Supplemental side air bag and curtain side-impact and rollover air bag:

O The supplemental side air bag and cur-tain side-impact and rollover air bag or-dinarily will not inflate in the event of afrontal impact, rear impact or lower se-verity side collision. Always wear yourseat belts to help reduce the risk or se-verity of injury in various kinds ofaccidents.

O The seat belts, the supplemental side airbags and curtain side-impact and roll-over air bags are most effective when youare sitting well back and upright in theseat. The side air bag and curtain side-impact air bag inflate with great force. Donot allow anyone to place their hand, legor face near the side air bag on the sideof the seatback of the front seat or nearthe side roof rails. Do not allow anyonesitting in the front seats or rear outboardseats to extend their hand out of the

SSS0059A SSS0188A


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

window or lean against the door. Someexamples of dangerous riding positionsare shown in the illustrations.

O When sitting in the rear seat, do not holdonto the seatback of the front seat. If theside air bag inflates, you may be seri-ously injured. Be especially careful withchildren, who should always be properlyrestrained.

O Do not use seat covers on the front seat-backs. They may interfere with supplemental side air bag inflation.

SSS0140 SSS0159 SSS0162


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Crash zone sensor

2. Supplemental curtain side-impact androllover air bags

3. Occupant classification system controlunit

4. Occupant classification sensor (pres-sure sensor)

5. Supplemental side air bag modules

6. Supplemental front air bag modules

7. Diagnosis sensor unit

8. Seat belt pre-tensioner retractor

9. Satellite sensors

10.Supplemental curtain side-impact androllover air bag modules

INFINITI ADVANCED AIR BAGSYSTEM (front seats)

This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITIadvanced air bag system for the driver andfront passenger seats. This system is de-signed to meet certification requirementsunder U.S. regulations. It is also permittedin Canada. However, all of the information,cautions and warnings in this manual stillapply and must be followed.

The driver supplemental front air bag is lo-cated in the center of the steering wheel.The front passenger supplemental front airbag is mounted in the instrument panelabove the glove box. The supplementalfront air bags are designed to inflate inhigher severity frontal collisions, althoughthey may inflate if the forces in anothertype of collision are similar to those of ahigher severity frontal impact. They maynot inflate in certain frontal collisions. Ve-hicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper supplemental air bagsystem operation.

The INFINITI advanced air bag system hasdual stage inflators. It also monitors infor-mation from the crash zone sensor, the di-agnosis sensor unit, seat belt buckleswitches, occupant classification sensor(pressure sensor) and passenger seat belttension sensor. Inflator operation is basedon the severity of a collision and seat beltusage of the driver. For the front pas-senger, it additionally monitors the weightof an occupant or object on the seat andseat belt tension. Based on informationfrom the sensors, only one front air bagmay inflate in a crash, depending on thecrash severity and whether the front occu-pants are belted or unbelted. Additionally,

SSS0597


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

the front passenger air bag may be auto-matically turned OFF under some condi-tions, depending on the weight detectedon the passenger seat and how the seatbelt is used. If the front passenger air bagis OFF, the passenger air bag status lightwill be illuminated (if the seat is unoccu-pied, the light will not be illuminated, butthe air bag will be off.). See “Front pas-senger air bag and status light” later in thissection for further details. One front air baginflating does not indicate improper perfor-mance of the system.

If you have any questions about your airbag system, contact an INFINITI dealer. Ifyou are considering modifications of yourvehicle due to a disability, you may alsocontact an INFINITI dealer. Contact infor-mation is contained in the front of thisOwner’s Manual.

When a supplemental front air bag inflates,a fairly loud noise may be heard, followedby release of smoke. This smoke is notharmful and does not indicate a fire. Careshould be taken to not inhale it, as it maycause irritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition should getfresh air promptly.

Supplemental front air bags, along with theuse of seat belts, help to cushion the im-pact force on the face and chest of the frontoccupants. They can help save lives and re-duce serious injuries. However, an inflatingfront air bag may cause facial abrasions orother injuries. Front air bags do not providerestraint to the lower body.

Even with INFINITI advanced air bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright as faras practical away from the steering wheelor instrument panel. The supplementalfront air bags inflate quickly in order tohelp protect the front occupants. Becauseof this, the force of the front air bag in-flating can increase the risk of injury if theoccupant is too close to, or is against thefront air bag module during inflation.

The front air bags deflate quickly after acollision.

The supplemental front air bags operateonly when the ignition switch is in the ONor START position.

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system is op-erational.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Front passenger air bag and statuslight

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF under some condi-tions. Read this section carefully to learnhow it operates. Proper use of the seat, seatbelt and child restraints is necessary formost effective protection. Failure to follow

all instructions in this manual concerning theuse of seats, seat belts and child restraintscan increase the risk or severity of injury inan accident.

Status light:

The front passenger air bag status lightis located on the map light cover.

The light operates as follows:

O Unoccupied passenger seat: Theis OFF and the front passenger

air bag is OFF and will not inflate in acrash.

O Passenger seat occupied by a smalladult, child or child restraint as out-lined in this section: The illumi-nates to indicate that the front pas-senger air bag is OFF and will not inflatein a crash.

O Occupied passenger seat and the pas-senger meets the conditions outlined inthis section: The light is OFF toindicate that the front passenger airbag is operational.

Front passenger air bag:

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF when the vehicle isoperated under some conditions as de-scribed below in accordance with U.S.regulations. If the front passenger air bagis OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. Thedriver air bag and other air bags in your ve-hicle are not part of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to help re-duce the risk of injury or death from an in-flating air bag to certain front passengerseat occupants, such as children, by re-quiring the air bag to be automaticallyturned OFF. Certain sensors are used tomeet the requirements.

One sensor used is the occupant classifica-tion sensor (pressure sensor). It is in thebottom of the front passenger seat cushionand is designed to detect an occupant andobjects on the seat by weight. It works to-gether with seat belt sensors describedlater. For example, if a child is in the frontpassenger seat, the advanced air bagsystem is designed to turn the passengerair bag OFF in accordance with the regula-tions. Also, if a child restraint of the typespecified in the regulations is on the seat,its weight and the child’s weight can be de-

SSS0614


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

tected and cause the air bag to turn OFF.The occupant classification sensor opera-tion can vary depending on the front pas-senger seat belt sensors.

The front passenger seat belt sensors aredesigned to detect if the seat belt isbuckled and the amount of tension on theseat belt, such as when it is in the auto-matic locking mode (child restraint mode).Based on the weight on the seat detectedby the occupant classification sensor andthe belt tension detected on the seat belt,the advanced air bag system determineswhether the front passenger air bag shouldbe automatically turned OFF as required bythe regulations.

Front passenger seat adult occupants whoare properly seated and using the seat beltas outlined in this manual should notcause the passenger air bag to be auto-matically turned OFF. For small adults itmay be turned OFF. However, if the occu-pant takes his/her weight off the seatcushion (for example, by not sitting up-right, by sitting on an edge of the seat, orby otherwise being out of position), thiscould cause the sensor to turn the air bagOFF. In addition, if the occupant improperlyuses the seat belt in the automatic lockingmode (child restraint mode), this could

cause the air bag to be turned OFF. Alwaysbe sure to be seated and wearing the seatbelt properly for the most effective protec-tion by the seat belt and supplemental airbag.

INFINITI recommends that pre-teens andchildren be properly restrained in a rearseat. INFINITI also recommends that ap-propriate child restraints and booster seatsbe properly installed in a rear seat. If this isnot possible, the occupant classificationsensor and seat belt sensors are designedto operate as described above to turn thefront passenger air bag OFF for specifiedchild restraints as required by the regula-tions. Failing to properly secure child re-strains and to use the automatic lockingmode (child restraint mode) may allow therestraint to tip or move in an accident orsudden stop. This can also result in thepassenger air bag inflating in a crash in-stead of being OFF. See “Child restraints”earlier in this section for proper use and in-stallation.

If the front passenger seat is not occupied,the passenger air bag is designed not to in-flate in a crash. However, heavy objectsplaced on the seat could result in air baginflation, because of the object’s weightdetected by the occupant classification

sensor. Other conditions could also resultin air bag inflation, such as if a child isstanding on the seat, or if two children areon the seat, contrary to the instructions inthis manual. Always be sure that you andall vehicle occupants are seated and re-strained properly.

Using the passenger air bag status light,you can monitor when the front passengerair bag is automatically turned OFF with theseat occupied. The light will not illuminatewhen the front passenger seat is unoccu-pied.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but thepassenger air bag status light is illumi-nated (indicating that the air bag is OFF), itcould be that the person is a small adult, oris not sitting on the seat properly or is notusing the seat belt properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the frontseat, the passenger air bag status lightmay or may not be illuminated, dependingon the size of the child and the type of childrestraint being used. If the passenger airbag status light is not illuminated (indi-cating that the air bag might inflate in acrash), it could be that the child restraint orseat belt is not being used properly. In rarecases, the passenger air bag status light


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

will not illuminate even though the air bagis OFF.

If such situations happen, properly posi-tion and restrain the occupant or child re-straint. Otherwise reposition the occupantor child restraint in a rear seat. If you haveany questions about whether your pas-senger air bag is working as designed, yourINFINITI dealer can confirm that it is work-ing properly by using a special tool.

The air bag system and passenger air bagstatus light will take a few seconds to reg-ister a change in the passenger seat status.For example, if a large adult who is sittingin the front passenger seat exits the ve-hicle, the passenger air bag status lightwill change from OFF to ON for a few sec-onds and then to OFF. This is normalsystem operation and does not indicate amalfunction.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passen-ger air bag system, the supplemental airbag warning light , located in themeter and gauges area, will blink. Have thesystem checked by an INFINITI dealer.

Other supplemental front air bagprecautions

WARNING

O Do not place any objects on the steeringwheel pad or on the instrument panel.Also, do not place any objects betweenany occupant and the steering wheel orinstrument panel. Such objects may be-come dangerous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental front air baginflates.

O Immediately after inflation, several frontair bag system components will be hot.Do not touch them; you may severelyburn yourself.

O No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring of thesupplemental air bag system. This is toprevent accidental inflation of thesupplemental air bag or damage to thesupplemental air bag system.

O Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, suspen-

sion system or front end structure. Thiscould affect proper operation of thesupplemental air bag system.

O Tampering with the supplemental frontair bag system may result in serious per-sonal injury. Tampering includeschanges to the steering wheel and theinstrument panel assembly by placingmaterial over the steering wheel pad andabove the instrument panel or by install-ing additional trim material around theair bag system.

O Modifying or tampering with the frontpassenger seat may result in serious per-sonal injury. For example, do not changethe front seats by placing material on theseat cushion or by installing additionaltrim material, such as seat covers, on theseat. Additionally, do not stow any ob-jects under the front passenger seat orthe seat cushion and seatback. Such ob-jects may interfere with the proper op-eration of the occupant classificationsensor (pressure sensor).


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring of theseat belt system. This may affect thesupplemental front air bag system. Tam-pering with the seat belt system may re-sult in serious personal injury.

O Work on and around the supplementalfront air bag system should be done byan INFINITI dealer. Installation of elec-trical equipment should also be done byan INFINITI dealer. The SupplementalRestraint System (SRS) wiring should notbe modified or disconnected. Unautho-rized electrical test equipment and prob-ing devices should not be used on the airbag system.

O A cracked windshield should be replacedimmediately by a qualified repair facility.A cracked windshield could affect thefunction of the supplemental air bag sys-tem.

O The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the supplemen-tal front air bag system and guide the buyerto the appropriate sections in this Owner’sManual.

Supplemental side air bag andcurtain side-impact and rollover airbag system

The supplemental side air bags are locatedin the outside of the seatback of the frontseats. The supplemental curtain side-impact and rollover air bags are located inthe side roof rails. These systems are de-signed to meet voluntary guidelines to helpreduce the risk of injury to out-of-positionoccupants. However, all of the information,cautions and warnings in this manual stillapply and must be followed. The supple-mental side air bags and curtain side-

SSS0190


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

impact and rollover air bags are designedto inflate in higher severity side collisions,although they may inflate if the forces inanother type of collision are similar tothose of a higher severity side impact. Theyare designed to inflate on the side wherethe vehicle is impacted. They may not in-flate in certain side collisions.

Curtain side-impact and rollover air bagsare also designed to inflate in certain typesof rollover collisions or near rollovers. Ve-hicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper supplemental side airbag and curtain side-impact and rolloverair bag operation.

When the supplemental side air bag andcurtain side-impact air bag inflate, a fairlyloud noise may be heard, followed by re-lease of smoke. This smoke is not harmfuland does not indicate a fire. Care should betaken not to inhale it, as it may cause irrita-tion and choking. Those with a history of abreathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

Supplemental side air bags, along with theuse of seat belts, help to cushion the im-pact force on the chest of the front occu-pants. Curtain side-impact and rollover airbags help to cushion the impact force to

the head of occupants in the front and rearoutboard seating positions. They can helpsave lives and reduce serious injuries.However, an inflating side air bag and cur-tain side-impact air bag may cause abra-sions or other injuries. Supplemental sideair bags and curtain side-impact and roll-over air bags do not provide restraint to thelower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver and passenger seated upright asfar as practical away from the side air bag.Rear seat passengers should be seated asfar away as practical from the door finishersand side roof rails. The side air bags andcurtain side-impact air bag inflate quickly inorder to help protect the front occupantsand rear-outboard occupants. Because ofthis, the force of the side air bag and cur-tain air bag inflating can increase the risk ofinjury if the occupant is too close to, or isagainst, these air bag modules during infla-tion. The side air bag will deflate quickly af-ter the collision is over.

The curtain side-impact and rollover air bagwill remain inflated for a short time.

The supplemental side air bags and cur-tain side-impact and rollover air bags op-erate only when the ignition switch is inthe ON or START position.

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the systems areoperational.

WARNING

O Do not place any objects near the seat-back of the front seats. Also, do not placeany objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) be-tween the front door finisher and thefront seat. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and cause injury ifthe side air bag or curtain side-impact airbag inflates.

O Immediately after inflation, several sideair bag and curtain side-impact and roll-over air bag system components will behot. Do not touch them; you may se-verely burn yourself.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O No unauthorized changes should be-made to any components or wiring of thisside air bag and curtain side-impact airbag system. This is to prevent accidentalinflation of the side air bag and curtainside-impact air bag or damage to theside air bag and curtain side-impact airbag system.

O Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, suspen-sion system or side panel. This could af-fect proper operation of the supple-mental side air bag and curtain side-impact air bag system.

O Tampering with the supplementalsystem may result in serious personal in-jury. For example, do not change thefront seat by placing material near theseatback or by installing additional trimmaterial, such as seat covers, around theside air bag.

O Work around and on the side air bag andcurtain side-impact air bag systemshould be done by an INFINITI dealer.Installation of electrical equipment

should also be done by an INFINITIdealer. TheSRS wiring harnesses*shouldnot be modified or disconnected. Unau-thorized electrical test equipment andprobing devices should not be used onthe side air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harnesses connectors areyellow for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the side air bagand curtain side-impact air bag system andguide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsin this Owner’s Manual.

Pre-tensioner seat belt system (Forfront seats)

WARNING

O The pre-tensioner seat belt cannot be re-used after activation. It must be replacedtogether with the retractor and buckle asa unit.

O If the vehicle becomes involved in a fron-tal collision but the pre-tensioner is not

activated, be sure to have the preten-sioner system checked and, if necessary,replaced by an INFINITI dealer.

O No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring of thepre-tensioner seat belt system. This is toprevent accidental activation of the pre-tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre-tensioner seat belt operation. Tamperingwith the pre-tensioner seat belt systemmay result in serious personal injury.

O Work around and on the pre-tensionersystem should be done by an INFINITIdealer. Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by anINFINITI dealer. Unauthorized electricaltest equipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the pre-tensionerseat belt system.

O If you need to dispose of the pre-tensioner or scrap the vehicle, contact anINFINITI dealer. Correct pre-tensionerdisposal procedures are set forth in theappropriate INFINITI Service Manual.Incorrect disposal procedures couldcausepersonal injury.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

The front seat pre-tensioner seat beltsystem activates in conjunction with thefront supplemental air bag systems.Working with the seat belt retractor, ithelps tighten the seat belt when the ve-hicle becomes involved in certain types ofcollisions, helping to restrain front seat oc-cupants.

The pre-tensioner is encased with the seatbelt’s retractor. These seat belts are usedin the same way as conventional seat belts.

When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates,smoke is released and a loud noise may beheard. The smoke is not harmful and doesnot indicate a fire. Care should be takennot to inhale it as it may cause irritationand choking. Those with a history of abreathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

If any abnormality occurs in the pre-tensioner system, the supplemental airbag warning light will not come on,will flash intermittently or will turn on for 7seconds and remain on after the ignitionswitch has been turned to the ON or STARTposition. In this case, the pre-tensionerseat belt may not function properly. Theymust be checked and repaired. Take yourvehicle to an INFINITI dealer.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the pre-tensioner seat belt system and guide thebuyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner’s Manual.

j1 SRS air bag

The warning labels are located on the sur-face of the sun visor.

j2 SRS side-impact air bag

The warning label is located on the side ofthe passenger’s side center pillar.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLABELS

Warning labels about the supplementalfront air bag and supplemental side-impactair bag systems are placed in the vehicle asshown in the illustration.

SSS0362


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLIGHT

The supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the instrument panel,monitors the circuits of the supplementalfront air bag, supplemental side air bagand curtain side-impact and rollover airbag systems, and pre-tensioner seat beltsystems. The circuits monitored by the airbag warning light are the diagnosis sensorunit, crash zone sensor, rollover sensors,satellite sensors, front air bag modules,side air bag modules, curtain side-impact

air bag modules, pre-tensioner seat beltsand all related wiring.

After turning the ignition switch to the ONor START position, the supplemental airbag warning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn off af-ter about 7 seconds if the system is opera-tional.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental front air bag, supplementalside air bag and curtain side-impact air bagsystems, and pre-tensioner seat belt sys-tems need servicing:

O The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the supplementalfront air bags, supplemental side air bags,curtain side-impact air bags and/or pre-tensioner seat belt may not operate prop-erly. It must be checked and repaired. Takeyour vehicle to an INFINITI dealer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light ison, it could mean that the supplemental frontair bag, supplemental side air bag, curtainair bag systems and/or pre-tensioner seatbelt system will not operate in an accident.To help avoid injury to yourself or others,have your vehicle checked by an INFINITIdealer as soon as possible.

Repair and replacement procedure

The supplemental front air bags, supple-mental side air bags, curtain side-impactair bags and pre-tensioner seat belt are de-signed to inflate on a one-time-only basis.As a reminder, unless it is damaged, thesupplemental air bag warning light will re-main illuminated after inflation has oc-curred. Repair and replacement of thesesystems should be done only by an IN-FINITI dealer.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the supplemental front air bags,side air bags, curtain air bags, relatedparts and pre-tensioner seat belt should be

SPA1097


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

pointed out to the person conducting themaintenance. The ignition switch shouldalways be in the LOCK position when work-ing under the hood or inside the vehicle.

WARNING

O Once a supplemental front air bag,supplemental side air bag or curtain airbag has inflated, the air bag module willnot function again and must be replaced.Additionally, if any of the supplementalfront air bags inflate, the activated pre-tensioner seat belts must also be re-placed. The air bag module and pre-tensioner seat belt system should be re-placed by an INFINITI dealer. The airbag modules and pre-tensioner seat beltsystem cannot be repaired.

O The supplemental front air bag, side airbag and curtain side-impact/rollover airbag systems, and pre-tensioner seat beltsystem should be inspected by anINFINITI dealer if there is any damage tothe front end or side portion of thevehicle.

O If you need to dispose of these supple-mental systems or scrap the vehicle, con-tact an INFINITI dealer. Correct disposalprocedures are set forth in the appro-priate INFINITI Service Manual. Incorrectdisposal procedures could cause personalinjury.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

2 Instruments and controls

Instrument panel.............................................. 2-2Meters and gauges ........................................... 2-3

Speedometer and odometer......................... 2-4Tachometer ................................................. 2-4Engine coolant temperature gauge ............... 2-5Fuel gauge .................................................. 2-5

Compass display .............................................. 2-6Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders......................................................... 2-9

Checking bulbs............................................ 2-9Warning lights........................................... 2-10Indicator lights ......................................... 2-15Audible reminders ..................................... 2-17

Security systems ............................................ 2-18Vehicle security system ............................. 2-18INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ........ 2-20

Windshield wiper and washer switch .............. 2-21Rear window wiper and washer switch ............ 2-22Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch ............................................................ 2-23Headlight and turn signal switch ..................... 2-23

Xenon headlights ...................................... 2-23Headlight switch ....................................... 2-24

Daytime running light system(Canada only) ........................................... 2-27Instrument brightness control ................... 2-27Turn signal switch ..................................... 2-28Fog light switch ......................................... 2-28

Hazard warning flasher switch......................... 2-28Horn............................................................... 2-29Heated seats (if so equipped) .......................... 2-29Lane departure warning (LDW) switch(if so equipped) .............................................. 2-30SNOW mode switch......................................... 2-31Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch ......... 2-31Clock.............................................................. 2-32

Adjusting the time ..................................... 2-32Power outlet ................................................... 2-32Storage .......................................................... 2-34

Sunglasses holder..................................... 2-34Storage box............................................... 2-35Cup holders............................................... 2-35Glove box .................................................. 2-36Console box .............................................. 2-38Luggage floor boxes (if so equipped) .......... 2-39Card holder (for driver’s side)..................... 2-39Cargo net (if so equipped) .......................... 2-39

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Tonneau cover (if so equipped) .................. 2-40Windows ........................................................ 2-41

Power windows ......................................... 2-41Sunroof (if so equipped).................................. 2-43

Automatic sunroof ..................................... 2-43Interior light ................................................... 2-45

Room light................................................. 2-45Map light .................................................. 2-45Ceiling light (if so equipped) ...................... 2-46Rear personal light ................................... 2-46Luggage room light.................................... 2-47

Vanity mirror light........................................... 2-47

HomeLink Universal Transceiver (if soequipped)....................................................... 2-47

Programming HomeLink ........................... 2-48Programming HomeLink for Canadiancustomers ................................................. 2-49Operating the HomeLink UniversalTransceiver................................................ 2-50Programming trouble-diagnosis ................. 2-50Clearing the programmed information ........ 2-50Reprogramming a single HomeLinkbutton....................................................... 2-50If your vehicle is stolen.............................. 2-51

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Outside mirror remote control2. Headlight, fog light and turn signal

switch3. Trip odometer reset knob4. Instrument brightness control switch5. Headlight aiming control switch6. Trip odometer select knob7. Steering switch for Audio/Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System(if so equipped)

8. Security indicator light9. Meters and gauges10. Driver supplemental air bag11. Cruise control main/set switch or In-

telligent cruise control switch (if soequipped)

12. Windshield wiper/washer switch13. Ignition switch14. Center ventilator15. Display/Navigation system

(if so equipped)*16. Audio system17. Center multi-function control panel18. Front passenger supplemental air bag19. Lane departure warning (LDW) switch

(if so equipped)20. Hood release handle21. Fuse box22. SNOW mode switch23. Parking brakeSSI0182

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-2 Instruments and controls

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

24. Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) OFFswitch

25. Tilting/telescopic steering wheelswitch

26. Storage box and power outlet27. Hazard warning flasher switch28. Automatic transmission selector lever29. Heated seat switch30. Clock31. Automatic climate control system32. Glove box*: Refer to the separate Navigation System

Owner’s Manual. (if so equipped)

1. Warning/Indicator lights

2. Tachometer

3. Speedometer

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge

5. Intelligent cruise control system dis-

play (if so equipped)

6. Automatic transmission position indi-cator

7. Odometer (Total/Twin trip)

8. Fuel gauge

SIC2135

METERS AND GAUGES

Instruments and controls 2-3

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER

Speedometer

The speedometer indicates vehicle speed(MPH and km/h).

Odometer/Twin trip odometer

The odometer/twin trip odometer are dis-played when the ignition switch is in theON position.

The odometer j1 records the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer j2 records the dis-tance of individual trips.

Changing the display:

Pushing the trip knob j3 changes the dis-play as follows:

TRIP A → TRIP B → TRIP A

Resetting the trip odometer:

Push and hold the reset knob j4 to resetthe trip odometer to zero.

Elapsed time, driving distance and averagespeed information are also available. Referto “How to use “TRIP” button” in the “4.Display screen, heater, air conditioner andaudio systems” section.

TACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (rpm).

Do not rev the engine into the red zone jA .

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear. Operating theengine in the red zone may cause serious en-gine damage.

SIC2136

SIC2551


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGE

The gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature.

The engine coolant temperature is normalwhen the gauge indicates within the rangejA .

The engine coolant temperature will varywith the outside air temperature anddriving conditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolant tem-perature near the hot (H) end of the normalrange, reduce vehicle speed to decrease tem-perature. If the gauge is over the normalrange jA , stop the vehicle as soon as safelypossible. If the engine is overheated, contin-ued operation of the vehicle may seriouslydamage the engine. See “If your vehicleoverheats” in the “6. In case of emergency”section for immediate action required.

FUEL GAUGE

The gauge indicates the approximate fuellevel in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly duringbraking, turning, acceleration, or going upor down hill.

The gauge needle is designed to move tothe E (Empty) position when the ignitionswitch is turned to the OFF position.

Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis-ters Empty.

SIC2137A SIC3119


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

The low fuel warning light jA comes onwhen the fuel tank is getting low. Refuel assoon as it is convenient, preferably beforethe gauge reaches E. There will be a smallreserve of fuel in the tank when the fuelgauge needle reaches E.

The indicates that the fuel-filler dooris located on the passenger’s side of thevehicle.

CAUTION

O If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator lamp (MIL)

may come on. Refuel as soon as possible.After a few driving trips, the lampshould turn off. If the lamp remains onafter a few driving trips, have the vehicleinspected by an INFINITI dealer.

O For additional information, see “Malfunc-tion indicator lamp (MIL)” later in thissection.

When the compass switch jA is pushed,the compass display jB will indicate the di-rection the vehicle is heading.

N: north

E: east

S: south

W: west

If the display reads “C” or compass switchjA is pushed for 9 seconds (Type B), cali-brate the compass by driving the vehicle in3 complete circles at less than 5 MPH (8km/h).

You can also calibrate the compass by driv-ing your vehicle on your everyday route.The compass will be calibrated once it hastracked 3 complete circles.

To turn off the compass, push jA again.

SIC3150Type A

SIC3014Type B

COMPASS DISPLAY


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Zone variation change procedure

The difference between magnetic north andgeographical north is known as variance.In some areas, this difference can some-times be great enough to cause false com-pass readings. Follow these instructions toset the variance for your particular locationif this happens:

1. Push the compass switch for more than3 seconds. The current zone numberwill appear in the display.

2. Find your current location and variancenumber on the zone map.

3. Push and hold the compass switch untilthe new zone number appears in thedisplay, then release the switch. Afteryou release the switch, the display willshow a compass direction within a fewseconds.

Inaccurate compass direction:

1. With the display turned on, push thecompass switch for 3 seconds, until azone selection number is displayed inthe mirror compass window.

2. Push the compass switch repeatedly(toggle) until the correct zone is dis-played, then release the switch.SIC0611B


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

3. The display returns to the normal com-pass mode within 10 seconds after theswitch is released.

4. If the vehicle changes zone, repeatsteps 1 thru 3. See map.

O If the compass deviates from the cor-rect direction after repeated adjust-ment, have the compass checked at anINFINITI dealer.

O The compass may not indicate the cor-rect compass point in tunnels or whiledriving up or down a steep hill.(The compass returns to the correctcompass point when the vehicle movesto an area where the geomagnetism isstabilized.)

CAUTION

O Do not install a ski rack, antenna, etc.which are attached to the vehicle bymeans of a magnet. They affect the op-eration of the compass.

O When cleaning the mirror, use a papertowel or similar material dampened withglass cleaner. Do not spray glass

cleaner directly on the mirror as it maycause the liquid cleaner to enter the mir-ror housing.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light (AWDmodels)

Intelligent Key warning light (if soequipped)

Front passenger air bag status light

or Anti-lock brake warning lightLane Departure Warning (LDW) systemindicator light (Orange; if so equipped)

High beam indicator light (Blue)

Automatic transmission check warninglight

Low fuel warning lightIntelligent Cruise Control system MAINswitch indicator light (Green; if soequipped)

Preview Function warning light (Orange;if so equipped)

Low tire pressure warning lightIntelligent Cruise Control system setswitch indicator light (if so equipped)

or Brake warning light Low washer fluid warning light Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)

Charge warning light Seat belt warning light Slip indicator light

Door open warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Snow mode indicator light

Engine oil pressure warning lightAutomatic transmission position indicatorlight

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

P position selecting warning light andchime (if so equipped)

Cruise main switch indicator light (Green)Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indica-tor light

Intelligent Cruise Control system warninglight (Orange; if so equipped)

Cruise set switch indicator light

CHECKING BULBSApply the parking brake and turn the igni-tion switch to ON without starting the en-gine. The following lights will come on:

, or , , , ,, ,

The following lights come on briefly andthen go off:

, or , , , ,, , ,

If any light fails to come on, it may indicatea burned-out bulb or an open circuit in theelectrical system. Have the system re-paired promptly.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING LIGHTS

All-Wheel Drive (AWD)warning light (AWD models)

The AWD warning light comes on when theignition switch is turned to ON. It turns offsoon after the engine is started.

If the AWD system malfunctions or therevolution, or radius of the front and therear wheel are different, the warning lightwill either remain illuminated or blink. See“All-Wheel Drive (AWD)” in the “5. Startingand driving” section.

CAUTION

O If the warning light comes on while driv-ing there may be a malfunction in theAWD system. Reduce the vehicle speedand have your vehicle checked by anINFINITI dealer as soon as possible.

O If the AWD warning light blinks on whenyou are driving:

- blinks rapidly (about twice a second):Pull off the road in a safe area, and idlethe engine. The driving mode will

change to 2WD to prevent the AWDsystem from malfunctioning.If the warning light turns off, you candrive again.

- blinks slowly (about once every 2 sec-onds):Pull off the road in a safe area, and idlethe engine. Check that all tire sizes arethe same, tire pressure is correct andtires are not worn.If the warning light is still on after theabove operation, have your vehiclechecked by an INFINITI dealer assoon as possible.

or Anti-lock brakewarning light

When the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the anti-lock brake warninglight will illuminate and then turn off. Thisindicates the anti-lock brake system (ABS)is operational.

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the anti-lock brakesystem is not functioning properly. Havethe system checked by an INFINITI dealer.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, theanti-lock function of the brake will ceaseoperation but the ordinary brakes will con-tinue to operate. See “Anti-lock brakesystem (ABS)” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section for further details.

If the light comes on while you are driving,contact an INFINITI dealer for repair.

Automatic transmissioncheck warning light

When the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the automatic transmissioncheck warning light comes on and thenturns off. This indicates that the automatictransmission system is operational.

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning or while driving, it may indicatethat the automatic transmission system isnot functioning properly. Have an INFINITIdealer check and repair the transmission.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Preview Function warninglight (Orange: if soequipped)

The light comes on if there is a malfunctionin the Brake Assist (with Preview Function)system.

or Brake warninglight

This light functions for both the parkingbrake and the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:

When the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion, the light comes on when the parkingbrake is applied.

Low brake fluid warning light:

The light warns of a low brake fluid level. Ifthe light comes on while the engine is run-ning with the parking brake not applied,stop the vehicle and perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brakefluid as necessary. See “Brake fluid” inthe “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.

WARNING

O Your brake system may not be workingproperly if the warning light is on.Driving could be dangerous. If you judgeit to be safe, drive carefully to thenearest service station for repairs. Other-wise, have your vehicle towed becausedriving it could be dangerous.

O Pressing the brake pedal with the enginestopped and/or a low brake fluid levelmay increase your stopping distance andbraking will require greater pedal effortas well as pedal travel.

O If the brake fluid level is below theMINIMUM or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked at anINFINITI dealer.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, havethe warning system checked by anINFINITI dealer.

Anti-lock brake system warning indicator

:

When the parking brake is released and thebrake fluid level is sufficient, if both thebrake warning light and the anti-lock brakewarning light illuminate, it may indicate theanti-lock brake system is not functioningproperly. Have the brake system checkedby an INFINITI dealer. See “Anti-lock brakewarning light” earlier in this section.

Charge warning light

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate that the chargingsystem is not functioning properly. Turnthe engine off and check the alternatorbelt. If the belt is loose, broken, missing orif the light remains on, see an INFINITIdealer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the generator beltis loose, broken or missing.

Door open warning light

This light comes on when any of the doorsand/or lift gate are not closed securelywhile the ignition switch is ON.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Engine oil pressure warninglight

This light warns of low engine oil pressure.If the light flickers or comes on during nor-mal driving, pull off the road in a safe area,stop the engine immediately and call anINFINITI dealer or other authorized repairshop.

The engine oil pressure warning light isnot designed to indicate a low oil level.Use the dipstick to check the oil level. See“Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oil pres-sure warning light on could cause seriousdamage to the engine almost immediately.Such damage is not covered by warranty.Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to doso.Ë

P position selecting warninglight and chime (if soequipped)

The light blinks in red and warning buzzerbeeps when the selector lever is not in theP position and you are out with the Intelli-gent Key.

When the warning light blinks, move theselector lever to P position and return theignition switch to the LOCK position.

Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem warning light(Orange; if so equipped)

The light comes on if there is a malfunctionin the Intelligent Cruise Control system.

Intelligent Key warning light(if so equipped)

This light comes on in green when it is pos-sible to turn the ignition switch.

When the light comes on in red, it is notpossible to turn the knob.

O The warning light blinks in red when theIntelligent Key is outside the vehiclewith the ignition switch in the ACC orON position. Confirm the location of the

key as soon as possible when the warn-ing light blinks in red.Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou while driving the vehicle.

O The warning light goes off about 10 sec-onds after the Intelligent Key isbrought inside the vehicle.

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) system indicator light(Orange; if so equipped)

The light will blink if the vehicle is travelingclose to either the left or the right of thetraveling lane.

The light illuminates if there is a malfunc-tion in the Lane Departure Warning (LDW)system. See “Lane Departure Warning(LDW) system” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.

Low fuel warning light

This light comes on when the fuel in thetank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the fuelgauge reaches E.

There will be a small reserve of fuel re-maining in the tank when the fuel gaugeneedle reaches E.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Low tire pressure warninglight

Your vehicle is equipped with a tire pres-sure monitoring system (TPMS) that moni-tors the tire pressure of all tires except thespare.

The low tire pressure warning light warnsof low tire pressure or indicates that theTPMS is not functioning properly.

After the ignition switch is turned ON, thislight illuminates for about 1 second andturns off.

Low tire pressure warning (for modelswithout run-flat tire only):

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate.If you select the tire pressure informationin the display, the FLAT TIRE warning mes-sage will be displayed. The tire pressure foreach tire will also be displayed.

When the low tire pressure warning light il-luminates, you should stop and adjust thetire pressure to the recommended COLD tirepressure shown on the Tire and Loading In-formation label to turn the light OFF.

For additional information, see “Tire pres-sure monitoring system (TPMS)” in the “5.

Starting and driving” section and the “6. Incase of emergency” section.

Low tire pressure warning (for modelswith run-flat tire only):

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate.If you select the tire pressure informationin the display, the FLAT TIRE warning mes-sage will be displayed. The tire pressure foreach tire will also be displayed.

When the low tire pressure warning light il-luminates, you should stop and adjust thetire pressure to the recommended COLDtire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label to turn the lightOFF.

Flat tire warning (for models with run-flattire only):

If the vehicle is being driven with one ormore flat tires, the warning light will flashcontinuously and a chime will sound for 10seconds.

The chime will only sound at the first indi-cation of a flat tire and the warning lightwill flash continuously. When the Flat tirewarning is activated, have the system resetand the tire checked and replaced if neces-sary by an INFINITI dealer. Even if the tire

is inflated to the specified COLD tire pres-sure, the warning light will continue toflash until the system is reset by an IN-FINITI dealer.

If you select the tire pressure informationin the display, the FLAT TIRE warning mes-sage will be displayed. The tire pressure foreach tire will also be displayed.

Your vehicle can be driven for a limitedtime on a flat tire. See “Run-flat tires” inthe “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.

For additional information, see “Tire pres-sure monitoring system (TPMS)” in the “5.Starting and driving” section and in the “6.In case of emergency” section.

TPMS malfunction:

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, thelow tire pressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute when the ignitionswitch is turned ON. The light will remainon after the 1 minute. Have the systemchecked by an INFINITI dealer.

For additional information, see “Tire pres-sure monitoring system (TPMS)” in the “5.Starting and driving” section.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O If the light does not illuminate with theignition switch turned ON, have the ve-hicle checked by an INFINITI dealer assoon as possible.

O If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,pull off the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible. Se-rious vehicle damage could occur andmay lead to an accident and could resultin serious personal injury. Check the tirepressure for all four tires. Adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLD tirepressure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the low tirepressure warning light OFF. If the lightstill comes on while driving after ad-justing the tire pressure, a tire may beflat. If you have a flat tire, replace it witha spare tire as soon as possible.

O Although you can continue driving with apunctured run-flat tire (if so equipped),

remember that vehicle handling stabilityis reduced, which could lead to an acci-dent and personal injury. Also, driving along distance at high speeds maydamage the tires.

O Do not drive at speeds above 55 MPH (88km/h) and do not drive more than 50miles (80 km) with a punctured run-flattire (if so equipped). The actual distancethe vehicle can be driven on a flat tire de-pends on outside temperature, vehicleload, road conditions and other factors.

O Do not tow a trailer when a run-flat tire (ifso equipped) is flat.

O When a spare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, tire pressure will not be indi-cated, the TPMS will not function and thelow tire pressure warning light will flash.Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/or sys-tem resetting.

O Replacing tires with those not originallyspecified by INFINITI could affect theproper operation of the TPMS.

CAUTION

O The TPMS is not a substitute for theregular tire pressure check. Be sure tocheck the tire pressure regularly.

O If the vehicle is being driven at speeds ofless than 16 MPH (25 km/h), the TPMSmay not operate correctly.

O Be sure to install the specified size oftires to the 4 wheels correctly.

Low washer fluid warninglight

This light comes on when the washer fluidis at a low level. Add washer fluid as neces-sary. See “Window washer fluid” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fastenseat belts. The light illuminates wheneverthe ignition switch is turned to ON, and willremain illuminated until the driver’s seatbelt is fastened. At the same time, the


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

chime will sound for about 6 seconds un-less the driver’s seat belt is securely fas-tened.

The seat belt warning light for the frontpassenger will illuminate if the seat belt isnot fastened when the front passenger’sseat is occupied (if so equipped). For 5 sec-onds after the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the system does not activate thewarning light for the front passenger.

See “Seat belts” in the “1. Safety — Seats,seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem” section for precautions on seatbelt usage.

Supplemental air bagwarning light

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight will illuminate. The supplemental airbag warning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental front air bag, supplementalside air bag and curtain side-impact air bagsystems, and pre-tensioner seat belt needservicing and your vehicle must be taken toan INFINITI dealer.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the Supple-mental Restraint Systems and/or the pre-tensioner seat belt may not function prop-erly. For additional information, see“Supplemental restraint system” in the “1.Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemen-tal restraint system” section.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light ison, it could mean that the supplemental frontair bag, supplemental side air bag, curtainside-impact air bag systems and/or pre-tensioner seat belt systems will not operatein an accident. To help avoid injury to your-self or others, have your vehicle checked byan INFINITI dealer as soon as possible.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Automatic transmissionposition indicator light

When the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the indicator in the tachom-eter shows the automatic transmission se-lector lever position. See “Driving with au-tomatic transmission” in the “5. Startingand driving” section.

Cruise main switch indicatorlight (Green)

The light comes on when the cruise controlis pushed. The light goes out when themain switch is pushed again. While thecruise control system main switch indicatorlight is on, the cruise control system is op-erational.

Cruise set switch indicatorlight

The light comes on while the vehicle speedis controlled by the cruise control system.If the light blinks while the engine is run-ning, it may indicate the cruise control sys-tem is not functioning properly. Have thesystem checked by an INFINITI dealer.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Front passenger air bagstatus light

The front passenger air bag status light( ) will be lit and the passenger frontair bag will be OFF depending on how thefront passenger seat is being used.

For front passenger air bag status light op-eration, see “INFINITI advanced air bagsystem” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system”section of this manual.

High beam indicator light(Blue)

This light comes on when the headlighthigh beam is on and goes out when the lowbeam is selected.

Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem MAIN switchindicator light (Green; if soequipped)

The light comes on when the ICC systemMAIN switch is pushed. The light goes outwhen the MAIN switch is pushed again.While the MAIN switch indicator light comeson, the ICC system is operational.

Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem set switch indicatorlight (if so equipped)

The light comes on while the vehicle speedis controlled by the Intelligent Cruise Con-trol system. If the light blinks while the en-gine is running, it may indicate the Intelli-gent Cruise Control system is not func-tioning properly. Have the system checkedby an INFINITI dealer.

Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL)

If the malfunction indicator lamp comes onsteady or blinks while the engine is run-ning, it may indicate a potential emissioncontrol malfunction.

The malfunction indicator lamp may alsocome on steady if the fuel-filler cap is looseor missing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel.Check to make sure the fuel-filler cap is in-stalled and closed tightly, and that the ve-hicle has at least three gallons of fuel in thefuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the lampshould turn off if no other potential emis-sion control system malfunction exists.

If this indicator lamp comes on steady for 20seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when

the engine is not running, it indicates that thevehicle is not ready for an emission controlsystem inspection/maintenance test. See“Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M)test” in the “9. Technical and consumer infor-mation” section of this manual.

Operation

The malfunction indicator lamp will comeon in one of two ways:

O Malfunction indicator lamp on steady —An emission control system malfunc-tion has been detected. Check the fuel-filler cap. If the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. The

lamp should turn off after a fewdriving trips. If the lamp does notturn off after a few driving trips, havethe vehicle inspected by an INFINITIdealer. You do not need to have your ve-hicle towed to the dealer.

O Malfunction indicator lamp blinking —An engine misfire has been detectedwhich may damage the emission con-trol system. To reduce or avoid emis-sion control system damage:

a) Do not drive at speeds above 45MPH (72 km/h).


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

b) Avoid hard acceleration or decelera-tion.

c) Avoid steep uphill grades.d) If possible, reduce the amount of

cargo being hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator lamp maystop blinking and come on steady.

Have the vehicle inspected by anINFINITI dealer. You do not need tohave your vehicle towed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation without havingthe emission control system checked and re-paired as necessary could lead to poor drive-ability, reduced fuel economy, and possibledamage to the emission control system.

Slip indicator light

This indicator will blink when the VDCsystem or the traction control system is op-erating, thus alerting the driver to the factthat the road surface is slippery and the ve-hicle is nearing its traction limits.

Snow mode switch indicatorlight

When selecting SNOW mode while the en-gine is running, this light will illuminate.See “Snow mode switch” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section.

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

The light flashes when the turn signalswitch lever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator light

The light comes on when the vehicle dy-namic control (VDC) off switch is pushed toOFF. This indicates the VDC system andtraction control system are not operating.When the VDC off indicator light and slip in-dicator light come on with the VDC systemturned on, this light alerts the driver to thefact that the VDC system’s fail-safe mode isoperating, i.e. the VDC system may not befunctioning properly. Have the systemchecked by an INFINITI dealer. If a mal-function occurs in the system, the VDC sys-tem function will be canceled but the ve-hicle is still driveable. For additional infor-mation, see “Vehicle dynamic control (VDC)

system” in the “5. Starting and driving”section of this manual.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Key reminder chime

The chime will sound if the driver’s sidedoor is opened while the key is left in theignition switch (ignition switch is turnedoff). Remove the key and take it with youwhen leaving the vehicle.

Light reminder chime

The headlights will turn off when the frontdoor is opened with the light switch on un-less the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion, or in the case of a model with the In-telligent Key, when the ignition switch isnot in the LOCK position.

When you turn the headlight switch ON againafter the lights automatically turn off andwhen you open the driver’s door, the lightswill not turn off automatically and a chime willsound instead. See the battery saver systemunder “Headlight switch” in this section fordetails. Make sure to turn the light switch offwhen you leave the vehicle.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Brake pad wear warning

The disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requires re-placement, it will make a high pitchedscraping sound when the vehicle is in mo-tion whether or not the brake pedal is de-pressed. Have the brakes checked as soonas possible if the warning sound is heard.

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)chime (if so equipped)

If the vehicle is traveling close to either theleft or the right of a traveling lane with detect-able lane markers, the LDW system will blinkthe LDW indicator light and a chime sound.

Your vehicle has two types of security sys-tems:

O Vehicle security system

O INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System

The condition of the security indicator lightshows the status of the Vehicle SecuritySystem and the INFINITI Vehicle Immobi-lizer System.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

The vehicle security system provides visualand audio alarm signals if someone opensthe doors, hood, or lift gate when the

system is armed. It is not, however, a mo-tion detection type system that activateswhen a vehicle is moved or when a vibra-tion occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft butcannot prevent it, nor can it prevent thetheft of interior or exterior vehicle compo-nents in all situations. Always secure yourvehicle even if parking for a brief period.Never leave your keys in the vehicle, andalways lock the vehicle when unattended.Be aware of your surroundings, and park insecure, well-lit areas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protec-tion, such as component locks, identifica-tion markers, and tracking systems, areavailable at auto supply stores and spe-cialty shops, Your INFINITI dealer mayalso offer such equipment. Check with yourinsurance company to see if you may be eli-gible for discounts for various theft protec-tion features.

SIC2133

SECURITY SYSTEMS


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem

1. Close all windows.

The system can be armed even if the win-dows are open.

2. Remove the key from the ignitionswitch.

3. Close and lock all doors and the hood.

Lock all doors by pushing the lockbutton on the keyfob, Intelligent Key orthe front door handle request switch orby using the key.

When using the remote keyless entry,the hazard indicators will operate asshown in “Remote keyless entrysystem” or “Intelligent Key system” inthe “3. Pre-driving checks and adjust-ments” section.

4. Confirm that the SECURITY indicatorlight jA comes on. The SECURITY indi-cator light jA glows for about 30 sec-onds and then blinks. The system isnow activated. If, during this 30 secondtime period, the door is unlocked by thekey or the remote keyless entry, or theignition key is turned to ACC or ON, thesystem will not be armed.

Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will activatewith all doors and the hood locked and ig-nition key off. Turn the ignition key to ACCto turn the system off.

Vehicle security system activation

The security system will give the followingalarm:

O The headlights blink and the hornsounds intermittently.

O The alarm automatically turns off afterapproximately 1 minute. However, thealarm reactivates if the vehicle is tam-pered with again. The alarm can be shutoff by unlocking a door with the key, orby pressing the UNLOCK button on theelectronic ignition key.

The alarm is activated by:

O Opening the door without using the keyor remote keyless entry.

O Opening the lift gate without using thekey or remote keyless entry.

O Opening the hood.

How to stop an activated alarm

The alarm will stop only by unlocking adoor with the key, by pressing the doorhandle request switch or by pressing theUNLOCK button on the keyfob or IntelligentKey. The alarm will not stop if the ignitionswitch is turned to ACC or ON.

SIC2153


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

If the system does not operate as de-scribed above, have it checked by anINFINITI dealer.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM

The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of the registered key.

If the engine fails to start using the regis-tered key (for example, when interferenceis caused by another registered key, an au-tomated toll road device or automated pay-ment device on the key ring), restart the en-gine using the following procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON po-sition for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF orLOCK position and wait approximately10 seconds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding the de-vice (which may have caused the inter-ference) separate from the registeredkey.

If this procedure allows the engine tostart, INFINITI recommends placingthe registered key on a separate keyring to avoid interference from other de-vices.

Statement related to section 15 of FCCrules for INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem (CONT ASSY-BCM, ANT ASSY-IMMOBILISER)

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to the follow-ing two conditions;

(1) This device may not cause harmful in-terference, and (2) this device must acceptany interference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.

CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX-PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RE-SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULDVOID THE USER’S AUTHORITY TO OPERATETHE EQUIPMENT.

Security indicator light

The security indicator light jA blinks when-ever the ignition key is removed for 5 sec-onds after the ignition switch is in the OFFposition (mechanical key) or the ignitionswitch is in the LOCK position (IntelligentKey). This function indicates the securitysystems equipped on the vehicle are op-erational.

If a non-registered key is in the ignitionswitch, the indicator light comes on.

SIC2153


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

If INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ismalfunctioning, this light will remain onwhile the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

If the light still remains on and/or the en-gine will not start, see an INFINITI dealerfor INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemservice as soon as possible. Please bringall electronic ignition keys that you havewhen visiting an INFINITI dealer for ser-vice.

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper atthe following speed:

j1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent opera-tion can be adjusted by turning theknob toward jA (Slower) or jB (Faster).Also, the intermittent operation speedvaries in accordance with the vehiclespeed. (For example, when the vehiclespeed is high, the intermittent opera-tion speed will be faster.) You canswitch this function on and off manu-

ally. See “How to use the SETTINGbutton” in the “4. Display screen,heater, air conditioner and audio sys-tems” section.

j2 Low (LO) — continuous low speed op-eration

j3 High (HI) — continuous high speed opera-tion

Push the lever up j4 to have one sweep op-eration (MIST) of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you j5 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operateseveral times.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solu-tion may freeze on the windshield and ob-scure your vision which may lead to an acci-dent. Warm the windshield with the de-froster before you wash the windshield.

SIC3037

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

O Do not operate the washer continuouslyfor more than 30 seconds.

O Do not operate the washer if the reser-voir tank is empty.

O Do not fill the window washer reservoirtank with washer fluid concentrates atfull strength. Some methyl alcohol basedwasher fluid concentrates may perma-nently stain the grille if spilled while fill-ing the window washer reservoir tank.

O Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the window washer reservoir tank.Do not use the window washer reservoirtank to mix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

The rear window wiper and washer operatewhen the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF po-sition to operate the wiper.

j1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent opera-tion (not adjustable)

j2 Low (ON) — continuous low speed op-eration

Push the switch forward j3 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operateseveral times.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solu-tion may freeze on the window and obscureyour vision. Warm the rear window with thedefroster before you wash the rear window.

CAUTION

O If the rear window wiper operation is in-terrupted by snow etc., the wiper maystop moving to protect its motor. If thisoccurs, turn the wiper switch to OFF andremove the snow etc. on and around thewiper arms. After about 1 minute, turnthe switch ON again to operate the wiper.

O Do not operate the washer continuouslyfor more than 30 seconds.

O Do not operate the washer if reservoirtank is empty.

O Do not fill the window washer reservoirtank with washer fluid concentrates atfull strength. Some methyl alcohol based

SIC3038

REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

washer fluid concentrates may perma-nently stain the grille if spilled while fill-ing the window washer reservoir tank.

O Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the window washer reservoir tank.Do not use the window washer reservoirtank to mix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

To defog/defrost the rear window glassand outside mirrors, start the engine andpush the switch on j1 . The indicator lightjA will come on. Push the switch again toturn the defroster off.

It will automatically turn off in approxi-mately 15 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rear win-dow, be careful not to scratch or damage therear window defroster.

XENON HEADLIGHTS

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

O When xenon headlights are on, they pro-duce a high voltage. To prevent an elec-tric shock, never attempt to modify ordisassemble. Always have your xenonheadlights replaced at an INFINITIdealer.

O Xenon headlights provide considerablymore light than conventional headlights.If they are not correctly aimed, theymight temporarily blind an oncomingdriver or the driver ahead of you andcause a serious accident. If headlightsare not aimed correctly, immediatelytake your vehicle to an INFINITI dealerand have the headlights adjusted cor-rectly.

When the xenon headlight is initiallyturned on, its brightness or color variesslightly. However, the color and brightnesswill soon stabilize.

SIC3072

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRRORDEFROSTER SWITCH

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O The life of xenon headlights will beshortened by frequent on-off opera-tion. It is generally desirable not toturn off the headlights for short inter-vals (for example, when the vehiclestops at a traffic signal). Even when thedaytime running lights are active(Canada only), the xenon headlights donot turn on. This way the life of thexenon headlights is not reduced.

O If the xenon headlight bulb is close toburning out, the brightness will drasti-cally decrease, the light will startblinking, or the color of the light willbecome reddish. If one or more of theabove signs appear, contact anINFINITI dealer. HEADLIGHT SWITCH

Lighting

j1 Turn the switch to the position:

The front park, side marker, tail, licenseplate and instrument lights will comeon.

j2 Turn the switch to the position:

Headlights will come on and all theother lights remain on.

CAUTION

Use the headlights with the engine runningto avoid discharging the vehicle battery.

SIC3120Type A

SIC1961Type B


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Autolight system (if so equipped)

The autolight system allows the headlightsto be set so they turn on and off automati-cally.

To set the autolight system:

1. Make sure the headlight switch is in theAUTO position.

2. Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3. The autolight system automaticallyturns the headlights on and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn theswitch to the OFF, , or position.

The autolight system can turn on the head-lights automatically when it is dark, turn offthe headlights when it is light, and keepthe headlights on for up to 45 secondsafter you turn the switch to OFF and openany door then close all the doors.

If the ignition switch is turned OFF and oneof the doors is opened and this condition iscontinued, the headlights remain ON for 5minutes.

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor jA located on the top left-hand side of the instrument panel. Thephoto sensor controls the autolight; if it iscovered, the photo sensor reacts as if it isdark and the headlights will illuminate.

SIC3121 SIC2142A


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Headlight beam select

j1 To select the low beam, put the lever inthe neutral position as shown.

j2 To select the high beam, push the leverforward. Pull it back to select the lowbeam.

j3 Pulling the lever toward you will flashthe headlight high beam.

Battery saver system

O When the headlight switch is in theor position while the ignition

switch is in the ON position, the lightswill automatically turn off 5 minutesafter the ignition switch has beenturned to the OFF position.

O When the headlight switch remains inthe or position after thelights automatically turn off, the lightswill turn on for 5 minutes when theheadlight switch is turned to the OFFposition and then turn to the or

position.

CAUTION

Even though the battery saver feature auto-matically turns off the headlights after a pe-riod of time, you should turn the headlightswitch to the OFF position when the engine isnot running to avoid discharging the battery.

Headlight aiming control

Depending on the number of occupants inthe vehicle and the load it is carrying, theheadlight axis may be higher than desired.If the vehicle is traveling on a hilly road,the headlights may directly hit the rearviewmirror of the vehicle ahead or the wind-shield of the oncoming vehicle. The lightaxis can be lowered with the operation ofthe switch.

The larger the number designated on theswitch, the lower the axis.

SIC3122 SIC2141


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

When traveling with no heavy load or on aflat road, select position 0.

WARNING

Xenon headlights are extremely bright com-pared to conventional headlights. If thexenon headlights hit the rearview mirror ofthe vehicle ahead or the windshield of theoncoming vehicle, the driver of these ve-hicles may have difficulty driving because ofthe brightness. Use the headlight aimingcontrol switch to lower the light axis. See“Xenon headlights” earlier in this section foradditional information.

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM(CANADA ONLY)

The daytime running lights automatically il-luminate when the engine is started withthe parking brake released. The daytimerunning lights operate with the headlightswitch in the OFF position or in the

position.

If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the daytime runninglights do not illuminate. The daytime run-

ning lights illuminate once the parkingbrake is released. The daytime runninglights will remain on until the ignitionswitch is turned off.

The daytime running light may come onafter turning the key to the OFF positionand immediately turning it to the ON posi-tion. This is not a malfunction.

The daytime running light will be turned offwhen the headlight switch is turned to theAUTO or position.

The daytime running light will remain onuntil the ignition switch is turned to theACC or OFF position.

Turn the fog light switch to the posi-tion to turn the fog light ON when driving atnight if necessary.

WARNING

When the daytime running light system isactive, tail lights on your vehicle are not on.It is necessary at dusk to turn on your head-lights. Failure to do so could cause an acci-dent injuring yourself and others.

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESSCONTROL

The instrument brightness control operateswhen the light switch is in the or

position.

To adjust the brightness of instrumentpanel lights, press the control switches lo-cated on the left side of the meter panel.Pressing the upper switch jA will brightenthe lights. The lower switch jB dims thelights. Repeatedly pressing the lowerswitch will turn the lights off.

SIC2140


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

j1 Turn signal

Move the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signals cancel automati-cally.

j2 Lane change signal

To indicate a lane change, move the leverup or down to the point where lights beginflashing.

FOG LIGHT SWITCH

To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the position, then turn theswitch to the position. To turn themoff, turn the switch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on and the lowbeams selected for the fog lights to op-erate. The fog lights automatically turn offwhen the high beam headlights are se-lected.

Push the switch on to warn other driverswhen you must stop or park under emer-gency conditions. All turn signal lights willflash.

Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

WARNING

O If stopping for an emergency, be sure tomove the vehicle well off the road.

SIC3123 SIC3057 SIC2574

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Do not use the hazard warning flasherswhile moving on the highway unless un-usual circumstances force you to drive soslowly that your vehicle might become ahazard to other traffic.

O Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights are on.

The flasher can be actuated with the igni-tion switch either off or on.

To sound the horn, push around the hornmarks of the steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so couldaffect proper operation of the supplementalfront air bag system. Tampering with thesupplemental front air bag system may re-sult in serious personal injury.

The front seats are warmed by built-inheaters. The switches located on the centerconsole can be operated independently(driver side seat jA and front passengerseat jB ) of each other.

1. Start the engine.

2. Select heat range.

j1 For low heat, push the (Low)side of the switch.

j2 For high heat, push the (High)side of the switch.

j3 For no heat, the switch has a centerOFF position between low and high.

SIC2143 SIC2793

HORN HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

The indicator light in the switch jC willilluminate when low or high is selected.

The heater is controlled by a thermo-stat, automatically turning the heateron and off. The indicator light will re-main on as long as the switch is on.

3. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed,or before you leave the vehicle, be sureto turn the switch to the off position(center) j3 .

CAUTION

O The battery could run down if the seatheater is operated while the engine isnot running.

O Do not use the seat heater for extendedperiods or when no one is using the seat.

O Do not put anything on the seat which in-sulates heat, such as a blanket, cushion,seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat maybecome overheated.

O Do not place anything hard or heavy onthe seat or pierce it with a pin or similarobject. This may result in damage to theheater.

O Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately with adry cloth.

O When cleaning the seat, never use gaso-line, benzine, thinner, or any similar ma-terials.

O If any abnormalities are found or theheated seat does not operate, turn theswitch off and have the system checkedby an INFINITI dealer.

The Lane Departure Warning (LDW) systemwill blink an indicator light on the instru-ment panel and sound a chime to alert thedriver if the vehicle is traveling close to ei-ther the left or the right of the travelinglane.

The system comes on automatically in itsautomatic mode when the ignition switchis turned on.

To cancel the LDW system, push the LDWswitch j1 to turn off the system. The LDWsystem ON indicator j2 will go off.

SIC2554

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)SWITCH (if so equipped)


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Push the LDW switch again or restart theengine to turn the system on. Modes canbe changed to automatic mode or manualmode by pushing and holding the LDWswitch for more than 4 seconds while theLDW system ON indicator is off. See “Lanedeparture warning (LDW) system” in the “5.Starting and driving” section.

For driving or starting the vehicle on snowyroads or slippery areas, turn on the SNOWmode switch and the SNOW indicator lighton the meter panel will illuminate. Whenthe SNOW mode is activated, engineoutput is controlled to avoid wheel spin.

The vehicle should be driven with the Ve-hicle Dynamic Control (VDC) System on formost driving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, theVDC system reduces the engine output toreduce wheel spin. The engine RPM will bereduced even if the accelerator is de-pressed to the floor. If maximum enginepower is needed to free a stuck vehicle,turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDCOFF switch. The indicator will comeon.

SSD0351 SIC1881

SNOW MODE SWITCH VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) OFFSWITCH


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restartthe engine to turn ON the system. See “Ve-hicle dynamic control (VDC) system” in the“5. Starting and driving” section.

If the power supply is disconnected, theclock will not indicate the correct time. Re-adjust the time.

ADJUSTING THE TIME

1. To set the clock forward, push thebutton j1 .

2. To set the clock backward, push thebutton j2 .

3. To move forward or backward faster,push and hold the button more than 5seconds.

CAUTION

O The outlet and plug may be hot during orimmediately after use.

O This power outlet is not designed for usewith a cigarette lighter unit.

O Do not use with accessories that exceeda 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw. Donot use double adapters or more thanone electrical accessory.

O Use power outlets with the engine run-ning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.

O Avoid using power outlets when the airconditioner, climate controlled seat,headlights or rear window defroster ison.

O Before inserting or disconnecting a plug,be sure to turn off the power switch ofthe electrical accessory being used orthe ACC power of the vehicle.

O Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plug may

SIC2772

CLOCK POWER OUTLET


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

overheat or the internal temperature fusemay open.

O When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water to contact theoutlet.

The power outlet is for powering electricalaccessories such as cellular telephones.

SIC2144Console

SIC3073Front


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

SUNGLASSES HOLDER

The sunglasses holder can be opened bypushing the button jA .

WARNING

O The sunglasses holder should not beused while driving so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

O Keep the sunglasses holder closed whiledriving to prevent an accident.

CAUTION

O Do not use for anything other than sun-glasses.

O Do not leave sunglasses in the sun-glasses holder while parking in directsunlight. The heat may damage the sun-glasses.

SIC3124Rear

SIC2146Luggage room

SIC1844A

STORAGE


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

STORAGE BOX

WARNING

The storage box should not be used whiledriving so full attention may be given to ve-hicle operation.

To open, push the storage box lid jA as il-lustrated.

Do not place valuable items in the storagebox.

Do not use the storage box as an ashtray.

CUP HOLDERS

WARNING

The cup holder should not be used whiledriving so full attention may be given to ve-hicle operation.

CAUTION

O Avoid abrupt starting and braking whenthe cup holder is being used to preventspilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, itcan scald you or your passenger.

O Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in an acci-dent.

SIC3125


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Front cup holder

To open the cup holder, push the lid j1 .

The flap will be folded down when insertinga large container.

To close, lower the cup holder lid and pushit down lightly.

To clean the front cup holder, pull up the in-side tray j2 and remove it.

The cup holder is not designed to store per-sonal effects.

Rear cup holder

Push the cup holder opener switch to drawout the rear cup holder.

GLOVE BOX

To open the glove box, pull the handle j1 .

To close, push the lid in until the locklatches.

To lock j2 or unlock j3 the glove box, usethe master key, mechanical key or walletkey.

SIC3118 SIC2149 SIC1888A


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while driving to-help prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

CONSOLE BOX

WARNING

The center console box should not be usedwhile driving so full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

CAUTION

To avoid being pinched, do not place your fin-gers near the hinge when opening/closing the console box.

When the button jA is pushed, the uppercase is available for storing some smallitems. When the lever jB is pulled, the bot-tom case is available for storing somelarger ones.

SIC3074


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

LUGGAGE FLOOR BOXES (if soequipped)

To open the luggage floor boxes:

1. Raise the luggage box lid.

2. Remove the assist bar j1 and insert itinto the slot j2 .

To close, reset the assist bar to its originalposition.

CARD HOLDER (for driver’s side)

To use the card holder, slide your card jA inafter lowering the sun visor jB .

CARGO NET (if so equipped)

The cargo net helps keep packages in thecargo area from moving around while yourvehicle is driven.

To install the cargo net, attach the hooks tothe retainers.

WARNING

O Properly secure all cargo to help preventit from sliding or shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seatbacks.

SIC2154 SIC2151SIC3151


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

In a sudden stop or collision, unsecuredcargo could cause personal injury.

O Be sure to secure all four hooks into theretainers. The cargo restrained in the netmust not exceed 30 lb (13.6 kg) or thenet may not stay secured.

TONNEAU COVER (if so equipped)

The tonneau cover j1 keeps the luggagecompartment contents hidden from theoutside.

To open the tonneau cover, pull it out andhang both sides on the hooks j2 . To closethe tonneau cover, remove it from thehooks and then release it as illustrated.

To remove the tonneau cover, pat gentlythe bottom of the tonneau cover frame j3upward and remove it from the holder j4after closing the tonneau cover and foldingthe rear seatbacks forward.

WARNING

O Never put anything on the tonneau cover,no matter how small. Any object on itcould cause an injury in an accident orsudden stop.

O Do not leave the tonneau cover in the ve-hicle with it disengaged from the holder.

O Never remove the tonneau cover with therear seatbacks reclined. The tonneaucover may jump up suddenly and couldcause an injury in the removal procedure.


O The child restraint top tether strap maybe damaged by contact with the tonneaucover or items in the cargo area. Removethe tonneau cover from the vehicle or se-cure it and any cargo. Your child couldbeseriously injured or killed in a collision ifthe top tether strap is damaged.

SIC2626


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

O Make sure that all passengers have theirhands, etc. inside the vehicle while it isin motion and before closing the win-dows. Use the window lock switch to pre-vent unexpected use of the power win-dows.

O Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls and becometrapped in a window. Unattended chil-dren could become involved in seriousaccidents.

The power windows operate when the igni-tion switch is in the ON position and forabout 45 seconds, after the ignition switchis turned to the OFF position. If the driver’sdoor or the front passenger’s door isopened during this period of about 45 sec-onds, power to the windows is canceled.

Main power window switch(driver’s side)

1. Rear left passenger side window2. Driver side window3. Window lock button4. Rear right passenger side window5. Front passenger side window

To open or close the window, push downjA or pull up jB the switch and hold it. Themain switch (driver side switches) willopen or close all the windows.

SIC2630Main switch

WINDOWS


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Locking passenger’s windows

When the lock button jC is pushed in, onlythe driver side window can be opened orclosed. Push it in again to cancel.

Passenger side power windowswitch

The passenger side switch will open orclose only the corresponding window. Toopen or close the window, hold the switchdown jA or up jB .

Automatic operation (For front doorwindows)

To fully open or close the window, com-pletely press or lift the switch and releaseit; it need not be held. The window will au-tomatically open or close all the way. Tostop the window, just press or lift theswitch on the opposite side.

Auto reverse function

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in a window as it moves up, thewindow will be immediately lowered.

SIC2152APassenger side

SIC2923Main switch


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen a window is closed by automatic op-eration when the ignition switch is in theON position or for about 45 seconds afterthe ignition switch is turned to the ACC,OFF or LOCK position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the window oc-curs.

WARNING

There are some small distances immediatelybefore the closed position which cannot bedetected. Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc., inside the vehicle beforeclosing the window.

AUTOMATIC SUNROOF

The sunroof will only operate when the ig-nition switch is in the ON position.

The automatic sunroof is operational forabout 45 seconds, even if the ignitionswitch is turned to the OFF position. If thedriver’s door or the front passenger’s dooris opened during this period of about 45seconds, power to the sunroof is canceled.

Sliding the sunroof

To fully open or close the sunroof, pressthe switch to the CLOSE j1 or OPEN j2side for less than 1 second and release it; it

need not be held. The roof will automati-cally open or close all the way. To stop theroof, press the switch once more while it isopening or closing.

To open or close the sunroof and stop onthe way, press the switch to the CLOSE j1or OPEN j2 side. The roof will stop whenreleasing the switch.

Tilting the sunroof

To tilt up, first close the sunroof, then pressthe UP j2 side of the switch and release it;it need not be held. To tilt down the sun-roof, press the DOWN j1 side.

Sun shade

Open or close the sun shade by sliding itbackward or forward.

The shade will open automatically whenthe sunroof is opened. However, it must beclosed manually.

Auto reverse function (Whenclosing or tilting down the sunroof)

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen the sunroof is closed or tilted downby automatic operation when the ignitionkey is in the ON position or for about 45

SIC1854A

SUNROOF (if so equipped)


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

seconds after the ignition key is turned tothe OFF position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the sunroof oc-curs.

WARNING

There are some small distances immediatelybefore the closed position which cannot bedetected. Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc., inside the vehicle beforeclosing the sunroof.

When closing:

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in the sunroof as it moves to thefront, the sunroof will immediately openbackward.

When tilting down:

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in the sunroof as it tilts down, thesunroof will immediately tilt up.

WARNING

O In an accident you could be thrown fromthe vehicle through an open sunroof. Al-ways use seat belts and child restraints.

O Do not allow anyone to stand up or ex-tend any portion of their body out of thesunroof opening while the vehicle is inmotion or while the sunroof is closing.

CAUTION

O Remove water drops, snow, ice or sandfrom the sunroof before opening.

O Do not place any heavy object on thesunroof or surrounding area.

If the sunroof does not close

If the sunroof does not close or open auto-matically, use the following procedure toreturn sunroof operation to normal.

1. Press the switch to the CLOSE/UP sideto tilt up the sunroof.

2. Press and hold the switch to theCLOSE/UP side for approximately 3 sec-onds while the sunroof is tilted up.

3. Release the switch once, then pressand hold the switch to the CLOSE/UPside again for approximately 10 sec-onds until the sunroof moves automati-cally.

4. The sunroof will automatically openand then close all the way.

If the sunroof does not operate properly af-ter step 4, repeat the procedure startingwith step 1.

If the sunroof still does not close, have anINFINITI dealer check and repair the sun-roof.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

ROOM LIGHT

The room light has a two-position switch;DOOR j1 and OFF j2 .

When the switch is in the door position j1 ,the light will illuminate when a door isopened.

The light will stay on for about 30 secondswhen:

O The doors are unlocked by the keyfob, akey, the power door lock switch orusing the Intelligent Key system whileall doors are closed.

O The driver’s door is opened and thenclosed while the key is removed fromthe ignition switch.

O The key is removed from the ignitionswitch while all doors are closed.

The light will turn off while the 30 secondtimer is activated, when:

O The driver’s door is locked either withthe keyfob, a key, the power door lockswitch or using the Intelligent Keysystem.

O The ignition switch is turned ON.

MAP LIGHT

When the switch j3 is pushed in, the lightwill turn on. When the switch j3 is pushedagain, the light will turn off.

When the map light switch is in the ON po-sition, it will automatically turn off 30 min-utes after the ignition switch has beenturned to the OFF position. To turn on thelight again, turn the ignition switch to theON position.

The map, personal, and vanity mirror lightswill automatically turn off 30 minutes afterthe latest operation of the following withthe ignition switch in the ACC or OFF posi-tion:

O Opening or closing any door

O Locking or unlocking with the keyfob, akey or the power door lock switch.

O Inserting or removing a key from the ig-nition switch

These lights will turn on again when any ofthe above operations is performed after thelights have turned off automatically. (Thelights will turn off 30 minutes after thelatest operation of the above as well.)

CAUTION

O Turn off the map, personal and vanitymirror lights when you leave the vehicle.

O Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could re-sult in a discharged battery.

SIC1857A

INTERIOR LIGHT


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

CEILING LIGHT (if so equipped)

The ceiling light has a three-positionswitch.

When the switch is in the door position jB ,the light will illuminate when the door isopened. Same as the door position of theinterior light.

When the personal light switch is in theON position jA , it will automatically turnoff 30 minutes after the ignition switch hasbeen turned to the OFF position jC . To turnon the light again, turn the ignition switchto the ON position.

REAR PERSONAL LIGHT

The rear personal light has a three-positionswitch.

When the switch is in the door position jB ,the light will illuminate when the door isopened.

When the personal light switch is in theON position jA , it will automatically turnoff 30 minutes after the ignition switch hasbeen turned to the OFF position jC . To turnon the light again, turn the ignition switchto the ON position.

SIC2179 SIC1858A SIC2925Body side

SIC2926Door side


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

LUGGAGE ROOM LIGHT

This luggage room light has a three-position switch.

When the switch is in the door position jA ,the light illuminates while the lift gate isopened. When the lift gate is closed, thelight will go off.

When the luggage room light switch is inthe on position jC , the luggage room lightilluminates, regardless of any condition.

When the switch is in the off position jB ,the light will turn off.

The light on the vanity mirror will turn onwhen the cover on the vanity mirror jA isopened.

When the vanity mirror light stays on, itwill automatically turn off 30 minutes afterthe ignition switch has been turned to theOFF position. To turn on the light again,turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver pro-vides a convenient way to consolidate thefunctions of up to three individual hand-held transmitters into one built-in device.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiverpower will automatically turn off 30 min-utes after the ignition switch has beenturned to the OFF position.

HomeLink Universal Transceiver:

O Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates,home and office lighting, entry doorlocks and security systems.

O Is powered by your vehicle’s battery.No separate batteries are required. Ifthe vehicle’s battery is discharged or isdisconnected, HomeLink will retain allprogramming.

Once the HomeLink Universal Transceiveris programmed, retain the original trans-mitter for future programming procedures(i.e., new vehicle purchases). Upon sale ofthe vehicle, the programmed HomeLinkUniversal Transceiver buttons should beerased for security purposes. For addi-tional information, refer to “ProgrammingHomeLink ” later in this section.

SIC2555

VANITY MIRROR LIGHT HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER (ifso equipped)


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Do not use the HomeLink UniversalTransceiver with any garage door openerthat lacks safety stop and reverse fea-tures as required by federal safety stan-dards. (These standards became effec-tive for opener models manufacturedafter April 1, 1982). A garage dooropener which cannot detect an object inthe path of a closing garage door andthen automatically stop and reverse,does not meet current federal safetystandards. Using a garage door openerwithout these features increases the riskof serious injury or death.

O During the programming procedure, yourgarage door or security gate will open orclose (if the transmitter is within range).Make sure that people and objects areclear of the garage door, gate, etc. thatyou are programming.

O Your vehicle’s engine should be turnedoff while programming the HomeLinkUniversal Transceiver.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink

To program your HomeLink UniversalTransceiver to operate a garage door, gate,or entry door opener, home or officelighting, you need to be at the same loca-tion as the device. Note: Garage door open-ers (manufactured after 1996) have“rolling code protection”. To program a ga-rage door opener equipped with “rollingcode protection”; you will need to use aladder to get up to the garage door openermotor to be able to access the “smart orlearn” program button.

1. To begin, press and hold the 2 outerHomeLink buttons (to clear thememory) until the indicator light jA

blinks (after 20 seconds). Release bothbuttons.

2. Position the end of the hand-held trans-mitter 1-3 inches away from theHomeLink surface.

SIC3040


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

3. Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold both the HomeLinkbutton you want to program and thehand-held transmitter button.DO NOT release the buttons until step 4has been completed.

4. Hold down both buttons until the indi-cator light on the HomeLink flashes,changing from a “slow blink” to a“rapid blink”. When the indicator lightblinks rapidly, both buttons may be re-leased. The rapidly flashing light indi-cates successful programming. To acti-vate the garage door or other pro-grammed device, press and hold the

programmed HomeLink button - re-leasing when the device begins to acti-vate.

5. If the indicator light on the HomeLinkblinks rapidly for two seconds and thenturns solid, HomeLink has picked up a“rolling code” garage door opener sig-nal. You will need to proceed with thenext steps to train the HomeLink tocomplete the programming which mayrequire a ladder and another person forconvenience.

6. Press and release the training buttonlocated on the garage door opener’smotor to activate the “training mode”.This button is usually located near theantenna wire that hangs down from themotor. If the wire originates from undera light lens, you will need to remove thelens to access the training button.

NOTE:

Once you have pressed and released thetraining button on the garage door open-er’s motor and the “training light” is lit,you have 30 seconds in which to performstep 7. Use the help of a second person forconvenience to assist when performingthis step.

7. Quickly within 30 seconds of pressingand releasing the garage door openerprogram button, firmly press and re-lease the HomeLink button you havejust programmed. Press and releasethe HomeLink button up to three timesto complete the training.

8. Your HomeLink button should now beprogrammed. (To program the re-maining HomeLink buttons for addi-tional door or gate openers, followsteps 2-8 only.)

NOTE:

Do not repeat step one unless you want to“clear” all previously programmedHomeLink buttons).

If you have any questions or are having dif-ficulty programming your HomeLink but-tons, please refer to the HomeLink website at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink FORCANADIAN CUSTOMERS

Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations requiredhand-held transmitters to stop transmit-ting after 2 seconds. To program yourhand-held transmitter to HomeLink , con-

SIC3041


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

tinue to press and hold the HomeLink but-ton (note steps 2 through 4 under “Pro-gramming HomeLink ”) while you pressand re-press (“cycle”) your hand-heldtransmitter every 2 seconds until the indi-cator light flashes rapidly (indicating suc-cessful programming).

NOTE:If programming a garage door opener,etc., it is advised to unplug the device dur-ing the “cycling” process to prevent pos-sible damage to the garage door openercomponents.

OPERATING THE HomeLinkUNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVERThe HomeLink Universal Transceiver(once programmed) may now be used toactivate the garage door, etc. To operate,simply press the appropriate programmedHomeLink Universal Transceiver button.The red indicator light will illuminate whilethe signal is being transmitted.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNOSISIf the HomeLink does not quickly learnthe hand-held transmitter information:

O replace the hand-held transmitter bat-teries with new batteries.

O position the hand-held transmitter withits battery area facing away from theHomeLink surface.

O press and hold both the HomeLinkand hand-held transmitter buttonswithout interruption.

O position the hand-held transmitter 2 to5 inches (50 to 127 mm) away from theHomeLink surface. Hold the trans-mitter in that position for up to 15 sec-onds. If HomeLink is not programmedwithin that time, try holding the trans-mitter in another position - keeping theindicator light in view at all times.

If you continue to have programming diffi-culties, please contact the INFINITI Con-sumer Affairs Department. The phone num-bers are located in the Foreword of thisOwner’s Manual.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDINFORMATION

Individual buttons cannot be cleared, how-ever to clear all programming, press andhold the two outside buttons and releasewhen the indicator light begins to flash(approximately 20 seconds).

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLink BUTTON

To reprogram a HomeLink UniversalTransceiver button, complete the fol-lowing.

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLinkbutton. Do not release the button untilstep 4 has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins to flashslowly (after 20 seconds), position thehand-held transmitter 2 to 5 inches (50to 127 mm) away from the HomeLinksurface.

3. Press and hold the hand-held trans-mitter button.

4. The HomeLink indicator light willflash, first slowly and then rapidly.When the indicator light begins to flashrapidly, release both buttons.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiverbutton has now been reprogrammed. Thenew device can be activated by pushing theHomeLink button that was just pro-grammed. This procedure will not affect anyother programmed HomeLink buttons.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you should changethe codes of any non-rolling code devicethat has been programmed into HomeLink

. Consult the Owner’s Manual of each de-vice or call the manufacturer or dealer ofthose devices for additional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink Uni-versal Transceiver with your new transmit-ter information.

FCC Notice:

This device complies with FCC rules part15. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference and (2) This de-vice must accept any interference that maybe received, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.

The transmitter has been tested and com-plies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible for com-pliance could void the user’s authority tooperate the device.

DOC: ISTC 1763K1313

FCC I.D.: CB2V67690


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys (except Intelligent Key) ............................. 3-2INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System keys... 3-2

Doors ............................................................... 3-3Locking with key (Driver’s door only) ............ 3-3Opening and closing windows with the key... 3-4Locking with inside lock knob ...................... 3-4Locking with power door lock switch ............ 3-4Child safety rear door lock ........................... 3-5

Remote keyless entry system (models withoutIntelligent Key system) ..................................... 3-5

How to use remote keyless entry system ...... 3-6Intelligent Key system (if so equipped) .............. 3-9

Door locks/unlocks precaution .................. 3-11Intelligent Key operation ........................... 3-12Opening and closing windows.................... 3-13Operating the engine ................................. 3-14Intelligent Key operating range ................. 3-16Warning signals......................................... 3-17Trouble-shooting guide.............................. 3-19

Operation with intelligent remote keylessentry system ............................................. 3-20Operation with the mechanical key andvalet key ................................................... 3-23

Hood .............................................................. 3-24Lift gate .......................................................... 3-24

Auto closure ............................................. 3-25Fuel-filler door ................................................ 3-26

Open the fuel-filler door............................. 3-26Fuel-filler cap ............................................ 3-27

Tilting telescopic steering column ................... 3-28Automatic operation .................................. 3-29

Sun visors ...................................................... 3-29Mirrors ........................................................... 3-30

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror .............. 3-30Outside mirrors ......................................... 3-31

Automatic drive positioner .............................. 3-32Memory storage function ........................... 3-32Entry/exit function .................................... 3-33

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Master key 1 (With built-in transponderchip; INFINITI mark-silver)

2. Master key 2 (With built-in transponderchip; INFINITI mark-silver)

3. Valet key (With built-in transponderchip; INFINITI mark-black)

4. Key number plate

5. Wallet key

6. key case (Card type)

A key number plate is supplied with yourkeys. Record the key number and keep it ina safe place (such as your wallet), not inthe vehicle. If you lose your keys, see anINFINITI dealer for duplicates by using thekey number.

A key number is necessary when you havelost all keys and do not have one to dupli-cate from. If you still have a key, anINFINITI dealer can duplicate it.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM KEYS

You can only drive your vehicle using themaster or valet keys which are registeredto the INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem components in your vehicle. Thesekeys have a transponder chip in the keyhead.

The master key can be used for all thelocks.

The valet key cannot be used for glove boxlock.

To protect belongings when you leave a keywith someone, give them the valet keyonly.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

Additional or replacement keys:If you still have a key, the key number isnot necessary when you need extraINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkeys. An INFINITI dealer can duplicate it.As many as 5 INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem keys can be used with one vehicle.You should bring all registered keys thatyou have to an INFINITI dealer for registra-tion. This is because the registration pro-cess will erase the memory of all key codespreviously registered into the INFINITI Ve-hicle Immobilizer System. After the regis-tration process, these components willonly recognize keys coded into the IN-FINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System duringregistration. Any key that is not given toyour dealer at the time of registration willno longer be able to start your vehicle.

SPA1882

KEYS (except Intelligent Key)

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Do not allow the immobilizer system key,which contains an electrical transponder,to come into contact with salt water. Thiscould affect system function.

WARNING

O Always have the doors locked while driv-ing. Along with the use of seat belts, thisprovides greater safety in the event of anaccident by helping to prevent personsfrom being thrown from the vehicle. Thisalso helps keep children and others fromunintentionally opening the doors, andwill help keep out intruders.

O Before opening any door, always look forand avoid oncoming traffic.

O Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls. Unattendedchildren could become involved in se-rious accidents.

If your vehicle is equipped with a Intelli-gent Key system, refer to “Intelligent Keysystem” later in this section.

LOCKING WITH KEY (Driver’s dooronly)

The power door lock system allows you tolock or unlock all doors simultaneously.

O Turning the driver’s door key lock withthe metal key (master key, mechanicalkey, valet key and wallet key) towardthe front of the vehicle j1 will lock alldoors.

O Turning the driver’s door key one timeto the rear of the vehicle j2 will unlockthe driver’s door. From that position, re-turning the key to neutral (where the

SPA1442A

DOORS

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

key can only be removed and inserted)and turning it to the rear again within 5seconds will unlock all doors. (in-cluding the lift gate) and fuel-filler door.

OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWSWITH THE KEY

The driver’s door key operation allows youto open and close the front windows simul-taneously.

To open the windows, turn the driver’s doorkey cylinder to the rear of the vehicle forlonger than 1 second. The door is unlockedand the window keeps opening whileturning the key.

This function can also be performed bypushing and holding the door UNLOCK but-ton of the Intelligent Key. Refer to “Intelli-gent remote keyless entry system” later inthis section.

To close the windows, turn the driver’sdoor key cylinder to the front of the vehiclefor longer than 1 second. The door islocked and the window keeps closing whileturning the key.

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB

To individually lock the doors, move the in-side lock knob to the LOCK position j1 ,then close the door. To unlock, pull up theinside lock knob to the UNLOCK positionj2 .

When locking the door without a key, besure not to leave the key inside the ve-hicle.

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCKSWITCH

Operating the power door lock switch lo-cated on the driver’s or front passenger’sarmrest will lock or unlock all doors includ-ing the lift gate.

To lock the doors, push the power doorlock switch to the lock position j1 with thedriver’s or front passenger’s door open,then close the door.

When locking the door this way, be certainnot to leave the key inside the vehicle.

SPA1422A SPA1505D


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

To unlock, push the power door lock switchto the unlock position j2 .

Lockout protection

When the power door lock switch (driver orfront passenger) is moved to the lock posi-tion with the key in the ignition and anydoor open, all doors will lock and unlockautomatically. This helps to prevent thekeys from being accidentally locked insidethe vehicle.

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK

Child safety locking helps prevent doorsfrom being opened accidentally, especiallywhen small children are in the vehicle.

When the lever is in the LOCK position j1 ,the rear door can be opened only from theoutside.

To disengage, move the lever to the FREEposition j2 .

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors (in-cluding the lift gate) and fuel-filler door andactivate the panic alarm by using thekeyfob from outside the vehicle.Before locking the doors, make sure thekey is not left in the vehicle.The keyfob can operate at a distance of ap-proximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.(The effective distance depends upon theconditions around the vehicle.)As many as 4 keyfobs can be used with onevehicle. For information concerning thepurchase and use of additional keyfob,contact an INFINITI dealer.

The keyfob will not function when:

O the battery is completely discharged,

O the distance between the vehicle andthe keyfob is over 33 ft (10 m).

The panic alarm will not activate when thekey is in the ignition switch.

CAUTION

The following conditions or occurrences willdamage the keyfob.

SPA1618A

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM (modelswithout Intelligent Key system)


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Do not allow the keyfob to become wet.

O Do not drop the keyfob.

O Do not strike the keyfob sharply againstanother object.

O Do not place the keyfob for an extendedperiod in an area where temperatures ex-ceed 140°F (60°C).

If a keyfob is lost or stolen, INFINITI recom-mends erasing the ID code of that keyfob.This will prevent the keyfob from unautho-rized use to unlock the vehicle. For informa-tion regarding the erasing procedure, pleasecontact an INFINITI dealer. HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS

ENTRY SYSTEM

Setting hazard indicator and hornmode

This vehicle is set in hazard indicator andhorn mode when you first receive the ve-hicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, whenthe LOCK button j1 is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes twice and the horn chirpsonce. When the UNLOCK button j2 ispushed, the hazard indicator flashes once.

SPA1397B


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

If hazard indicator and horn mode is notnecessary, you can switch to hazard indi-cator only mode by following the switchingprocedure.

In hazard indicator only mode, when theLOCK button j1 is pushed, the hazard indi-cator flashes twice. When the UNLOCK but-ton j2 is pushed, neither the hazard indi-cator nor the horn operates.

(Switching procedure)

Push the LOCK j1 and UNLOCK j2 buttonson the keyfob simultaneously for more

than 2 seconds to switch from one mode tothe other.

When pushing the buttons to set hazard in-dicator only mode, the hazard indicatorflashes 3 times.

When pushing the buttons to set hazard in-dicator and horn mode, the hazard indi-cator flashes once and the horn chirpsonce.

The hazard indicator and horn mode alsocan be changed with vehicle electronic sys-tems on the monitor. See “4. Display

screen, heater, air conditioner and audiosystems”.

Locking doors and fuel-filler door

1. Remove the ignition key.*1,*2

2. Close all the doors.*3

3. Push the LOCK button j1 on the keyfob.

4. All the doors and fuel-filler door willlock.

All of the doors will lock when the LOCKbutton j1 on the keyfob is pushed eventhough a door remains open and/or the ig-nition key is in the ON position.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice andthe horn chirps once.

O When the LOCK button j1 is pushedwith all doors locked, the hazard indi-cator flashes twice and the horn chirpsonce as a reminder that the doors arealready locked.

*1: Doors lock with the keyfob while a keyis in the ignition switch. However, thepanic alarm will not activate when thekey is in the ignition switch.

SPA1260


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

*2: Doors lock with the keyfob while theignition switch is in the ON position.However, the hazard indicator andhorn will not function.

*3: Doors lock with the keyfob while anydoor is open. However, the hazard in-dicator and horn will not function.

Unlocking doors and fuel-filler door

1. Push the UNLOCK button j2 on the key-fob once.

O The driver’s door and fuel-filler door un-lock

O The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed with the ig-nition key in any position except the ONposition.

O The interior light turns on and the lighttimer activates for 30 seconds when theswitch is in the DOOR position with theignition key in any position except theON position.

2. Push the UNLOCK button j2 on the key-fob again within 5 seconds.

O All doors unlock

O The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed.

All doors will be locked automatically un-less one of the following operations is per-formed within 1 minute of pushing the UN-LOCK button j2 .

O any door is opened

O the ignition switch is turned to the ONposition

The interior light can be turned off withoutwaiting for 30 seconds by turning the igni-tion switch to the ON position or by lockingthe doors with the keyfob.

Opening the windows

Push the UNLOCK button j2 on the keyfob.

The driver’s door will unlock.

Continue to push the UNLOCK button j2 for3 seconds. The door windows will be low-ered.

Continue to push the UNLOCK button j2until windows are fully open.

To stop lowering the windows, release theUNLOCK button j2 .

To start lowering the windows, push theUNLOCK button j2 again for more than 3seconds.

The rear door windows will operate 0.5 sec-onds after the front windows’ operation. (ifso equipped)

Using the panic alarm

If you are near your vehicle and feel threat-ened, you may activate the alarm to call at-tention as follows:

1. Push the PANIC button j3 on thekeyfob for longer than 0.5 seconds withthe key removed from the ignitionswitch.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlightswill stay on for 30 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:

O It has run for 30 seconds, or

O The LOCK j1 or the UNLOCK j2 buttonis pushed, or

O The PANIC button j3 is pushed on thekeyfob for longer than 0.5 seconds.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

The Intelligent Key uses coded radio sig-nals to communicate with the vehicle.When the Intelligent Key is near the ve-hicle, such as in your pocket or purse, it al-lows the vehicle to be locked, unlocked, orstarted without inserting the ignition key.It is also possible to use the remote controlentry function.

CAUTION

O Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou.

O Do not leave the vehicle with the Intelli-gent Key inside.

O The Intelligent Key may not functioncorrectly depending on the environ-ment or operating conditions. It couldalso malfunction if you do not use itcorrectly.

O The Intelligent Key transmits faintradio waves.

In the following situations, the Intelli-gent Key and remote control entry func-tions may not operate correctly, andyou may have to use the metal key (me-chanical key, valet key or wallet key):

• when there are strong signalscoming from a television tower,power station or broadcasting sta-tion.

• when you have wireless equipmentor a cellular phone with you.

• when the Intelligent Key is in contactwith or covered by a metallic mate-rial.

• when radio wave-type remote controlentry is used nearby.

• when the Intelligent Key is placednear an electric appliance such as apersonal computer.

O The Intelligent Key continually con-sumes battery power as the key re-ceives a signal to communicate withthe vehicle. Battery life is about 2years, although it varies depending onthe operating conditions. When thebattery of the Intelligent Key is low,the green blinking key warning lightgoes out about 30 seconds after the ig-nition switch is turned to ON. If thebattery runs down, replace it with anew one.

O If the Intelligent Key receives strongsignal over an extended period of time,

the battery could quickly run down. Donot place the Intelligent Key near anelectric appliance such as a televisionset or personal computer.

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if so equipped)


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Intelligent Key 2 sets2. Mechanical key (metal key)* 2 sets3. Valet key (metal key)* 1 set4. Wallet key and key case (card type)

(metal key) 1 set5. Key number plate 1 set

*: Refer to “INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem keys” earlier in this section.

WARNING

O The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves that can adversely affect medicalelectric equipment.

O If you have a pacemaker, you shouldcontact the medical equipment manufac-turer to ask if it will be affected by the In-telligent Key signal.

The valet key cannot be used for the glovebox lock.

To protect belongings when you leave a keywith someone, give them the valet keyonly.

Record the key number on the key numberplate/metal tag and keep it in a safe place(such as your wallet), NOT IN THE VEHICLE.A key number plate is supplied with yourkey. Keep the plate in a safe place. IN-FINITI does not record key numbers so it isvery important to keep track of your keynumber plate.

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be usedwith one vehicle. For information con-cerning the purchase and use of additionalIntelligent Keys, contact an INFINITIdealer.

It is possible that the Intelligent Key func-tions can become cancelled. Contact an IN-FINITI dealer.

CAUTION

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with youwhen driving. The Intelligent Key is a preci-sion device with a built-in transmitter. Toavoid damaging it, please note the following.

— Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key.If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immedi-ately wipe until it is completely dry.

— Do not bend, drop or strike it against an-other object.

— Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in a place where tem-peratures exceed 140°F (60°C).

— Do not change or modify the IntelligentKey.

SPA1873


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

— Do not use a magnet key holder.

— Do not place the Intelligent Key near anelectric appliance such as a televisionset or personal computer.

— Do not place the Intelligent Key in a stor-age area (for example, a door pocket orglove box). It could be damaged or acti-vated unexpectedly.

O Do not allow the Intelligent Key to comeinto contact with water or salt water, andbe careful not to let the key be washed ina washing machine. This could affect thesystem function.

O If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,INFINITI recommends erasing the IDcode of that Intelligent Key. This will pre-vent the Intelligent Key from unautho-rized use to unlock the vehicle. For infor-mation regarding the erasing procedure,please contact an INFINITI dealer.

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKSPRECAUTION

O After locking with the door handle re-quest switch, make sure the doors aresecurely locked.

O To prevent the Intelligent Key frombeing left inside the vehicle, make sureyou carry the key with you and then lockthe doors.

O You can lock or unlock the doors usingonly the door handle, which detects theIntelligent Key.

O It is not possible to lock the doors withthe lock knob when the driver’s door isopen, the ignition switch is pushed inor the metal key is in the ignitionswitch.

O When you try to unlock the door whilepulling the door handle, the door maynot unlock. In this case, release thedoor handle and the door will unlock.Pull the door handle again and the doorwill open.

O The outside beep, which indicates thelock and unlock functions, can be can-celed with the LOCK/UNLOCK button onthe Intelligent Key and the vehicle elec-

tronic system on the monitor. See “4.Display screen, heater, air conditionerand audio systems”.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION

You can lock or unlock the doors withouttaking the key out from your pocket orpurse.

When you carry the Intelligent Key withyou, you can lock or unlock all doors bypushing the door handle request switch jA

or lift gate handle request switch jB withinthe range of operation.

Locking doors

1. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK po-sition and remove the ignition key if anymetal key is in the ignition switch.*1,*2


3. Push any front door or the lift gatehandle request switch while carryingthe Intelligent Key with you.*4

4. All the doors, lift gate and fuel-fillerdoor will lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice anddoor buzzer sounds twice.

The hazard indicator and horn mode alsocan be changed with vehicle electronicsystems on the monitor. See “4. Displayscreen, heater, air conditioner and audiosystems”.

*1: Doors lock with the Intelligent Keywhile a mechanical key or valet key isin the ignition switch.

*2: Doors lock with the Intelligent Keywhile the ignition switch is not in theLOCK position.

*3: Doors do not lock by pushing the doorhandle request switch or the LOCKbutton on the Intelligent Key while anydoor is open. A beep sounds to warnyou. However, doors lock with themetal key even if any door is open.

*4: Doors do not lock with door handle re-quest switch with the Intelligent Keyinside the vehicle and a beep soundsto warn you.

SPA1874 SPA1627


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

However, when an Intelligent Key is in-side the vehicle, doors can be lockedwith another Intelligent Key.

Unlocking doors

1. Push the door handle request switchonce.

Driver’s side:

O The driver door and fuel-filler door un-lock.

Front passenger side or lift gate:

O Only corresponding door unlocks.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once anddoor buzzer sounds once if all doors arecompletely closed with the ignition keyin any position except the ON position.

3. Push the door handle request switchagain within 5 seconds.

O All doors and the fuel-filler door unlock.

O The hazard indicator flashes once anddoor buzzer sounds once if all doors arecompletely closed.

All doors will be locked automatically afterpressing the unlocking button unless oneof the following operations is performedwithin 1 minute.

O any door is opened

O the ignition switch is pushed

O the mechanical key or the valet key isinserted into the ignition switch

The interior light, ceiling light (if soequipped) and step light can be turned offwithout waiting for 30 seconds by turningthe ignition switch to the ON position or bylocking the doors.

OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS

O To open the windows, push the UNLOCKbutton on the Intelligent Key for about3 seconds or turn the driver’s door keylock with the metal key to the rear of thevehicle for about 2 seconds after thedoor is unlocked.

To stop opening, release the UNLOCKbutton or turn the key to the neutral po-sition.

O To close the windows, turn the driver’sdoor key lock to the front of the vehiclefor about 2 seconds after the door islocked.

To stop closing, turn the key to the neu-tral position.

The door windows will open or close whileturning the metal key. See “Doors” earlierin this section.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

OPERATING THE ENGINE

Ignition switch positions

Push in the ignition switch in the jB rangewhen you turn it.

LOCK (Normal parking position) jA :

The ignition switch can only be locked inthe jA position.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when itis pushed in, and turned to the ACC posi-tion jD while carrying the Intelligent Key.

ACC (Accessories) jD :

This position activates electrical accesso-ries such as the radio, when the engine isnot running.

ON (Normal operating position) jE :

This position turns on the ignition systemand electrical accessories.

START jF :

This position starts the engine. As soon asthe engine has started, release the knobimmediately. It will automatically return tothe ON position.

For important safety information, see “Ig-nition switch” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.

The ignition switch cannot be turned backto the LOCK position unless the shift leveris in P position. (It can be turned to onlyjC .)

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the ignitionswitch in ACC or ON positions when the en-gine is not running for an extended peri-od.This can discharge the battery.

SPA1628


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Starting the engine

When driving the vehicle, be sure to carrythe Intelligent Key with you.

1. Securely depress the brake pedal.

2. Slowly push the ignition switch in.When the Intelligent Key warning lightja in the instrument panel comes on ingreen, the ignition switch can beturned.

3. Turn the ignition switch to START andthe engine will be started.

4. When the engine starts, release the ig-nition switch.

WARNING

Do not start the engine from outside the ve-hicle through the window. Doing so couldlead to an accident and injury. Be sure to sitin the driver’s seat to use the key.

For important safety information, see“Starting the engine” in the “5. Startingand driving” section.

O When the ignition switch is pushedunder the following conditions, the keywarning light in the instrument panelcomes on in red. It is not possible toturn the ignition switch when:

• you do not have the Intelligent Keywith you

• the Intelligent Key battery has rundown

• you have a Intelligent Key for anothervehicle with you

O Slowly turn the ignition switch after thekey warning light comes on in green. If

it is turned quickly, it may stick and bedifficult to turn.

O The engine may not start if the Intelli-gent Key is placed:

• inside the glove box or the doorpocket

• on the instrument panel

• in the corner of interior compartment.

O If it is difficult to turn the ignitionswitch, perform the following:

• Push the ignition switch again andslowly turn it.

• Turn the ignition switch while gentlyturning the steering wheel to the leftor right.

Stopping the engine

1. Shift the selector lever to the P posi-tion.

2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC.

SPA2193


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

When you leave the vehicle, be sure to ob-serve the following:

O Shift the selector lever to P. (In other po-sitions, the ignition switch will not returnto LOCK.)

O Securely return the ignition switch toLOCK.

O Set the parking brake. Failure to do socould result in unexpected vehicle move-ment and could lead to severe injury.

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATINGRANGE

The Intelligent Key functions can be usedonly when you carry the key with you andoperate as specified in the operating rangeinside or outside the vehicle.

When the Intelligent Key battery runs downor where there are strong radio waves ornoise, the operating range may be nar-rower or the key may be inoperative.

Operating range of the door lock/unlock function

The outside sensors are in the outside mir-rors, rear door corner pieces and the liftgate.

The operating range of the doorlock/unlock function is shown in the illus-tration.

j1 59.1 in (1.5 m) from the outside mirrors

j2 59.1 in (1.5 m) from the rear doorcorner pieces

j3 31.5 in (80 cm) from the lift gate handle

O If you are too close to the door glass,the Intelligent Key may not operate.

O If the Intelligent Key is in the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone whodoes not carry the Intelligent Key tolock/unlock the doors by pushing thedoor handle request switch.

SPA1917


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Operating range for engine startfunction

The operating range for starting the engineis inside the vehicle.

O If the Intelligent Key is on the instru-ment panel, inside the glove box ordoor pocket, or the corner of interiorcompartment, it may not be possible tostart the engine.

O If the Intelligent Key is near the door ordoor glass outside the vehicle, it maybe possible to start the engine.

WARNING SIGNALS

To help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly by erroneous operation ofthe Intelligent Key or to help prevent thevehicle from being stolen, chime or beepsounds inside and outside the vehicle anda warning light comes on in the instrumentpanel.

When a chime or beep sounds or the warn-ing light comes on, be sure to check the ve-hicle and Intelligent Key.

Alarm and warning when lockingthe doors

When the front door warning chime or beepsounds, check for the following:

O The ignition switch is turned to LOCK.

O The Intelligent Key is not left inside thevehicle.

O Doors are closed securely.

O The selector lever is in the P position.

The door beep sounds for about 2 seconds.

Alarm and warning when theengine stops

When the P position selecting warning lightjb in the instrument panel blinks in red:

O Make sure the selector lever is in the Pposition.

When the chime sounds intermittently:

O Make sure the selector lever is in the Pposition and the ignition switch isturned to LOCK.

SPA1652 SPA2194


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

If the chime sounds continuously when thedriver’s door is opened, check the fol-lowing:

O The selector lever is in the P positionand the ignition switch is turned toLOCK.

O The mechanical key or the valet key isnot inserted into the ignition switch.

O The inside warning chime may stopwhen one of the following is performed.

• Returning the ignition switch toLOCK.

• Removing the mechanical key or thevalet key.

• Closing the doors.

Alarm and warning when theengine starts

When the key warning light ja is blinkingin red and the outside buzzer sounds,make sure the Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle.

The buzzer sounds for about 3 seconds.

Warning for low battery power

O This warning is to let you know that thebattery of the Intelligent Key will rundown soon. Replace it with a new one.

• The green blinking key warning lightja goes out about 30 seconds afterthe ignition switch is turned to ON.

O We recommend replacing the battery atan INFINITI dealer.

Preventing the Intelligent Key frombeing left in the vehicle

If you lock all doors using the power doorlock switch with the Intelligent Key in thevehicle, all of the doors unlock immedi-ately and the beep sounds to warn youwhen the door is closed.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

TROUBLE-SHOOTING GUIDE

Symptom Possible Cause Remedy

When pushing the door handle requestswitch

The front door beep sounds for approxi-mately 2 seconds

The doors cannot be locked.

Take out the Intelligent Key from thevehicle and push the door handle re-quest switch.Turn the ignition switch to LOCK andpush the door handle request switchcarrying the Intelligent Key with you.Close all doors securely and push thedoor handle request switch carrying theIntelligent Key with you.

When closing the doors

The front door beep sounds for approxi-mately 10 seconds

The ignition switch is not turned to LOCKposition.

Turn the ignition switch to LOCK.

The key warning light in the instrumentpanel blinks in red and the front doorwarning beep sounds for approximately3 seconds.

The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle.Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou.

The front door beep sounds for approxi-mately 3 seconds and all doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is left in the vehicle.Take out the Intelligent Key from thevehicle and close the door.

When opening the driver’s door A warning chime sounds continuouslyThe ignition switch is not in LOCK posi-tion, or the mechanical key or valet keyis inserted into the ignition switch.

Turn the ignition switch to LOCK.Remove the mechanical key or valet keyform the ignition switch.

When stopping the engineThe P position warning light in the in-strument panel blinks in red.

The selector lever is not in the P posi-tion.

Make sure that the selector lever is inthe P position.

When turning the ignition switch The warning chime soundsThe ignition switch is not turned toLOCK.

Turn the ignition switch to LOCK.

When starting the engineThe key warning light in the instrumentpanel blinks in green.

The battery charge is low.Replace the battery to new one. See“Keyfob battery replacement” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Trouble-shooting examples

When it is difficult to turn the ignitionswitch

O Push the ignition switch again and turnit slowly.

O While gently turning the steering wheelto the left or right, turn the ignitionswitch.

OPERATION WITH INTELLIGENTREMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, fuel-filler door, activate the panic alarm andopen the windows by pushing the buttonson the Intelligent Key from outside the ve-hicle.

Before locking the doors, make sure thekey is not left in the vehicle.

The LOCK/UNLOCK button on the Intelli-gent Key can operate at a distance of ap-proximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.(The effective distance depends upon theconditions around the vehicle.)As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be usedwith one vehicle. For information con-cerning the purchase and use of additionalIntelligent Key, contact an INFINITI dealer.

The lock and unlock buttons on the Intelli-gent Key will not operate when:

O the Intelligent Key is too far away fromthe vehicle

O the Intelligent Key battery runs down

After locking with the remote control entryfunction, pull the door handle to make surethe doors are securely locked.

The operating range varies depending onthe environment. To securely operate thelock and unlock buttons, approach the ve-hicle to about 4.9 ft (1.5 m) from the door.

The panic alarm will not activate when themechanical key or the valet key is in the ig-nition switch. How to use remote keyless entry

system

Setting hazard indicator and horn mode:

This vehicle is set in hazard indicator andhorn mode when you first receive the ve-hicle.

The hazard indicator and horn mode alsocan be changed with vehicle electronicsystems on the monitor. See “4. Displayscreen, heater, air conditioner and audiosystems”.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, whenthe LOCK button jA is pushed, the hazard

SPA1877


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

indicator flashes twice and the horn chirpsonce. When the UNLOCK button jB ispushed, the hazard indicator flashes once.

If hazard indicator and horn mode is notnecessary, you can switch to hazard indica-tor only mode by following the switchingprocedure.

In hazard indicator only mode, when theLOCK button jA is pushed, the hazard indi-cator flashes twice. When the UNLOCK but-ton jB is pushed, neither the hazard indi-cator nor the horn operates.

(Switching procedure)

Push the LOCK jA and UNLOCK jB buttonson the Intelligent key simultaneously formore than 2 seconds to switch from onemode to the other.

When pushing the buttons to set hazard in-dicator only mode, the hazard indicatorflashes 3 times.

When pushing the buttons to set hazard in-dicator and horn mode, the hazard indi-cator flashes once and the horn chirpsonce.

Locking doors and fuel-filler door:

1. Remove the mechanical key or the valetkey if any key is in the ignitionswitch.*1


3. Push the LOCK button jA on the Intelli-gent Key.

4. All the doors (including lift gate) andfuel-filler door will lock.

All of the doors will lock when the LOCKbutton jA on the Intelligent Key is pushedeven though the ignition switch is in theON position.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice andthe horn chirps once.

O When the LOCK button jA is pushedwith all doors locked, the hazard indi-cator flashes twice and the horn chirpsonce as a reminder that the doors arealready locked.

*1: Doors lock with the Intelligent Keywhile the mechanical key or the valetkey is in the ignition switch or the igni-tion switch is pushed in.

*2: Doors do not lock with the IntelligentKey while any door is open.

SPA1260


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Unlocking doors and fuel-filler door:

1. Push the UNLOCK button jB on the In-telligent Key once.

O The driver’s door and fuel-filler door un-lock

O The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed with the ig-nition switch in any position except theON position.

O The interior light turns on and the lighttimer activates for 30 seconds when theswitch is in the DOOR position with theignition switch in any position exceptthe ON position.

2. Push the UNLOCK button jB on the In-telligent Key again within 5 seconds.

O All doors unlock.

O Lift gate unlocks.

O The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed.

All doors will be locked automatically un-less one of the following operations is per-formed within 1 minute of pressing the UN-LOCK button jB .

O any door is open

O the ignition switch is pushed

O the mechanical key or the valet key isinserted into the ignition switch

The interior light can be turned off withoutwaiting for 30 seconds by turning the igni-tion switch to the ON position or by lockingthe doors with the Intelligent Key.

Opening the windows:

See “Opening and closing windows” on theprevious page.

Using the panic alarm:

If you are near your vehicle and feel threat-ened, you may activate the alarm to call at-tention as follows:

1. Push the PANIC button jC on the Intel-ligent Key for longer than 0.5 secondswith the metal key removed from the ig-nition key cylinder or the ignitionswitch pushed in.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlightswill stay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:

O It has run for 25 seconds, or

O The LOCK jA or the UNLOCK jB buttonis pressed, or

O The PANIC button jC is pushed on theIntelligent Key for longer than 0.5 sec-onds.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

OPERATION WITH THEMECHANICAL KEY AND VALET KEY

If the Intelligent Key cannot be used be-cause its battery is discharged, use themetal key to lock or unlock the doors anduse the mechanical key or the valet key,which is registered to the INFINITI VehicleImmobilizer System components, to startthe engine.

Removing the mechanical key

O Release the lock knob at the back of theIntelligent Key and remove the me-chanical key.

O To install the mechanical key to the In-telligent Key, securely lock the lockknob and then check that the me-chanical key will not move.

CAUTION

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with themechanical key installed in it.

Locking/unlocking the doors withthe metal key (mechanical key,valet key and wallet key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked by in-serting the metal key into the key cylinderin the driver’s door in the same way as theordinary key.

Starting the engine with themechanical key

1. Securely depress the brake pedal.

2. Insert the mechanical key or the valetkey into the ignition switch.

3. Turn the ignition switch to START andstart the engine.

4. After starting the engine, release theknob.

When the engine is off, the steering wheellock cannot be unlocked.

For important safety information, see the“5. Starting and driving” section.

Windows open/close with themechanical key

See “Opening and closing windows” on theprevious page.

SPA1878 SPA1913


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Pull the hood lock release handle j1 lo-cated below the instrument panel; thehood will then spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever j2 at the front of the hoodwith your fingertips and raise the hood.

3. When closing the hood, lower it slowlyand make sure it locks into place.

WARNING

O Make sure the hood is completely closedand latched before driving. Failure to doso could cause the hood to fly open andresult in an accident.

O If you see steam or smoke coming fromthe engine compartment, to avoid injurydo not open the hood.

O The power door lock system allows youto lock or unlock all doors including thelift gate simultaneously.

O Push the opener switch jA and pull theopener handle to open the lift gate.

WARNING

Do not drive with the lift gate open. Thiscould allow dangerous exhaust gases to bedrawn into the vehicle. See “Precautions

SPA1268B SPA1879

HOOD LIFT GATE


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

when starting and driving” in the “5.Starting and driving” section for exhaustgas.

AUTO CLOSURE

If the lift gate is pulled down to a partlyopen position, the lift gate will pull itself tothe closed position.

Do not apply excessive force when theauto closure is operating. Excessive forceapplied may cause the mechanism to mal-function.

CAUTION

O The lift gate will automatically close froma partly open position. To avoid pinching,keep hands and fingers away from liftgate opening.

O Do not let children operate the lift gate.

Lift gate release lever

If the lift gate cannot be opened with thedoor lock switch due to a discharged bat-tery, follow the these steps.

1. Remove the cover jA inside of the liftgate.

2. Move the lever as illustrated to openthe lift gate.

Contact an INFINITI dealer as soon as pos-sible for repair.

WARNING

O Always be sure the lift gate has beenclosed securely to prevent it fromopening while driving.

O Do not drive with the lift gate open. Thiscould allow dangerous exhaust gases tobe drawn into the vehicle.

SPA1880


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

OPEN THE FUEL-FILLER DOOR

To open the fuel-filler door, unlock it usingone of the following operations, then pushthe left-hand side of the lid.

O Push the unlock button on the keyfob orIntelligent Key once.

O Push the driver’s door handle requestswitch once.

O Insert the metal key into the door lockcylinder and turn the door key clock-wise twice.

O Push the power door lock switch to theunlock side.

To lock, close the fuel-filler door and lockthe doors.

SPA1621

FUEL-FILLER DOOR


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

FUEL-FILLER CAP

The fuel-filler cap is a ratcheting type.Tighten the cap clockwise until ratchetingclicks are heard.

Put the fuel-filler cap jA on the cap holderwhile refueling.

WARNING

O Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or seriously

injured if it is misused or mishandled. Al-ways stop the engine and do not smokeor allow open flames or sparks near thevehicle when refueling.

O Fuel may be under pressure. Turn the capa quarter of a turn, and wait for any hiss-ing sound to stop to prevent fuel fromspraying out and possibly causing per-sonal injury. Then remove the cap.

O Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank af-ter the fuel pump nozzle shuts off auto-

matically. Continued refueling may causefuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray andpossibly a fire.

O Use only an original equipment type fuel-filler cap as a replacement. It has a built-in safety valve needed for proper opera-tion of the fuel system and emission con-trol system. An incorrect cap can result ina serious malfunction and possible in-jury. It could also cause the mal-function indicator lamp to come on.

O Never pour fuel into the throttle body toattempt to start your vehicle.

O Do not fill a portable fuel container in thevehicle or trailer. Static electricity cancause an explosion of flammable liquid,vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer. Toreduce the risk of serious injury or deathwhen filling portable fuel containers:— Always place the container on the

ground when filling.— Do not use electronic devices when

filling.— Keep the pump nozzle in contact with

the container while you are filling it.

SPA2161


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

— Use only approved portable fuel con-tainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

O If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoid paintdamage.

O Tighten until the fuel-filler cap clicks.Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap prop-erly may cause the malfunction in-dicator lamp (MIL) to illuminate. If the

lamp illuminates because the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tighten orinstall the cap and continue to drive thevehicle. The lamp should turn offafter a few driving trips. If the

lamp does not turn off after a fewdriving trips, have the vehicle inspectedby an INFINITI dealer.

O For additional information, see the “Mal-function indicator lamp (MIL)” in the“2.Instruments and controls” section.

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheel any closerto you than is necessary for proper steeringoperation and comfort. The driver’s air baginflates with great force. If you are unre-strained, leaning forward, sitting sidewaysor out of position in any way, you are at-greater risk of injury or death in a crash. Youmay also receive serious or fatal injuries from

the air bag if you are up against itwhen it in-flates. Always sit back against the seatbackand as far away as practical from the steeringwheel. Always use the seat belts.

SPA1881

TILTING TELESCOPIC STEERING COLUMN


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of your vehicleand cause an accident.

Tilt operation

Push the lever to adjust the steering wheelup or down to the desired position.

Entry/Exit function

The automatic drive positioner system willmake the steering wheel move up auto-matically. This lets the driver get into andout of the seat more easily. See “Automaticdrive positioner” later in this section.

Telescopic operation

Push the lever to adjust the steering wheelforward or backward to the desired posi-tion.

SPA2176

SUN VISORS


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

O Do not store the main sun visor beforestoring the extension sun visor.

O Do not pull the extension sun visor forc-edly downward.

1. To block out glare from the front, swingdown the main sun visor j1 .

2. To block glare from the side, removethe main sun visor from the centermount and swing it to the side j2 .

3. Draw out the extension sun visor j3from the main sun visor to block fromfarther glare.

AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLARE INSIDEMIRROR

WARNING

Use automatic anti-glare only when neces-sary because it reduces rear view clarity.

The inside mirror is designed so that it au-tomatically changes reflection according tothe intensity of the headlights of the ve-hicle following you.

Type A:

When the inside MIRROR switch jA is inthe ON position (The Auto indicator light jB

will illuminate), excessive glare from theheadlights of the vehicle behind you will bereduced. Push the MIRROR switch jA toturn the system off (the indicator light goesoff), and the inside mirror will operate nor-mally.

To turn on the system again, push the MIR-ROR switch once again.

For the HomeLink Universal Transceiverand the compass display, see the descrip-tion in the “2. Instruments and controls”section.

SPA2195Type A

SPA2162Type B

MIRRORS


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Type B:

The anti-glare system will be automaticallyturned on when you turn the ignition switchto the “ON” position.

When the system is turned on, the indi-cator light jB will illuminate and excessiveglare from the headlights of the vehicle be-hind you will be reduced.

Push the switch for 3 seconds tomake the inside mirror operate normally,and the indicator light will go off. Push the

switch again for 3 seconds to turn thesystem on.

Do not hang any object on the mirror or ap-ply glass cleaner. Doing so will reduce thesensitivity of the sensor jC , resulting inimproper operation.

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror on thepassenger side are closer than they appear.Be careful when moving to the right. Usingonly this mirror could cause an accident. Usethe inside mirror or glance over yourshoulder to properly judge distances to otherobjects.

The outside mirror will operate only whenthe ignition switch is in the ACC or ON posi-tion.

Move the switch to right or left to select theright or left outside mirror, then adjust.

Defrosting outside mirrors

The outside mirrors will be heated whenthe rear window defroster switch is oper-ated.

SPA1449


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Foldable outside mirrors

Fold the outside mirrors by pushing themtowards the rear of the vehicle.

The automatic drive positioner system hastwo features:

O Memory storage function

O Entry/exit function

MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION

Two positions for the driver’s seat, steeringcolumn, and outside mirrors can be storedin the automatic drive positioner memory.Follow these procedures to use thememory system.

1. Apply the parking brake, and set the se-lector lever to the P (Park) position.

2. Turn the ignition ON.

3. Adjust the driver’s seat, steeringcolumn and outside mirrors to the de-sired positions by manually operatingeach adjusting switch. For additionalinformation, see “Seats” in the “1.Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple-mental restraint system” section and“Steering wheel” and “Outside mir-rors” earlier in this section.During this step, do not turn the igni-tion to any positions other than ON.

MPA0008 SPA2185

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

4. Push the SET switch and, within 5 sec-onds, push the memory switch (1 or 2)fully for at least 1 second.

The indicator light for the pushed memoryswitch will come on and stay on for ap-proximately 5 seconds after pushing theswitch. After the indicator light goes off,the selected positions are stored in the se-lected memory (1 or 2).

If a new memory is stored in the samememory switch, the previous memory willbe deleted.

Linking a keyfob or Intelligent Keyto a stored memory position

A keyfob or Intelligent Key can be linked toa stored memory position with the fol-lowing procedure.

1. Follow the steps for storing a memoryposition.

2. While the indicator light for the memoryswitch being set is illuminated for 5seconds, press the button on thekeyfob or Intelligent Key. The indicatorlight will blink. After the indicator lightgoes off, the keyfob or Intelligent Key islinked to that memory setting.

With the key removed from the ignitionswitch, press the button on thekeyfob or Intelligent Key. The driver’s seat,steering wheel and outside mirrors willmove to the memorized position.

Confirming memory storage

O Turn the ignition ON and push the SETswitch. If the main memory has notbeen stored, the indicator light willcome on for approximately 0.5 sec-onds. When the memory has stored theposition, the indicator light will stay onfor approximately 5 seconds.

O If the battery cable is disconnected, orif the fuse opens, the memory will becanceled. In such a case, reset the de-sired positions using the following pro-cedures.

1. Open and close the driver’s door morethan two times with the ignition key inthe LOCK position.

2. Reset the desired position using theprevious procedure.

Selecting the memorized position

1. Set the selector lever to the P (Park) po-sition.

2. Turn the ignition ON.

3. Push the memory switch (1 or 2) fullyfor at least 1 second.

The driver’s seat, steering column and out-side mirrors will move to the memorizedposition with the indicator light flashing,and then the light will stay on for approxi-mately 5 seconds.

ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION

This system is designed so that the driver’sseat, steering column and door mirrors willautomatically move when the automatictransmission selector lever is in the P(Park) position. This allows the driver to getinto and out of the driver’s seat moreeasily.

The driver’s seat will slide backward andthe steering wheel will move up:

O When the driver’s door is opened afterremoving the key from the ignitionswitch or the ignition switch (if soequipped), or returning the ignitionswitch to lock position.

O When the driver’s door is opened withthe key turned to LOCK.

O When the key is turned from ACC toLOCK or returning the ignition switch to


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

lock position with the driver’s dooropen.

The driver’s seat and steering wheel will re-turn to the previous position:

O When the key is inserted into the igni-tion switch or the ignition switch (if soequipped) is pushed in after closing thedoor.

O When the driver’s door is closed withthe key turned to LOCK.

O When the key or the ignition switch isturned from ACC to ON with the driver’sdoor open.

The entry/exit feature can be adjusted orcanceled. See “Vehicle electronic systems”in the “4. Display screen, heater, air condi-tioner and audio systems” section of thismanual.

Initialize entry/exit function

If the battery cable is disconnected, or ifthe fuse opens, the entry/exit function willnot work even if it has been set. After re-connecting the battery or replacing thefuse, open and close the driver’s door sev-eral times after inserting the electronic keyinto the ignition switch. The entry/exitfunction will be activated.

System operation

The automatic drive positioner system willnot work or will stop operating under thefollowing conditions:

O when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH(7 km/h).

O when any two or more of the memoryswitches are simultaneously pushedwhile the automatic drive positioner isoperating.

O when the adjusting switch for the driv-er’s seat is turned on while the auto-matic drive positioner is operating.

O when the memory switch 1 or 2 is notpushed for at least 1 second.

O when the seat has been already movedto the memorized position.

O when no seat position is stored in thememory switch.

The automatic drive positioner system canbe adjusted and canceled. See “Automaticseat slide in getting off” and “Lift steeringcolumn when exiting vehicle” in the “4.Display screen, heater, air conditioner andaudio systems” section.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

4 Display screen, heater, air conditioner andaudio systems

Safety note ....................................................... 4-2How to use INFINITI controller..................... 4-2Start-up screen (model with Navigationsystem) ....................................................... 4-3

Control panel buttons — without navigationsystem ............................................................. 4-4

How to use “TRIP” button ............................ 4-5How to use “FUEL ECON” button ................... 4-5How to use “E/M” button ............................. 4-5How to use “MAINT” (Maintenance)button......................................................... 4-6Maintenance notice ..................................... 4-6How to use the “SETTING” button................. 4-8“DAY/NIGHT” button ................................. 4-11Outside air temperature............................. 4-11

Control panel buttons — with navigationsystem ........................................................... 4-12

How to use the “TRIP” button..................... 4-12Maintenance notice ................................... 4-14How to use the “SETTING” button............... 4-15

Rearview monitor (if so equipped) ................... 4-18How to read the displayed lines ................. 4-19Adjusting the screen.................................. 4-19Operating tips ........................................... 4-19

Ventilators...................................................... 4-20Heater and air conditioner (Automatic)............. 4-21

Automatic operation .................................. 4-22Manual operation ...................................... 4-23Operating tips ........................................... 4-23In-cabin microfilter (if so equipped) ........... 4-24

Servicing air conditioner ................................. 4-24Audio system.................................................. 4-25

FM radio reception..................................... 4-25AM radio reception .................................... 4-26Satellite radio reception(if so equipped) ......................................... 4-26Audio operation precautions ...................... 4-27FM-AM-satellite radio with compact disc(CD) changer ............................................. 4-34CD care and cleaning ................................. 4-39Steering wheel switch for audio control(if so equipped) ......................................... 4-40

Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System withINFINITI voice recognition (if so equipped)...... 4-41

Using the system....................................... 4-43Control buttons ......................................... 4-45Getting started .......................................... 4-45List of voice commands.............................. 4-47

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Speaker adaptation (SA) mode................... 4-53Troubleshooting guide............................... 4-54

INFINITI mobile entertainment system (MES)(if so equipped) .............................................. 4-55

Digital video disc (DVD) player controls ...... 4-56Remote control .......................................... 4-56Remote control holder ............................... 4-57

Flip-down screen ....................................... 4-57Playing a digital video disc (DVD) ............... 4-58Care and maintenance ............................... 4-62How to handle the DVD .............................. 4-62Antenna .................................................... 4-64

Car phone or CB radio .................................... 4-65

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Positioning of the heating or air condi-tioning controls and display controlsshould not be done while driving in orderthat full attention may be given to thedriving operation.

O Do not disassemble or modify thissystem. If you do, it may result in acci-dents, fire, or electrical shock.

O Do not use this system if you notice anyabnormality, such as a frozen screen orlack of sound. Continued use of thesystem may result in accident, fire orelectric shock.

O In case you notice any foreign objects inthe system hardware, spill liquid on it, ornotice smoke or smell coming from it,stop using the system immediately andcontact an INFINITI dealer. Ignoringsuch conditions may lead to accident,fire, or electric shock.

HOW TO USE INFINITI CONTROLLER

Choose an item on the display using themain directional buttons j2 (or additionaldirectional buttons j6 with Navigation sys-tem) or center dial j3 , and push the ENTER“ ” button j1 for operation.

If you push the BACK “ ” button j4 be-fore the setup is completed, the setup willbe canceled and/or the display will returnto the previous screen.

After the setup is completed, push theBACK “ ” button j4 and return to theprevious screen.

For the “VOICE” button j5 functions, referto the separate Navigation System Owner’sManual.

SAA1097With Navigation system

SAA1098Without Navigation system

SAFETY NOTE

4-2 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

START-UP SCREEN (model withNavigation system)

When you push the ignition switch to theACC or ON position, the SYSTEM START-UPwarning is displayed on the screen. Whenyou read and agree with the warning, pushthe ENTER “ ” button.

If you do not push the ENTER “ ” but-ton, you will not be able to use the NAVIsystem.

To proceed to the NAVI system, refer to theseparate Navigation System Owner’sManual.

SAA1382

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-3

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

1, 2, 7, 9, 13. For audio system controlbutton (See “AUDIOSYSTEM” later in this sec-tion.)

3. “TRIP” button

4. INFINITI controller

5. “DAY/NIGHT” button

6. “MAINT” maintenance button

8. “E/M” button

10.“TRIP RESET” button

11.“FUEL ECON” button

12.“SETTING” button

Make sure the engine is running before us-ing this system.

If you use the system with the engine notrunning (ignition ON or ACC) for a longtime, it will use up all the battery power,and the engine will not start.

SAA1383

CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS — WITHOUTNAVIGATION SYSTEM


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

HOW TO USE “TRIP” BUTTON

When the “TRIP” button is pushed, the fol-lowing modes will display on the screen.

TRIP 1 (TIME, DIST, AVG) → TRIP 2 (TIME,DIST, AVG) → OFF

Elapsed Time, Driving Distance and Av-erage Speed will be displayed.

To reset, select the “Reset” key using theINFINITI controller and push the ENTER“ ” button, or push the “TRIPRESET” or “TRIP” button for more than ap-proximately 1.5 seconds.

HOW TO USE “FUEL ECON” BUTTON

Average Fuel Economy and Distance toEmpty will be displayed for reference whenthe “FUEL ECON” button is pushed.

To reset, select the “Reset” key using theINFINITI controller and push the ENTER“ ” button, or push the “TRIPRESET” or “TRIP” button for more than ap-proximately 1.5 seconds.

HOW TO USE “E/M” BUTTON

You can change the unit as follows usingthe “E/M” (English/Metric) button.

Unit: US — Mile, °F, MPGMetric — km, °C, L/100 km

SAA1384 SAA1385


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

HOW TO USE “MAINT”(Maintenance) BUTTON

Maintenance and tire pressure information(if so equipped) will be displayed when the“MAINT” button is pushed.

To display the setting of the maintenanceinterval, select the “Engine Oil” or “Tire Ro-tation” key using the INFINITI controllerand push the ENTER “ ” button.

To set the maintenance interval, select the“Maintenance Schedule” key by using theINFINITI controller and move the INFINITIcontroller to the right or left.

To reset the maintenance interval, selectthe “Reset” key using the INFINITI control-ler and push the ENTER “ ” button.

To display the MAINTENANCE NOTICE, au-tomatically when setting trip distance isreached, select the “Display MaintenanceNotification” key and push the ENTER“ ” button.

MAINTENANCE NOTICE

The “MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen (“EN-GINE OIL” or “TIRE ROTATION”) will be au-tomatically displayed as shown when bothof the following conditions are met:

O the vehicle is driven the set distanceand the ignition switch is turned OFF.

O the ignition key is turned ON the nexttime the vehicle will be driven.

To return to the previous display after the“MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen is dis-played, push the BACK “ ” button.

SAA1386 SAA1387 SAA1354


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

The “MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen dis-plays each time the key is turned ON untilone of the following conditions are met:

O “RESET” is selected.

O “Display Maintenance Notification” isset OFF.

O the maintenance interval is set again.

Tire pressure information (if soequipped)

Pressure indication in ** psi on the screenindicates that the pressure is being mea-sured. After a few driving trips, the pres-sure for each tire will be displayed ran-domly.

The order of tire pressure figures displayedon the screen does not correspond with theactual order of the tire position.

Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s travelingcondition and the temperature.

In case of low tire pressure, a message(FLAT TIRE or CHECK ALL TIRE) is displayedon the screen:

FLAT TIRE — Check all tires.

WARNING

O When a spare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, tire pressure will not be indi-cated, the Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS) will not function and thelow tire pressure warning light will flash.Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/or sys-tem resetting.


SAA1398


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

HOW TO USE THE “SETTING”BUTTON

The SETTINGS screen will appear when the“SETTING” button is pushed.

“Display” settings

The DISPLAY SETTINGS screen will appearwhen selecting the “Display” key andpushing the ENTER “ ” button.

Brightness/Contrast/Screen Background:

To adjust the brightness and contrast ofthe screen, select the “Brightness/Contrast/Screen Background” key andpush the ENTER “ ” button. Thenyou can adjust the brightness to Darker orBrighter, the contrast to Lower or Higherusing the INFINITI controller.

Display Off:

To turn off the screen, push the “SETTING”button and select the “Display” key and“Display Off” key. The indicator of the “Dis-play Off” will turn on. When any modebutton is pushed with the screen off, thescreen turns on for further operation. Thescreen will turn off automatically 5 secondsafter the operation is finished.

To turn on the screen, push the “SETTING”button and select the “Display” key and“Display Off” key, then set the screen to onby pushing the ENTER “ ” button.

Setting Audio or HVAC display:

Choose the “Audio” or “HVAC” (Heater andair conditioner) key to be displayed at thebottom, by using the INFINITI controller.The audio or HVAC (heater, air conditioner)setting condition will normally appear onthe screen.

To return to the setting screen, push the“SETTING” button or BACK “ ” button.

SAA1355 SAA1356


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Vehicle electronic systems

The VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS screenwill appear when selecting the “VehicleElectronic Systems” key with the INFINITIcontroller and pushing the ENTER“ ” button.

You can set the various electronic systemsoperating conditions.

To set an operating condition, select theapplicable item using the INFINITI control-ler, and push the ENTER “ ” button.

The indicator light alternately turns on andoff each time the ENTER “ ”

button is pushed.Indicator light is illuminated. — ON

Indicator light is not illuminated. — OFF

Adjust driver seat when exiting vehicle:

The driver’s seat automatically moves backand returns to the original position for easeof exit and entry.

Selective door unlock:

This key can switch the unlock doors of the1st unlocking operation as follows:

ON (Only the driver side door) ←→ OFF (Allthe doors)

Keyless Remote Response — Horn*:

This key changes the horn chirp mode thatoccurs when pushing the “LOCK” button onthe keyfob or the Intelligent Key.

Keyless Remote Response — Lights*:

This key changes the hazard indicator flashmode that occurs when pushing the“LOCK” or “UNLOCK” button on the keyfobor the Intelligent Key.

* Even if you change the horn chirp or thehazard flash with the keyfob or the In-telligent Key, the change may not be re-

SAA1357 SAA1416 SAA1417


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

flected in the display. Use the keyfob orthe Intelligent Key to return to the pre-vious mode.

Auto Re-Lock Time:

The length of the auto door re-lock time canbe set. Select the “Auto Re-Lock Time” key,then move the INFINITI controller andpush the ENTER “ ” button to adjustthe time.

Sensitivity of Automatic Headlights:

Automatic light illumination can be set asdesired.

Select the “Sensitivity of Automatic Head-lights” key, then move the INFINITI con-troller to the left (lower) or right (higher).

Automatic Headlights Off Delay:

You can control how long it takes the auto-matic turn off timer to extinguish the head-lights in the AUTO position.

Select the “Automatic Headlights OffDelay” key, then move the INFINITI con-troller to the left or right to adjust the timer.

Speed Dependent Wiper:

When this item is turned to on, the wiperinterval is adjusted automatically ac-cording to the vehicle speed.

Intelligent Key Lock Response — Sound(if so equipped):

The sound pattern of the Intelligent re-quest switch operation can be set as de-sired. Select the “Intelligent Key lock re-sponse — Sound” key, then push theENTER “ ” button to change thesound pattern.

Intelligent Key Unlock Response — BeepSound (if so equipped):

The beep sounds when unlocking door withthe Intelligent request switch can beturned on or off.

Return All Settings to Default:

When this key is selected and turned onusing the ENTER “ ” button, all set-tings made by VEHICLE ELECTRONICS willreturn to the initial conditions.

System settings

Language/Unit:

The LANGUAGE/UNIT screen will appearwhen selecting the “Language/Unit” keyand pushing the ENTER “ ” button.

Language: English or French


You can select the language and unit usingthe INFINITI controller and ENTER“ ” button.

SAA1388


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

“DAY/NIGHT” BUTTON

To change the display brightness, push the“DAY/NIGHT” button. Pushing the buttonagain will change the display to DAY orNIGHT display. Then, adjust the brightnessmoving the INFINITI controller right or left.

If no operation is done within 10 seconds,or if the BACK “ ” button is pushed,the display will return to the previous dis-play.

Pushing the “DAY/NIGHT” button for morethan approximately 1.5 seconds will turnthe display off. The screen will change to“CONFIRM DISPLAY OFF YES or NO”.

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE

The outside air temperature is displayed in°F or °C.

It may differ from the actual outside airtemperature due to the sensor location.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

1, 2, 3, 10, 11. For Navigation system con-trol buttons; refer to theseparate NavigationSystem Owner’s Manual.

5. “DAY/NIGHT” button

6. “TRIP” button

7, 8, 9, 13. For audio system control but-tons; refer to “AUDIO SYSTEM”later in this section.

12.“SETTING” button

When you use this system, make sure theengine is running.

If you use the system with the engine notrunning (ignition ON or ACC) for a longtime, it will use up all the battery power,and the engine will not start.

HOW TO USE THE “TRIP” BUTTON

When the “TRIP” button is pushed, the fol-lowing modes will display on the screen.

Warning message (if there are any) → TRIP1 → TRIP 2 → FUEL ECONOMY → MAINTE-NANCE.

SAA1399

CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS — WITHNAVIGATION SYSTEM


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

“TRIP” information

Elapsed Time, Driving Distance and Av-erage Speed will be displayed.

To reset, select the “Reset” key using theINFINITI controller and push the ENTER“ ” button or push the “TRIP”button for more than approximately 1.5seconds.

“FUEL ECONOMY” information

Average Fuel Economy and Distance toEmpty will be displayed for reference.

To reset, select the “Reset” key using theINFINITI controller and push the ENTER“ ” button or push the “TRIP”button for more than approximately 1.5seconds.

“MAINTENANCE” information

You can set the engine oil and the tire rota-tion interval.

And the tire pressure will appear on thescreen (if the tire pressure system isequipped).

To display the setting of the maintenanceinterval, select the “Engine Oil” or “Tire Ro-tation” key using the INFINITI controllerand push the ENTER “ ” button.

SAA1384 SAA1385 SAA1386


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

To set the maintenance interval, select the“Maintenance Schedule” key by using theINFINITI controller and move the INFINITIcontroller to the right or left.

To reset the maintenance interval, selectthe “Reset” key using the INFINITI control-ler and push the ENTER “ ” button.

To display the MAINTENANCE NOTICE, au-tomatically when setting trip distance isreached, select the “Display MaintenanceNotification” key and push the ENTER“ ” button.

MAINTENANCE NOTICE

The “MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen (“EN-GINE OIL” or “TIRE ROTATION”) will be au-tomatically displayed as shown when bothof the following conditions are met:

O the vehicle is driven the set distanceand the ignition switch is turned OFF.

O the ignition key is turned ON the nexttime the vehicle will be driven.

To return to the previous display after the“MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen is dis-played, push the BACK “ ” button.

The “MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen dis-plays each time the key is turned ON untilone of the following conditions are met:

O “RESET” is selected.

O “Display Maintenance Notification” isset OFF.

O the maintenance interval is set again.

SAA1387 SAA1354


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Tire pressure information (if soequipped)

To view “TIRE PRESSURE” information,push the “TRIP” button repeatedly until the“MAINTENANCE” screen is displayed. Se-lect “TIRE PRESSURE” using the INFINITIcontroller and push the ENTER “ ”button.

Pressure indication in ** psi on the screenindicates that the pressure is being mea-sured. After a few driving trips, the pres-sure for each tire will be displayed ran-domly.

The order of tire pressure figures displayedon the screen does not correspond with theactual order of the tire position.

Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s travelingcondition and the temperature.

In case of low tire pressure, a message isdisplayed on the screen:

FLAT TIRE — Check all tires.

WARNING



* — Refer to the separate NavigationSystem Owner’s Manual.

HOW TO USE THE “SETTING”BUTTON

The SETTINGS screen will appear when the“SETTING” button is pushed.

SAA1398 SAA1322


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

“Display” settings

The DISPLAY SETTINGS screen will appearwhen selecting the “Display” key andpushing the ENTER “ ” button.

Brightness/Contrast/Map Background:

To adjust the brightness and contrast ofthe screen, select the “Brightness/Contrast/Map Background” key and pushthe ENTER “ ” button. Then you canadjust the brightness to Darker or Brighter,the contrast to Lower or Higher using theINFINITI controller.

The Map Background is related to the navi-gation system. Refer to the separate Navi-gation System Owner’s Manual.

Display Off:

To turn off the screen, push the “SETTING”button and select the “Display” key and“Display Off” key. The indicator of the “Dis-play Off” will turn on. When any modebutton is pushed with the screen off, thescreen turns on for further operation. Thescreen will turn off automatically 5 secondsafter the operation is finished on the mapdisplay in the Audio, HVAC (Heater and airconditioner).

To turn on the screen, push the “SETTING”button and select the “Display” key and“Display Off” key, then set the screen to onby pushing the ENTER “ ” button.

Setting Audio or HVAC display:

Choose the “Audio” or “HVAC” (Heater andair conditioner) key to be displayed at thebottom, by using the INFINITI controller.The audio or HVAC (heater, air conditioner)setting condition will normally appear onthe screen.

To return to the setting screen, push the“SETTING” button or BACK “ ” button.

Vehicle electronic systems

The VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS screenwill appear when selecting the “VehicleElectronic Systems” key with the INFINITIcontroller and pushing the ENTER“ ” button.

You can set the various electronic systemsoperating conditions.

To set an operating condition, select theapplicable item using the INFINITI control-ler, and push the ENTER “ ” button.

The indicator light alternately turns on andoff each time the ENTER “ ”

SAA1323 SAA1390


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

button is pushed.Indicator light is illuminated. — ON

Indicator light is not illuminated. — OFF

Adjust driver seat when exiting vehicle:

The driver’s seat automatically moves backand returns to the original position for easeof exit and entry.

Lift steering column when exiting vehicle:

The steering column automatically tilts upand returns to the original position for ex-ceptional ease of entry and exit.

Selective door unlock:

This key can switch the unlock doors of the1st unlocking operation as follows:

ON (Only the driver side door) ←→ OFF (Allthe doors)

Keyless Remote Response — Horn*:

This key changes the horn chirp mode thatoccurs when pushing the “LOCK” button onthe keyfob or the Intelligent Key.

Keyless Remote Response — Lights*:

This key changes the hazard indicator flashmode that occurs when pushing the

“LOCK” or “UNLOCK” button on the keyfobor the Intelligent Key.

* Even if you change the horn chirp or thehazard flash with the keyfob or the In-telligent Key, the change may not be re-flected in the display. Use the keyfob orthe Intelligent Key to return to the pre-vious mode.

Auto Re-Lock Time:

The length of the auto door re-lock time canbe set. Select the “Auto Re-Lock Time” key,then move the INFINITI controller andpush the ENTER “ ” button to adjustthe time.

Sensitivity of Automatic Headlights:

Automatic light illumination can be set asdesired.

Select the “Sensitivity of Automatic Head-lights” key, then move the INFINITI con-troller to the left (lower) or right (higher).

Automatic Headlights Off Delay:

You can control how long it takes the auto-matic turn off timer to extinguish the head-lights in the AUTO position.

SAA1391 SAA1392


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Select the “Automatic Headlights OffDelay” key, then move the INFINITI con-troller to the left or right to adjust the timer.

Speed Dependent Wiper:

When this item is turned to on, the wiperinterval is adjusted automatically ac-cording to the vehicle speed.

Intelligent Key Lock Response — Sound(if so equipped):

The sound pattern of the Intelligent re-quest switch operation can be set as de-sired. Select the “Intelligent Key lock re-sponse — Sound” key, then push theENTER“ ” button to change thesound pattern.

Intelligent Key Unlock Response — BeepSound (if so equipped):

The beep sounds when unlocking door withthe Intelligent request switch can beturned on or off.

Return All Settings to Default:

When this key is selected and turned onusing the ENTER “ ” button, all set-tings made by VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYS-TEMS will return to the initial conditions.

System settings

Language/Unit:

The LANGUAGE/UNIT screen will appearwhen selecting the “Language/Unit” keyand pushing the ENTER “ ” button.

Language: English or French


You can select the language and unit usingthe INFINITI controller and ENTER“ ” button.

When the selector lever is shifted into the R(Reverse) position, the monitor displayshows view to the rear of the vehicle.

The system is designed as an aid to thedriver in detecting large stationary objectsto help avoid damaging the vehicle. Thesystem will not detect small objects belowthe bumper, and may not detect objectsclose to the bumper or on the ground.

CAUTION

O The rearview camera is a conveniencebut it is not a substitute for properbacking. Always turn and check that it issafe to do so before backing up. Alwaysback up slowly.

O Objects viewed in the rearview monitordiffer from actual distance because awide-angle lens is used. Objects in therearview monitor will appear visually op-posite than when viewed in the rearviewand outside mirrors.

O Make sure that the lift gate is securelyclosed when backing up.

SAA1388

REARVIEW MONITOR (if so equipped)


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Do not put anything on the rearviewcamera. The rearview camera is installedbeside the license plate light.

O When washing the vehicle with high-pressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the camera. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causing watercondensation on the lens, a malfunction,fire or an electric shock.

O Do not strike the camera. It is a precisioninstrument. Otherwise, it may malfunc-tion or cause damage resulting in a fireor an electric shock.

O Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner toclean the camera. This will cause discol-oration.

O There is a plastic cover over the camera.Do not scratch the cover when cleaningdirt or snow from it.

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINES

Lines which indicate the vehicle clearanceand distances to objects with reference tothe bumper line jA are displayed on themonitor.

They are indicated as reference distancesto objects. Displayed lines indicate dis-tances 1.5 feet (red) j1 , 3 feet (yellow) j2 ,7 feet (green) j3 and 10 feet (green) j4[0.5 m (red), 1 m (yellow), 2 m (green) and 3m (green)] from the lower part of thebumper line jA .

The vehicle clearance lines are wider thanthe actual clearance.

ADJUSTING THE SCREEN

To adjust the quality of the screen, refer to“HOW TO USE THE “SETTING” BUTTON” inthis section.

OPERATING TIPS

O When the selector lever is shifted to R,the display screen automaticallychanges to the rearview monitor mode.However, the radio can be heard.

O It may take some time for the rearviewmonitor to display after the selectorlever has been shifted to R. Objectsmay be distorted momentarily. Whenthe selector lever is returned to a posi-tion other than R, it may take some timefor the screen to change. Objects on thescreen may be distorted until they arecompletely displayed.

O When the temperature is extremelyhigh or low, the screen may not clearlydisplay objects. This is not a malfunc-tion.

O When strong light directly enters thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

SAA0889


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Vertical lines may be seen in objects onthe screen. This is due to strong re-flected light from the bumper. This isnot a malfunction.

O The screen may flicker under fluores-cent light. This is not a malfunction.

O The colors of objects on the rear viewmonitor may differ somewhat fromthose of the actual object.

O When the contrast of objects is low atnight, pushing the ENTER “ ”button may not change the brightness.

O Objects on the monitor may not be clearin a dark place or at night.

O If dirt, rain or snow attaches to thecamera, the rear view monitor may notclearly display objects. Clean thecamera.

O To clean the camera, wipe with a clothdampened with diluted mild cleaningagent and then wipe with a dry cloth.

O Do not use body wax on the camerawindow. Wipe off any wax with a cleancloth dampened with mild detergent di-luted with water.

Open or close, and adjust the air flow direc-tion of ventilators.

: This symbol indicates that thevents are closed.

: This symbol indicates that thevents are open.

SAA0708AFront

SAA0709ARear — side

VENTILATORS


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Temperature control button (driver only,or driver and passenger)

2. “AUTO” climate control “ON” button

3. “ ” front defroster button

4. “A/C” air conditioner “ON/OFF” button

5. “MODE” manual air flow control button

6. Temperature control button (passengerside)

7. “OFF” button for climate control system

8. “ ” rear window defroster button;refer to the “2. Instrument and con-trols” section.

9. Fan speed control button

10. “ ” intake air control button

11. “DUAL” passenger side temperaturecontrol “ON/OFF” button

SAA1393

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(Automatic)


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

O On hot, sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals. Do notleave children or adults who would nor-mally require the assistance of others inyour vehicle. Unattended pets shouldalso not be left alone.

O Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause the interiorair to become stale and the windows tofog up.

O Positioning of the heater and/or air con-ditioner controls should not be donewhile driving, so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

Start the engine and operate the controlsto activate the air conditioner.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

Cooling and/or dehumidifiedheating (AUTO)

This mode may be normally used all yearround as the system automatically works tokeep a constant temperature. Air flow dis-tribution and fan speed are also controlledautomatically.

1. Push the “AUTO” button on. (AUTO willbe displayed.)

2. Push the temperature set button to setthe desired temperature.

O Adjust the temperature to about 75°F(24°C) for normal operation.

O The temperature of the passenger com-partment will be maintained automati-cally. Air flow distribution and fanspeed are also controlled automati-cally.

3. You can individually set driver and frontpassenger side temperature using eachtemperature control button. When the“DUAL” button is pushed or passengerside temperature control button isturned, the DUAL indicator will come

on. To turn off the passenger side tem-perature control, push the “DUAL”button.

Heating (A/C OFF)

The air conditioner does not activate. Whenyou need to heat only, use this mode.

1. Push the “A/C” button. (A/C OFF will bedisplayed and A/C indicator will turnoff.)


O The temperature of the passenger com-partment will be maintained automati-cally. Air flow distribution and fanspeed are also controlled automati-cally.

O Do not set the temperature lower thanthe outside air temperature. Otherwisethe system may not work properly.

O Not recommended if windows fog up.

Dehumidified defrosting ordefogging

1. Push the “ ” FRONT defrosterbutton on. (The indicator light on thebutton will come on.)


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X


O To quickly remove ice from the outsideof the windows, push the fan speedcontrol button “ ” and set to themaximum position.

O As soon as possible after the wind-shield is clean, push the “AUTO” buttonto return to the auto mode.

O When the “ ” front defroster buttonis pushed, the air conditioner will auto-matically be turned on at outside tem-peratures above 23°F (−5°C) to defogthe windshield, and the air recirculatemode will automatically be turned off.

Outside air is drawn into the passengercompartment to improve the defoggingperformance.

MANUAL OPERATION

Fan speed control

Push the fan control button “ ” tomanually control the fan speed.

Push the “AUTO” button to return to auto-matic control of the fan speed.

Air recirculation

Push the intake air control button“ ” to recirculate interior air in-side the vehicle. The indicator light on the “

” side will come on.

The air recirculation mode cannot beactivated when the air conditioner is in thefront defrosting mode “ ”.

Fresh air

Push the button “ ” to draw out-side air into the passenger compartment.The indicator light on the “ ” side willcome on.

Automatic intake air control

In the AUTO mode, the intake air will becontrolled automatically. To manually con-trol the intake air, push the intake air con-trol “ ” . To return to the auto-matic control mode, push the intake aircontrol button for about 2 seconds. The in-dicator lights (both air recirculate and freshair buttons) will flash twice, and then theintake air will be controlled automatically.

Air flow control

Pushing the “MODE” manual air flow con-trol button selects the air outlet to:

: Air flows from center and side ven-tilators.

: Air flows from center and side ven-tilators and foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from foot outlets.

: Air flows from defroster and footoutlets.

To turn the system off

Push the “OFF” button.

OPERATING TIPS

When the engine coolant temperature andoutside air temperature are low, the airflow from the foot outlets may not operatefor a maximum of 150 seconds. However,this is not a malfunction. After the coolanttemperature warms up, the air flow fromthe foot outlets will operate normally.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

The sensor jA on the instrument panelhelps maintain a constant temperature; donot put anything on or around this sensor.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER (if soequipped)

The air conditioning system is equippedwith an in-cabin microfilter which collectsdirt, pollen, dust, etc. To make sure the airconditioner heats, defogs, and ventilatesefficiently, replace the filter in accordancewith the maintenance schedule in the“INFINITI Service and MaintenanceGuide”. To replace the filter, contact anINFINITI dealer.

The filter should be replaced if the air flowdecreases significantly or if windows fogup easily when operating the heater or airconditioning system.

The air conditioning system in your INFINITIvehicle is charged with a refrigerant de-signed with the environment in mind. Thisrefrigerant will not harm the earth’s ozonelayer. However, special charging equipmentand lubricants are required when servicingyour INFINITI air conditioner. Using im-proper refrigerants or lubricants will causesevere damage to your air conditioning sys-tem. See “Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” section for air condi-tioning system refrigerant and lubricant rec-ommendations.

An INFINITI dealer will be able to serviceyour environmentally friendly air condition-ing system.

WARNING

The air conditioner system contains refrig-erant under high pressure. To avoid personalinjury, any air conditioner service should bedone only by an experienced technician withproper equipment.

SAA0642B

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON andpress the power on switch to turn on the ra-dio. If you listen to the radio with the en-gine not running, the key should be turnedto the ACC position.

Radio reception is affected by stationsignal strength, distance from radio trans-mitter, buildings, bridges, mountains andother external influences. Intermittentchanges in reception quality normally arecaused by these external influences.

Using a cellular phone in or near the ve-hicle may influence radio receptionquality.

Radio reception

Your radio system is equipped with state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhanceradio reception. These circuits are de-signed to extend reception range, and toenhance the quality of that reception.

However there are some general character-istics of FM, AM and satellite radio signalsthat can affect radio reception quality in amoving vehicle, even when the finestequipment is used. These characteristicsare completely normal in a given receptionarea, and do not indicate any malfunctionin your radio system.

Remember that a moving vehicle is not theideal place to listen to a radio. Because ofthe movement, reception conditions willconstantly change. Buildings, terrain,signal distance and interference from othervehicles can work against ideal reception.Described below are some of the factorsthat can affect your radio reception.

FM RADIO RECEPTION

Range: FM range is normally limited to 25to 30 miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural(single channel) FM having slightly morerange than stereo FM. External influencesmay sometimes interfere with FM stationreception even if the FM station is within 25miles (40 km). The strength of the FMsignal is directly related to the distance be-tween the transmitter and receiver. FM sig-nals follow a line-of-sight path, exhibitingmany of the same characteristics as light.For example they will reflect off objects.

SAA0306C

AUDIO SYSTEM


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves awayfrom a station transmitter, the signals willtend to fade and/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interfer-ence from buildings, large hills or due toantenna position, usually in conjunctionwith increased distance from the stationtransmitter, static or flutter can be heard.This can be reduced by adjusting the treblecontrol counterclockwise to reduce trebleresponse.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflec-tive characteristics of FM signals, directand reflected signals reach the receiver atthe same time. The signals may canceleach other, resulting in momentary flutteror loss of sound.

AM RADIO RECEPTION

AM signals, because of their low frequency,can bend around objects and skip alongthe ground. In addition, the signals can bebounced off the ionosphere and bent backto earth. Because of these characteristics.AM signals are also subject to interferenceas they travel from transmitter to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areaswith many tall buildings. It can also occurfor several seconds during ionospheric tur-bulence even in areas where no obstaclesexist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electricalpower lines, electric signs and even trafficlights.

SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION (if soequipped)

When the satellite radio is first installed orthe battery has been replaced, the satelliteradio may not work properly. This is not amalfunction. Wait more than 10 minuteswith satellite radio ON for satellite radio toreceive all of the necessary data.

No satellite radio reception is available un-less optional satellite receiver and antennaare installed and an XM orSIRIUSTM satellite radio service subscrip-tion is active.

Satellite radio is not available in Alaskaand Hawaii.

Satellite radio performance may be af-fected if cargo carried on the roof blocksthe satellite radio signal.

Do not put cargo over the satellite antenna.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS

Compact Disc (CD) player

O During cold weather or rainy days, theplayer may malfunction due to the hu-midity. If this occurs, remove the CDand dehumidify or ventilate the playercompletely.

O The player may skip while driving onrough roads.

O The CD player sometimes cannot func-tion when the passenger compartmenttemperature is extremely high. De-crease the temperature before use.

O Only use high quality 4.7 inches (12cm) round discs that have the “COM-PACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on thedisc or packaging.

O Do not expose the CD to direct sun-light.

O CDs that are of poor quality, dirty,scratched, covered with fingerprints, orthat have pin holes may not work prop-erly.

O The following CDs may not work prop-erly:

• Copy control compact discs (CCCD)

• Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

• Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

O Do not use the following CDs as theymay cause the CD player to malfunc-tion.

• 3.1 in (8 cm) discs

• CDs that are not round

• CDs with a paper label

• CDs that are warped, scratched, orhave abnormal edges

O CDs with MP3 or WMA format cannotbe written in this audio system.

O If the CD cannot be played, one of thefollowing messages will be displayed.

SAA0480


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

CHECK DISC:

• Confirm that the CD is inserted cor-rectly (the label side is facing up,etc.).

• Confirm that the CD is not bent orwarped and it is free of scratches.

PUSH EJECT:

This is a malfunction due to excessivetemperature inside the player. Removethe CD by pushing the “EJECT” button.After a short time, reinsert the CD. TheCD can be played when the tempera-ture of the player returns to normal.

UNPLAYABLE:

The file is unplayable in this audio sys-tem (only MP3 or WMA CD).

Compact Disc (CD) with MP3 orWMA

Explanation of terms:

O MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving PicturesExperts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is themost well-known compressed digitalaudio file format. This format allows fornear “CD quality” sound, but at a frac-tion of the size of normal audio files.MP3 conversion of an audio track fromCD-ROM can reduce the file size by ap-proximately 10:1 ratio with virtually noperceptible loss in quality. MP3 com-pression removes the redundant and ir-relevant parts of a sound signal that thehuman ear doesn’t hear.

O WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA) isa compressed audio format created byMicrosoft as an alternative to MP3. TheWMA codec offers greater file compres-sion than the MP3 codec, enabling stor-age of more digital audio tracks in thesame amount of space when comparedto MP3s at the same level of quality.

O Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the numberof bits per second used by a digital mu-sic file. The size and quality of a com-pressed digital audio file is determined

by the bit rate used when encoding thefile.

O Sampling frequency — Sampling fre-quency is the rate at which the samplesof a signal are converted from analog todigital (A/D conversion) per second.

O Multisession — Multisession is one ofthe methods for writing data to media.Writing data once to the media is calleda single session, and writing more thanonce is called a multisession.

O ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3 tag is the partof the encoded MP3 or WMA file thatcontains information about the digitalmusic file such as song title, artist,album title, encoding bit rate, tracktime duration, etc. ID3 tag informationis displayed on the Album/Artist/Tracktitle line on the display.

* Windows and Windows Media are ei-ther registered trademarks or trade-marks of Microsoft Corporation in theUnited States and/or other countries.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Playback order:

Playback order of the CD with compressedfiles (MP3/WMA) is as illustrated above.

O The names of folders not containingMP3/WMA files are not shown in thedisplay.

O If there is a file in the top level of thedisc, “ROOT” is displayed.

O The playback order is the order in whichthe files were written by the writingsoftware. Therefore, the files might notplay in the desired order.

SAA1025


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Specification chart:

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW

Supported file systemsISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.

Supported versions*

MP3

Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5

Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR

WMA

Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9

Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 48 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR

Tag information ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3 (MP3 only)

Folder levelsFolder levels: 8, Folders: 255 (including root folder),Files: 512

Text character number limitation 128 characters

Displayable character codes

01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM BigEndian), 05: (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOMLittle Endian)

* Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit ratecannot be played.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Troubleshooting guide:

Symptom Cause and Countermeasure

Cannot play

Check if the disc was inserted correctly.

Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.

Check if there is condensation inside the player. If there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using theplayer.

If there is a temperature increase error, the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will be played.

Files with extensions other than “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition, the character codes and numberof characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.

Poor sound qualityCheck if the disc is scratched or dirty.

The bit rate may be too low.

It takes a relatively long time be-fore the music starts playing.

If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3/WMA disc, or if it is a multisession disc, some time may be required before themusic starts playing.

Music cuts off or skipsThe writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might notmatch the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.

Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.

Move immediately to the next songwhen playing.

When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma”, or when play is prohibited by copy-right protection, there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song.

The songs do not play back in thedesired order.

The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. Therefore, the files might not play in the de-sired order.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. “RPT (Repeat)zRDM (Random)” button

2. “SCAN” button

3. “CD LOAD” button

4. “A.B.C.” preset select button

5. “RADIO” FM-AM-SAT band select button

6. “CDzDVD” play button

7. CD slot

8. “DISP (Display)” button

9. “SEEK/APS REW” button

10. “APS FF/TRACK CHANGE” button

11. “CD EJECT” button

12. “PAUSE/MUTE” button

13. POWER ONzOFF/VOLUME control knob

14. Station and preset (FM/AM/SAT)/CDinsert/eject or CD play select button

15. TUNE knob, FOLDER select and AUDIO(BASS, TREBLE, FADE, and BALANCE,SSV and NR (Dolby)) knob

*: No satellite radio reception is availableunless optional satellite receiver andantenna are installed and an XM orSIRIUSTM satellite radio service sub-scription is active.

SAA1394Without Navigation system


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. “CD LOAD” button

2. “A.B.C.” preset select button

3. “RADIO” FM-AM-SAT band select button

4. “CD/DVD” play button

5. CD slot

6. “DISP (Display)” button

7. “SEEK/APS REW” button

8. “APS FF/TRACK CHANGE” button

9. “CD EJECT” button

10. “RPT (Repeat) RDM (Random)” playbutton

11. “SCAN” button

12. “POWER ONzOFF/VOLUME” controlknob

13. Station and preset (FM/AM/SAT)/CDinsert/eject or CD play select button

14. TUNE knob, FOLDER select and AUDIO(BASS, TREBLE, FADE, and BALANCE,SSV and NR (Dolby)) knob

*: No satellite radio reception is availableunless optional satellite receiver andantenna are installed and an XM orSIRIUSTM satellite radio service sub-scription is active.

SAA1395With Navigation system


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

It may take some time to receive the activa-tion signal after subscribing to the XM orSIRIUSTM satellite radio provider. After re-ceiving the activation signal, an availablechannel list will be automatically updatedin the radio. For XM , turn the ignitionswitch from the LOCK to ACC position to up-date the channel list.


FM-AM-SATELLITE RADIO WITHCOMPACT DISC (CD) CHANGER

Audio main operation

Head unit:

The radio has an FM diversity receptionsystem, which employs an antenna printedon the rear window. This system automati-cally switches to the antenna which is re-ceiving less interference.

The auto loudness circuit enhances the lowfrequency range automatically in bothradio reception and CD playback.

POWER on/off:

Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, and then push the “POWER”on/off button while the system is off to call

up the mode (radio, CD or DVD) which wasplaying immediately before the system wasturned off. When no CD or DVD is loaded,the radio will come on. While the system ison, pushing the “POWER” on/off buttonturns the system off.

Volume control:

Turn the volume control knob to adjust thevolume.

This vehicle has Speed Sensitive controlVolume (SSV) for audio. The audio volumechanges as the driving speed changes.

AUDIO knob (BASS, TREBLE, FADER,BALANCE, SSV):

Push the AUDIO knob to change the select-ing mode as follows.

BASS → TREBLE → FADE → BALANCE →SSV → (Normal) → BASS

To adjust Bass, Treble, Fader and Balance,push the AUDIO knob until the desiredmode BASS, TREBLE, FADE or BALANCE ap-pears in the display. Turn the AUDIO knobto adjust Bass, Treble, Fade or Balance.Fade adjusts the sound level between thefront and rear speakers and Balance ad-justs the sound between the right and leftspeakers.

To change the SSV mode to OFF, LOW, MIDor HIGH, turn the AUDIO knob.

After 10 seconds, the radio, or CD displayreappears. Once the sound quality is set tothe desired level, push the AUDIO knob re-peatedly until the radio, or CD display ap-pears.

DISPLAY CHANGE:

This button will work during FM radio, sat-ellite radio (if so equipped) and CD opera-tion. Find the detailed function in the de-scription of each item.

Pause/mute button (if soequipped):

To mute or pause the audio sound, pushthe “PAUSE/MUTE” button.

To release the mute or pause, push thebutton again.

FM-AM-SAT radio operation

RADIO (FM/AM/SAT) band select:

Pushing the band select button willchange the band as follows:

(Without satellite radio)

AM → FM → AM


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

(With satellite radio)

AM → FM → SAT (XM/SR) → AM

No satellite radio reception is available un-less optional satellite receiver and antennaare installed and an XM or SIRIUSTM sat-ellite radio service subscription is active.


When the RADIO band select button ispushed while the ignition switch is in theACC or ON position, the radio will come onat the station last played.

The last station/channel played will alsocome on when the ONzOFF/VOL controlknob is pushed to ON.

If another audio source is playing when the“RADIO” button is turned to ON, the otheraudio source will automatically be turnedoff and the last radio station played willcome on.

The FM stereo indicator ST will glow duringFM stereo reception. When the stereobroadcast signal is weak, the radio will au-tomatically change from stereo to mon-aural reception.

TUNE (Tuning):

WARNING

The radio should not be tuned while drivingso full attention may be given to vehicle op-eration.

O For AM and FM radio

Turn the TUNE/FOLDER knob for manualtuning.

O For satellite radio

Turn the TUNE/FOLDER knob to seekchannels from all of the categorieswhen any CAT is not selected.

SEEK tuning:

O For AM and FM radio

Push the “SEEK/TRACK” button orfor less than 1.5 seconds to tune

from high to low or low to high frequen-cies and to stop at each broadcastingstation for 5 seconds. Pushing thebutton again during this 5 second pe-riod will stop SEEK tuning and the radiowill remain turned to that station. Pushthe “SEEK/TRACK” button or

for more than 1.5 seconds to tune

from high to low or low to high frequen-cies and to stop at each broadcastingstation for 5 seconds. Pushing thebutton again during this 5 second pe-riod will stop SEEK tuning and the radiowill remain turned to that station.

O For satellite radio

After selecting a CAT name, push the“SEEK/TRACK” button or toseek the next or previous channel in theselected category. To seek the firstchannels listed in each category, pushthe “SEEK/TRACK” button or

before selecting a CAT name.

To cancel the CAT mode, push the BACK“ ” button on the INFINITI controller.

SCAN tuning:

Push the SCAN tuning button to tune fromlow to high frequencies and stops at eachbroadcasting station for 5 seconds.Pushing the button again during this 5 sec-onds period will stop “SCAN” tuning andthe radio will remain tuned to that station.

If the “SCAN” tuning button is not pushedwithin 5 seconds, SCAN tuning moves tothe next station.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

PRESET select:

Push the “PRESET” select button to go tothe next PRESET. After choosing from thePRESET A, B or C, you can select the de-sired channel using the INFINITI control-ler or pushing the station preset buttons

to .

to Station memoryoperations:

Six stations/channels can be set forPRESET A, B and C. The PRESET A, B and Cfunction allows you to store a combinationof FM, AM and SAT (if so equipped) stationsfor easy access.

1. Choose preset channel A, B or C usingthe preset select button.

2. Tune to the desired station using the“SEEK”, “SCAN” or “TUNE” button.

3. Select the desired station/channel andkeep pushing any of the desired stationpreset buttons to until abeep sound is heard. (The radio muteswhen the select button is pushed.)

4. The channel indicator will then come onand the sound will resume. Memorizingis now complete.

5. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or ifthe fuse blows, the radio memory will beerased. In that case, reset the desired sta-tions.

DISPLAY:

O By pushing the “DISP” button for morethan 1.5 seconds while receiving FM ra-dio waves, “PS NAME” switches be-tween ON and OFF.

O Pushing the “DISP” button will displayadditional information about the satel-lite radio broadcast (for example: Artistname, Title).Keep pushing the “DISP” button, and itwill change the information of the satel-lite radio broadcast to be displayed asfollows:CH Number → CH Name → Artist Name→ Song Title → CH Number

Station memory operations:

Six stations/channels can be set for the FMband, six for satellite radio (if so equipped)and six stations can be set for the AM band.

1. Tune to the desired station using the“SEEK”, “SCAN” or “TUNE” button.

2. Select the desired station/channel andkeep pushing any of the desired stationpreset buttons (1 to 6) until a beepsound is heard. (The radio mutes whenthe select button is pushed.)

3. The channel indicator will then come onand the sound will resume. Memorizingis now complete.

4. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or ifthe fuse blows, the preset station memorywill be erased. In that case, reset the de-sired stations.

CATEGORY (CAT):

1. CAT selection mode

CAT name selection can be done byturning the TUNE/FOLDER knob in theCAT selection mode or by using theINFINITI controller when the CAT list isdisplayed on the screen.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

2. CAT SEEK tuning mode

After selecting a CAT name, push the“SEEK/TRACK” button or toseek the next or previous channel in theselected category.

To seek the first channels listed in eachcategory, push the “SEEK/TRACK”button or before entering theCAT select mode.

To cancel the CAT mode, push the BACK“ ” button on the INFINITI con-troller.

3. CAT SCAN tuning mode

After selecting a CAT name, push the“SEEK/TRACK” button for more than 1.5seconds to scan channels in the se-lected category, and stop at each chan-nel for 5 seconds. Pushing the buttonagain during this 5 second period willstop SCAN tuning and the radio will re-main tuned to that station.

To scan the first channels listed in eachcategory, push the “SEEK/TRACK”button or for more than 1.5seconds before entering the CAT selectmode.

4. Information screen

The following notices will be displayedunder certain conditions.

O NO SIGNAL (No signal is received whilethe SAT tuner is connected.)

O OFF AIR (Broadcasting signed off)

O ANTENNA ERROR (Antenna connectionerror)

O LOADING(XM)/ACQUIRING(SR) (Whenthe initial setting is performed)

O UPDATING(XM)/CALL XXXX(SR) (Whenthe satellite radio subscription is notactive)

O INVALID CH (Invalid channel is received.)

Compact disc (CD) changeroperation

Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition and insert the compact disc intothe slot with the label side facing up. Thecompact disc will be guided automatically

into the slot and start playing. To insert thedisc, first push the “LOAD” button.After loading the disc, the number of trackson the disc and the play time will appear onthe display.If the radio or tape is already operating, itwill automatically turn off and the compactdisc will play.

CAUTION

Do not force the compact disc into the slot.This could damage the player.

If the system has been turned off while thecompact disc was playing, pushing theONzOFF/VOL control knob will start thecompact disc.

CD LOAD button:

To insert a CD in the CD changer, push the“ ” button for less than 1.5 seconds.Select the loading slot by pushing the CDinsert select button (1 to 6), then insert theCD.

To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer, push the“ ” button for more than 1.5 seconds.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

The inserted slot numbers will illuminateon the display.

CD PLAY:

When the “CDzDVD” button is pushed withthe system off and the CD loaded in the CDchanger, the CD changer or the rear IN-FINITI mobile entertainment system (if soequipped) will start to play.

Pushing the “CDzDVD” button changes op-erations alternately as follows:

CD → DVD → CD

When the “CDzDVD” button is pushed withthe CD loaded with another audio sourceplaying, the other source will automaticallybe turned off and

O the CD will start to play if the last playwas a CD.

O the DVD will start to play if the last playwas a DVD.

DISPLAY:

When the display button is pushed formore than 1.5 seconds while the CD isbeing played, the music information dis-played can be changed in the followingorder.

CD:

CD with MP3 or WMA:

FF (Fast Forward), REW(Rewind)/APS (AutomaticProgram Search) FF, APSREW:

When the “ ” (rewind) or “ ” (fastforward) button is pushed for more than1.5 seconds while the compact disc isbeing played, the compact disc will playwhile fast forwarding or rewinding. Whenthe button is released, the compact discwill return to normal play speed.

When the “ ” or “ ” button ispushed for less than 1.5 seconds while thecompact disc is being played, the nexttrack or the beginning of the current trackon the CD will be played.

The INFINITI controller can also be used toselect tracks when a CD is being played.

CD PLAY selection:

To change to another CD already loadedinto the player, push the CD play select

buttons to or choose a disc dis-played on the screen using the INFINITIcontroller.

SCAN tuning:

When the “SCAN” tuning button is pushedfor less than 1.5 seconds while the CD isbeing played, the beginning of all the CDprograms in each track will be played for10 seconds in sequence.

When the “SCAN” tuning button is pushedfor more than 1.5 seconds while the CD isbeing played, the first program in all theCDs will be played for 10 seconds.

Pushing the button again during this 10second period will stop SCAN tuning.

If the “SCAN” tuning button is not pushedwithin 10 seconds, SCAN tuning moves tothe next disc program.

REPEAT (RPT)zRANDOM (RDM):

When the “RPTzRDM” play button is pushedwhile the compact disc is played, the playpattern can be changed as follows:


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

CD EJECT:

When the “CD EJECT” button is pushed withthe compact disc loaded, the compact discwill be ejected.

To eject the discs selected by the “EJECT”button, push it for less than 1.5 seconds.

To eject all the discs, push the “EJECT” but-ton for more than 1.5 seconds.

If the compact disc comes out and is notremoved, it will be pulled back into the slotto protect it.

DVD OFF function:

It is possible to turn off the INFINITI Mo-bile Entertainment System (MES) from thefront seat. When the ON-OFF switch ispushed when the DVD is being played fromthe speakers (with DVD displayed), theMES is turned off. (The audio system willnot turn off. If a CD is loaded, the CD will beplayed.) Pushing the “CDzDVD” button with

no DVD discs loaded will turn on the MES(mute).

The sound resumes when a DVD disc isloaded or another audio source is con-nected to the auxiliary input jacks.

CD CARE AND CLEANING

O Handle a CD by its edges. Never touchthe surface of the disc. Do not bend thedisc.

O Always place the discs in the storagecase when they are not being used.

O To clean a disc, wipe the surface fromthe center to the outer edge using aclean, soft cloth. Do not wipe the discusing a circular motion.Do not use a conventional recordcleaner or alcohol intended for indus-trial use.

SAA0451


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O A new disc may be rough on its innerand outer edges. Remove the roughedges using the side of a pen or pencilas illustrated.

1. VOLUME control switch2. POWER on/off switch3. MODE select switch4. Tuning switch5. POWER on/MODE select switch

STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FORAUDIO CONTROL (if so equipped)

The audio system can be operated usingthe controls on the steering wheel.

POWER on/off switch

With the ignition switch turned to the ACCor ON position, push the POWER switch toturn the audio system on or off.

MODE select switch

Push the MODE select switch to change themode in the sequence of AM, FM, SAT (if soequipped) and CD.

Pushing this switch also turns the audiosystem on when it is off.

POWER on/MODE select switch (ifso equipped)

With the ignition switch turned to the ACCor ON position, push the POWER on/MODEselect switch to turn the audio system on.

SAA0974Type A

SAA1349Type B


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Push the switch to change the mode in thesequence of AM, FM, SAT and CD.

VOLUME control switch

Push up/down the VOLUME control switchto increase or decrease the volume.

Tuning switch

Memory change (radio):

Push up/down the tuning switch orfor less than 1.5 seconds to change

the radio frequency.

SEEK tuning (radio):

Push up/down the tuning switch orfor more than 1.5 seconds to seek the

next or previous radio station.

APS (Automatic Program Search) FF, APSREW (CD):

Push up/down the tuning switch orfor less than 1.5 seconds to return to

the beginning of the present program orskip to the next program. Push severaltimes to skip back or skip through pro-grams.

This system searches for the blank inter-vals between selections. If there is a blankinterval within one program or there is no

interval between programs, the systemmay not stop in the desired or expected lo-cation.

FOLDER change (CD with MP3/WMA):

Push up/down the tuning switch orfor more than 1.5 seconds to change

the folders (if it has folders).

Push up/down the tuning switch orfor less than 1.5 seconds to return to

the beginning of the present program orskip to the next program.

DISC change (CD without MP3/WMA):

Push up/down the tuning switch orfor more than 1.5 seconds to change

the playing disc up or down.

WARNING

O Use a phone after stopping your vehiclein a safe location. If you have to use aphone while driving, exercise extremecaution at all times so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

O If a conversation in a moving vehicle re-quires you to take notes, pull off the roadto a safe location and stop your vehiclebefore doing so.

CAUTION

To avoid draining the vehicle battery, use aphone after starting the engine.

BLUETOOTH HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEMWITH INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION (ifso equipped)


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Your INFINITI is equipped with theBluetooth Hands-Free Phone System. Ifyou are an owner of a Bluetooth enabledcellular phone, you can set up the wirelessconnection between your cellular phoneand the in-vehicle phone module. With

Bluetooth wireless technology, you canmake or receive a hands-free telephonecall with your cellular phone in the vehicle.

Once your cellular phone is paired to thein-vehicle phone module, no other phoneconnecting procedure is required. Your

phone is automatically connected with thein-vehicle phone module when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position with thepaired cellular phone turned on and carriedin the vehicle.

You can register up to 5 different Bluetoothcellular phones to the in-vehicle phone

module. However, you can talk on only onecellular phone at a time.

Before using the Bluetooth Hands-FreePhone System, refer to the following notes.

O Set up the wireless connection betweena cellular phone and the in-vehiclephone module before using theBluetooth Hands-Free Phone System.

O Some Bluetooth enabled cellularphones may not be recognized by thein-vehicle phone module. Please visitwww.infiniti.com/bluetooth for a rec-ommended phone list.

O You will not be able to use a hands-freephone under the following conditions:

— Your vehicle is outside of the tele-phone service area.

SAA1396


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

— Your vehicle is in an area where it isdifficult to receive radio waves; suchas in a tunnel, in an undergroundparking garage, near a tall buildingor in a mountainous area.

— Your cellular phone is locked to pre-vent it from being dialed.

When the radio wave condition is not idealor ambient sound is too loud, it may be dif-ficult to hear the other person’s voiceduring a call.

Do not place the cellular phone in an areasurrounded by metal or far away from thein-vehicle phone module to prevent tonequality degradation and wireless connec-tion disruption.

While a cellular phone is connectedthrough the Bluetooth wireless connec-tion, the battery power of the cellularphone may discharge quicker than usual.

If the Bluetooth Hands-Free PhoneSystem seems to be malfunctioning,please refer to “Troubleshooting guide”later in this section. You can also visitwww.infiniti.com/bluetooth for trouble-shooting help.

Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manualregarding the telephone charges, cellularphone antenna and body, etc.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) this device maynot cause harmful interference, and (2)this device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

FCC Radiation Exposure Statement:

This equipment complies with FCC radia-tion exposure limits set forth for an uncon-trolled environment. This equipmentshould be installed and operated withminimum distance 8 inch (20 cm) betweenthe radiator and your body. This Trans-mitter must not be co-located or operatingin conjunction with any other antenna ortransmitter.

USING THE SYSTEM

The INFINITI Voice Recognition system al-lows hands-free operation of the Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System.

If the vehicle is in motion, some com-mands may not be available so full atten-tion may be given to vehicle operation.

Initialization

When the ignition switch is turned to theON position, INFINITI Voice Recognition isinitialized, which takes a few seconds.When completed, the amber light on theoverhead console illuminates and thesystem is ready to accept voice commands.If the “ ” button is pushed before theinitialization completes, the system willannounce “Hands-free phone system notready” and will not react to voice com-mands.

Operating tips

To get the best performance out of theINFINITI Voice Recognition system, ob-serve the following:

O Keep the interior of the vehicle as quietas possible. Close the windows toeliminate surrounding noises (trafficnoises, vibration sounds, etc.), whichmay prevent the system from recog-nizing voice commands correctly.

O Wait until the tone sounds beforespeaking a command. Otherwise, thecommand will not be received properly.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Start speaking a command within 5seconds after the tone sounds.

O Speak in a natural voice withoutpausing between words.

Giving voice commands

To operate INFINITI Voice Recognition,push and release the “ ” button lo-cated on the steering wheel. The light onthe overhead console flashes to signal youhave entered a voice recognition (VR) ses-sion. After the tone sounds, speak a com-mand.

The command given is picked up by the mi-crophone, and voice feedback is givenwhen the command is accepted.

O If you need to hear the available com-mands for the current menu again, say“Help” and the system will repeatthem.

O If a command is not recognized, thesystem announces, “Command not rec-ognized. Please try again.” Repeat thecommand in a clear voice.

O If you want to go back to the previouscommand, you can say “Go back” or“Correction” anytime the system iswaiting for a response.

O You can cancel a command when thesystem is waiting for a response by say-ing, “Cancel” or “Quit.” The system an-nounces “Cancel” and ends the VR ses-sion. You can also push the“ ” button on the steering wheel atany time. Whenever the VR session iscancelled, a double beep is played toindicate you have exited the system.

O If you want to adjust the volume of thevoice feedback, push the volume con-trol switches (+ or −) on the steeringwheel while being provided with feed-back. You can also use the radio volumecontrol knob.

How to say numbers

INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a cer-tain way to speak numbers in voice com-mands. Refer to the rules and examples be-low.

O Either “zero” or “oh” can be used for“0”.

Example: 1-800-662-6200

—“One eight oh oh six six two six twooh oh”, or

—“One eight zero zero six six two sixtwo oh oh”

O Words can be used for the first 4 digitsplaces only.

Example: 1-800-662-6200

—“One eight hundred six six two sixtwo oh oh”,

—NOT “One eight hundred six six twosixty two hundred, and

—NOT “One eight oh oh six six two sixtytwo hundred.

O Numbers can be spoken in smallgroups. The system will prompt you tocontinuing entering digits, if desired.

Example: 1-800-662-6200

—“One eight oh oh”

The system repeats the numbers andprompts you to enter more.

—“six six two”

The system repeats the numbers andprompts you to enter more.

—“six two oh oh”

O You can say “Star” for * and “Pound”for # at anytime in any position of thephone number.

Example: 1-555-1212 *123


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

—“One five five five one two one twostar one two three”

NOTE:

For best results, say phone numbers assingle digits.

CONTROL BUTTONS

The control buttons for the BluetoothHands-Free Phone System are located onthe steering wheel.

TALK/PHONE SEND

Push the “ ” button to initiate a VRsession or answer an incoming call.

You can also use the “ ” button toskip through system feedback and toenter commands during a call. See “Listof voice commands” and “During a call”later in this section for more informa-tion.

MODE/PHONE END

Push the “ ” button to cancel a VRsession or end a call.

GETTING STARTED

The following procedures will help you getstarted using the Bluetooth Hands-FreePhone System with INFINITI Voice Recog-nition. For additional command options,refer to “List of voice commands” later inthis section.

Choosing a language

You can interact with the BluetoothHands-Free Phone System using English,Spanish or French.

To change the language, perform the fol-lowing.

1. Press and hold the “ ” button formore than 5 seconds.

2. The system announces: “Press the“PHONE/SEND ( )” button for thehands-free phone system to enter thespeaker adaptation mode or press the“PHONE/END ( )” button to select adifferent language.”

SAA1397


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

3. Press the “ ” button.

For information on speaker adaptation,see “Speaker adaptation (SA) mode”later in this section.

4. The system announces the current lan-guage and gives you the option tochange the language to Spanish (inSpanish) or French (in French). Use thefollowing chart to select the language.

NOTE:

Note: You must press the “ ” button orthe “ ” button within 5 seconds tochange the language.

Currentlanguage

Press(TALK/PHONE

SEND)to select

Press(MODE/PHONE

END)to select

English Spanish French

Spanish English French

French English Spanish

5. If you decide not to change the lan-guage, do not press either button. After5 seconds, the VR session will end, andthe language will not be changed.

Pairing procedure

1. Push the “ ” button on the steeringwheel. The system announces the avail-able commands.

2. Say: “Setup” jA . The system acknowl-edges the command and announcesthe next set of available commands.

3. Say: “Pair phone” jB . The system ac-knowledges the command and an-nounces the next set of available com-mands.

4. Say: “New phone” jC . The system ac-knowledges the command and asksyou to initiate pairing from the phonehandset jD .

When you are asked to enter a PIN codefor pairing your Bluetooth cellular

phone, operate it to enter the code“1234”.

The code is always “1234” regardlessof the number of phones paired.

The pairing procedure of the cellularphone varies according to each cellularphone manufacturer. See the cellularphone Owner’s Manual for details. Youcan also visitwww.infiniti.com/bluetooth for instruc-tions on pairing INFINITI recom-mended cellular phones.

5. The system asks you to say a name forthe phone jE .

If the name is too long or too short, thesystem tells you, then prompts you fora name again.

Also, if more than one phone is pairedand the name sounds too much like aname already used, the system tellsyou, then prompts you for a nameagain.

6. The system asks you to assign a prioritylevel jF . The priority level determineswhich phone is active when more thanone paired Bluetooth phone is in thevehicle. Follow the instructions pro-vided by the system or refer to “Setup”


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

later in this section for more informa-tion on changing priorities.

7. The system will ask if you would like toselect a custom ring tone jG . Follow theinstructions provided by the system orrefer to “Setup” later in this section formore information on selecting ring-tones.

Making a call by entering a phonenumber

1. Push the “ ” button on steeringwheel. A tone will sound.

2. Say: “Call” jA . The system acknowl-edges the command and announcesthe next set of available commands.

3. Say the number you wish to call jB . Forexample, 555-1212 can be said as “fivefive five one two one two.” See “How tosay numbers” earlier in this section formore information.

4. When you have finished speaking thephone number, the system repeats itback and announces the available com-mands.

5. Say: “Dial” jC . The system acknowl-edges the command and makes thecall.

For additional command options, see “Listof voice commands” later in this section.

Receiving a call

When you hear the ring tone, press the“ ” button on the steering wheel.

Once the call has ended, press the“ ” button on the steering wheel.

NOTE:

If you do not wish to take the call whenyou hear the ring tone, press the “ ”button on the steering wheel to reject thecall.

For additional command options, see “Listof voice commands” later in this section.

LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS

When you push and release the “ ”button on the steering wheel, you canchoose from the commands on the MainMenu. The following pages describe thesecommands and the commands in each sub-menu.

Remember to wait for the tone beforespeaking.

You can say “Help” to hear the list of com-mands currently available anytime the sys-tem is waiting for a response.

If you want to end an action without com-pleting it, you can say “Cancel” or “Quit” atanytime the system is waiting for a re-sponse. The system will end the VR ses-sion. Whenever the VR session is can-celled, a double beep is played to indicateyou have exited the system.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

If you want to go back to the previous com-mand, you can say “Go back” or “Correction”anytime the system is waiting for a response.

When you get used to the menus in the sys-tem, you can talk ahead by saying morethan one command at a time. For example,say, “Call five five five one two one two” or“Memo pad record.”

Also, when you get used to the system re-sponses, you can skip ahead to the tone bypressing the “ ” button on the steeringwheel. However, if you press the “ ”button when the system is waiting for a re-sponse from you it will end the VR session.

“Call”

Name (speak name) jA

If you have stored entries in the PhoneBook, you can dial a number associatedwith a name and location.

See “Phone book” later in this section tolearn how to store entries.

When prompted by the system, say thename of the phone book entry you wish tocall. The system acknowledges the name.

If there are multiple locations associatedwith the name, the system asks you tochoose the location.

Once you have confirmed the name and lo-cation, the system begins the call.

Number (speak digits) jB

When prompted by the system, say thenumber you wish to call. Refer to “How tosay numbers” and “Making a call by en-tering a phone number” earlier in this sec-tion for more details.

“Redial” jC

Use the Redial command to call the lastnumber that was dialed within the vehicle.

NOTE:

The system will not redial the last numberdialed by the handset keypad.

The system acknowledges the command,repeats the number and begins dialing.

If a redial number does not exist, thesystem announces, “There is no number toredial” and ends the VR session.

“Call back” jD

Use the Call Back command to dial thenumber of the last incoming call within thevehicle.

The system acknowledges the command,repeats the number and begins dialing. If acall back number does not exist, thesystem announces, “There is no number tocall back” and ends the VR session.

During a call

During a call there are several commandoptions available. Press the “ ” buttonon the steering wheel to mute the receivingvoice and enter commands.

O “Help” — The system announces theavailable commands.

O “Go back/Correction” — The system an-nounces “Go back,” ends the VR ses-sion and returns to the call.

O “Cancel/Quit” — The system an-nounces “Cancel,” ends the VR sessionand returns to the call.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O “Send/Enter/Call/Dial” — Use the Sendcommand to enter numbers during acall. For example, if you were directedto dial an extension by an automatedsystem:

Say: “Send one two three four.”

The system acknowledges the com-mand and sends the tones associatedwith the numbers. The system thenends the VR session and returns to thecall.

O “Transfer call” — Use the Transfer Callcommand to transfer the call from theBluetooth Hands-Free Phone Systemto the cellular phone when privacy isdesired.

The system announces, “Transfer call.Call transferred to privacy mode.” Thesystem then ends the VR session.

You can also issue the Transfer Callcommand again to return to a hands-free call through the vehicle.

O “Mute” — Use the Mute command tomute your voice so the other partycannot hear it. Use the mute commandagain to unmute your voice.

NOTE:

If the other party ends the call or the cellu-lar phone network connection is lost whilethe Mute feature is on, the Mute featuremay need to be reset to “off.”

“Phone book”

The Phone Book stores up to 40 names foreach phone paired with the system. Eachname can have up to 4 locations/phonenumbers associated with it.

NOTE:

Each phone has its own separate phonebook. You cannot access Phone A’s phonebook if you are currently connected withPhone B.

“New entry” jA

Use the New Entry command to store a newname in the system.

When prompted by the system, say thename you would like to give the new entry.

For example, say: “Mary.”

If the name is too long or too short, thesystem tells you, then prompts you for aname again.

Also, if the name sounds too much like aname already stored, the system tells you,then prompts you for a name again.

Once the system accepts the name and youconfirm it is correct, the system asks for alocation (Home, Office, Mobile or Other).

For example, say: “Home.”

The system acknowledges the location andasks for a number.

For example, say: “five five five one twoone two.” See “How to say numbers”earlier in this section for more informa-tion.

The system repeats the number andprompts you for the next command. Whenyou have finished entering numbers,choose “Store.”

The system confirms the name, locationand number. The system then asks if youwould like to store another location for the


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

same name. If you do not wish to store an-other location, the system ends the VR ses-sion.

“Edit” jB

Use the Edit command to alter an existingphone book entry or to add a 2nd, 3rd or4th phone number to an existing entry.

When prompted by the system, say thename of the entry you wish to edit.

The system acknowledges the name andasks you for the location you would like toedit.

Say the name of the location. The systemacknowledges and asks you for the phonenumber you would like to store with this lo-cation.

See “How to say numbers” earlier in thissection for more information.

The system repeats the number andprompts you for the next command. Whenyou have finished entering numbers,choose “Store.”

The system confirms the name, locationand number, then announces that the entryhas been stored. The system then ends theVR session.

“Delete” jC

Use the Delete command to erase one entryfrom the phone book, all entries from thephone book, the current redial number orthe current call back number.

To delete entries from the phone book, saya name or “All entries” when prompted bythe system.

The system acknowledges the commandand asks you to confirm the deletion.

To delete the current redial number or callback number, say “redial number” or “callback number” when prompted by thesystem.

If a redial number or a call back number ex-ists, the system deletes them withoutasking for confirmation.

If there is no number for the entry you aretrying to delete, the system says so andends the VR session.

“List names” jD

Use the List Names command to hear allthe names and locations in the phonebook.

The system recites the phone book entriesbut does not include the actual phone num-

bers. When the playback of the list is com-plete the system ends the VR session.

You can stop the playback of the list at anytime by pressing the “ ” button on thesteering wheel. The system ends the VRsession.

“Memo pad”

The Memo Pad records a maximum of 3voice memos, each up to 20 seconds long.

“Play” jA

The system plays back all the memos in theorder of newest to oldest. The system endsthe VR session.

If there are no memos recorded, thesystem announces “No messages to play.”The system ends the VR session.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

“Record” jB

The system announces “Recording” and atone sounds signaling you to begin.

Speak the information you wish to recordclearly. When you are done, press the“ ” or “ ” button on the steeringwheel.

A tone sounds and the system announces“Memo recorded.” Another tone sounds toend the VR session.

If the memo pad is full, the system asks ifyou wish to record over the oldest memo.

“Delete” jC

The Delete command erases all memos.The system asks you to confirm this actionbefore deleting all memos.

“Setup”

Use the Setup command to change optionsassociated with the Bluetooth Hands-FreePhone System.

“Pair phone” jA

Use the Pair Phone command to pair aphone to the Bluetooth Hands-Free PhoneSystem.

When you are asked to enter a PIN code forpairing your Bluetooth cellular phone, op-erate it to enter the code “1234”.

The code is always “1234” regardless ofthe number of phones paired.

Up to 5 phones can be paired. If you try topair a sixth phone, the system announces

that you must first delete one phone or re-place an existing phone.

If you try to pair a phone that has alreadybeen paired to your vehicle’s system, thesystem announces the name the phone isalready using. The pairing procedure willthen be cancelled.

When prompted by the system, choosefrom the following commands:

O “New phone” — Refer to “Pairing aphone” earlier in this section.

O “Replace phone” — The system an-nounces the names of the phones al-ready paired and asks which you wouldlike to replace.

Once you say the name of the phoneyou wish to replace, the paring proce-dure will begin. Refer to “Pairing proce-dure” earlier in this section.

O “List phone” — See the descriptionbelow.

“List phones” jB

Use the List Phone command to hear thenames of the phones currently paired. If nophones are paired, the system announces,“No paired phones to list.” The systemthen ends the VR session.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

“Select phone” jC

Use the Select Phone command to select aphone of lesser priority when two or morephones paired with Bluetooth Hands-FreePhone System are in the vehicle at thesame time.

The system asks you to name the phoneand confirm the selection.

Once the selection is confirmed, the se-lected phone remains active until the igni-tion switch is turned OFF or you select anew phone.

“Change priority” jD

Use the Change Priority command tochange the priority level of the activephone.

The priority level determines which phoneis active when more than one pairedBluetooth phone is in the vehicle.

The system states the priority level of theactive phone and asks for a new prioritylevel (1, 2, 3, 4, 5).

If the new priority level is already beingused for another phone, the two phoneswill swap priority levels.

For example, if the current priority levelsare:

Priority Level 1 = Phone APriority Level 2 = Phone BPriority Level 3 = Phone C

and you change the priority level of PhoneC to Level 1, then:

Priority Level 1 = Phone CPriority Level 2 = Phone BPriority Level 3 = Phone A

“Delete phone” jE

Use the Delete Phone command to delete aspecific phone or all phones from theBluetooth Hands-Free Phone System.

The system announces the names of thephones already paired with the system andtheir priority level. The system then givesyou the option to delete a specific phone,all phones or listen to the list again.

Once you chose to delete a phone or allphones, the system asks you to confirmthis action.

NOTE:

When you delete a phone, the associatedphone book for that phone will also be de-leted.

“Select ringtone” jF

Use the Select Ringtone command to selectthe tone heard in the vehicle when an in-coming call is received.

The system announces the name of the ac-tive phone and asks you to choose from thefollowing commands:

O “Ringtone” — The system plays a ring-tone and asks if you would like to selectthat tone. If you say no, the systemplays the next ringtone available andcontinues to cycle through the ring-tones until you select one or quit.

O “Silent” — The system asks you to con-firm your wish to disable the ringtone.

“Bluetooth off” jG

Use the Bluetooth Off command to turn offthe Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System.

When Bluetooth Hands-Free PhoneSystem is off, you will not be able to makeor receive calls using INFINITI Voice Rec-ognition. Also, you will not have access tothe Phone Book.

You can still use the Memo Pad and accessSetup.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

To turn on the system again, choose theBluetooth On command from the Setupcommand.

SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA) MODE

Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out-ofdialect users to train the system to improverecognition accuracy. By repeating anumber of commands, the users can createa voice model of their own voice that isstored in the system. The system is ca-pable of storing a different speaker adapta-tion model for memory A and memory B.

If memory A is available, the system willuse memory A to store the model. Ifmemory A is in use and memory B is avail-able, the system will use memory B to storethe model. If both of the memory locationsare in use, the system will ask the user toselect which memory location should beoverwritten.

Training procedure

The procedure for training a voice is as fol-lows.

1. Position the vehicle in a reasonablyquiet outdoor location.

2. Sit in the driver’s seat with the enginerunning, the parking brake on, and thetransmission in Park.

3. Press and hold the “ ” button formore than 5 seconds.

4. The system announces: “Press the“PHONE/SEND ( )” button for thehands-free phone system to enter thespeaker adaptation mode or press the“PHONE/END ( )” button to select adifferent language.”

5. Press the “ ” button.

For information on selecting a differentlanguage, see “Choosing a language”earlier in this section.

6. Voice memory A or memory B is se-lected automatically. If both memorylocations are already in use, the systemwill prompt you to overwrite one. Followthe instructions provided by thesystem.

7. When preparation is complete and youare ready to begin, the press the“ ” button.

8. The SA mode will be explained. Followthe instructions provided by thesystem.

9. When training is finished, the systemwill tell you an adequate number ofphrases have been recorded.

10.The system will ask you to say yourname. Follow the instructions to reg-ister your name.

11.The system will announce that speakeradaptation has been completed and thesystem is ready.

The SA mode will stop if:

O The “ ” button is pressed for morethan 5 seconds in SA mode.

O The vehicle is driven during SA mode.

O The ignition switch is turned to the OFFor LOCK position.

Training phrases

During the SA mode, the system instructsthe trainer to say the following phrases.(The timing of input phrases is indicated bythe system.)

O Phrase 1

O Phrase 2


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom Solution

System fails to interpret the command correctly.

1. Ensure that the command is valid. See “List of voice commands” earlier in this section.

2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.

3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.

4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is toonoisy to use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.

5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.

6. If the system consistently fails to recognize commands, the voice training procedure should be carried out to im-prove the recognition response for the speaker. See “Speaker adaptation (SA) mode” earlier in this section.

The system consistently selects the wrong entryfrom the phone book.

1. Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored. This can be confirmed byusing the “List Names” command. See “Phone book” earlier in this section.

2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O The Mobile Entertainment System (MES)is designed for rear seat passenger view-ing only.

O The driver must not attempt to operatethe MES while the vehicle is in motion sothat full attention may be given to ve-hicle operation.

CAUTION

O The glass screen on the liquid crystaldisplay may break if hit with a hard orsharp object. If the glass breaks, do nottouch the liquid crystalline material,which contains a small amount of mer-cury. In case of contact with skin, washimmediately with soap and water.

O Use a damp, soft cloth when cleaning theMobile Entertainment System compo-nents. Do not use solvents or cleaningsolutions.

O Do not attempt to use the system in ex-treme temperature conditions [below−4°F (−20°C) or above 158°F (70°C)].

O To avoid draining the vehicle battery, donot operate the system more than 15minutes without starting the engine.

SAA0716

INFINITI MOBILE ENTERTAINMENTSYSTEM (MES) (if so equipped)


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

DIGITAL VIDEO DISC (DVD) PLAYERCONTROLS

The DVD player has the following controls:

1. “EJECT” button

2. DVD slot

3. “ENTER” button

4. POWER on/off switch

5. “MODE” button

6. Input jacks

7. “STOP” button

8. “PLAY/PAUSE” button

9. “MENU” button

10.“DISPLAY” button

11.NAVIGATION KEYS

REMOTE CONTROL

The remote control has the following con-trols:

1. “ONzOFF” button

SAA0717

SAA0810


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

2. “STOP” button

3. “NEXT TRACK/CHAPTER” and “PRE-VIOUS TRACK/CHAPTER” button

4. “TITLE” button

5. “ENTER” button

6. “DISPLAY” button

7. “MODE” button

8. “SUBTITLE” button

9. “AUDIO” button

10.“ANGLE” button

11.“CLEAR” button

12.“PAUSE” button

13.“PLAY” button

14.“FAST FORWARD/FAST REVERSE”button

15.“MENU” button

16.NAVIGATION KEYS

17.“RETURN” button

18.NUMERIC KEYPAD

REMOTE CONTROL HOLDER

Peel the sheet j1 of the holder off, then putthe remote control holder to the desiredposition in the rear armrest.

1. Wireless remote controller receiver/Wireless headphones transmitter

FLIP-DOWN SCREEN

CAUTION

O The glass screen on the liquid crystaldisplay may break if hit with a hard orsharp object. If the glass breaks, do nottouch the liquid crystalline material,

SAA0747

SAA0719A


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

which contains a small amount of mer-cury. In case of contact with skin,washimmediately with soap and water.

O The screen rotates down to view and upinto the housing to store when not inuse. Ensure that the screen is latched se-curely into the housing when stored.

Headphones

Power ON/OFF:

Push the “POWER” button to turn the head-phones on or off.

Volume control:

Turn the volume control knob to adjust thevolume.

The headphones will automatically beturned off in 30 seconds if there is nosound during that period. To prevent thebattery from being discharged, keep thepower supply turned off when not in use.

PLAYING A DIGITAL VIDEO DISC(DVD)

CAUTION

O Only operate the DVD while the vehicleengine is running. Operating the DVD forextended periods of time with the engineOFF can discharge the vehicle battery.

O Do not allow the system to get wet. Exces-sive moisture such as spilled liquidsmaycause the system to malfunction.

SAA0720 SAA0721


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O The driver must not attempt to wear theheadphones while the vehicle is in mo-tion so that full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

O While playing video CD media, this DVDplayer does not guarantee completefunctionality of all video CD formats.

With the DVD player, you can hear DVD vid-eos, video CDs and CDs using headphones.Passengers in the rear seat can enjoy thesound independently of the front seat.

Using the “CDzDVD” button located on thefront seat, you can also hear the sound ofthe DVD player through the speakers in thevehicle.

It is possible to operate the DVD player byremote control.

Headphones are a wireless type and nocables are necessary. You can use them inalmost all the ranges in the rear seat. (It isnot possible to use the headphones in thefront seat.)

“POWER” on/off button:

With the ignition switch turned to the ACCor ON position, push the “POWER” buttonto turn the DVD player on or off.

Insert the compact disc into the slot withthe label side facing up. The digital videodisc will be guided automatically into theslot.

CAUTION

Do not force the compact disc into the slot.This could damage the player.

MODE select switch:

Push the Mode button to selectAudio/Video source between DVD and AUXinput (input jacks on the faceplate, Red =right channel audio input, White = leftchannel audio input, and Yellow = Videoinput).

The display will show the “AUX” in theupper left corner of the display for 4 sec-onds once the Mode is changed to AUX.

To use the input jacks, refer to “Auxiliaryinput jacks” in this section.

or PLAY:

When the “PLAY/PAUSE” button on theplayer or the “PLAY” button on the remotecontrol is pushed, the player will play.

In play mode, the display will showon the upper left corner of the dis-

play.

FF (Fast Forward), REW(Rewind) (Remotecontrol only):

Push “FAST FORWARD/FAST REVERSE” but-tons to carry out the fast forward or fast re-verse presentation at 5 times normal playspeed.

Push “FAST FORWARD/FAST REVERSE” but-tons again or “PLAY” button to resume thenormal play speed.

NEXT CHAPTER/PREVIOUS CHAPTER:

When the “ ” (NEXT CHAPTER) buttonis pushed while the digital video disc is be-ing played, the program next to the presentone will start to play from its beginning.Push several times to skip through pro-grams. The digital video disc will advancethe number of times the button is pushed.When the “ ” (PREVIOUS CHAPTER)


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

button is pushed, the program beingplayed returns to its beginning. Push sev-eral times to skip back through programs.The digital video disc will go back the num-ber of times the button is pushed.

or PAUSE:

When the “PLAY/PAUSE” button on theplayer or the “PAUSE” button on the re-mote control is pushed, the player willpause playing of the media. In pausemode, the player will show on the up-per left corner of the display until theplayer is changed to another mode.

STOP:

Push the “STOP” button once to stopplaying the media. The display will show

in the upper left corner of the displayfor 4 seconds, and the last disc positionwill be stored. When the “PLAY” button ispushed again, it will resume at the storeddisc track and time position.

If the “STOP” button is pushed again whenthe player is already in Stop mode, it willreinitialize the pointer to the beginning ofthe disc. In effect it will ignore the laststored disc position and upon receipt ofthe next play message it will begin at the

Title Menu, or at “the beginning of thedisc”.

EJECT:

When the “EJECT” button is pushed withthe digital video disc loaded, it will beejected.

The display will show the EJECT symbolin the upper left corner of the display

for 4 seconds once the “EJECT” button ispushed.

If the digital video disc is not loaded, thedisplay will show “NO DISC”.

If the digital video disc comes out and isnot removed within 25 seconds, it will bepulled back into the slot to protect it.

DISPLAY:

If the DISPLAY control is pushed for lessthan 2 seconds, the display menu will ap-pear on the screen.

O The display menu will remain on thescreen for 10 seconds if no subsequentcontrol activations occur.

O Use NAVIGATION KEYS to navigatewithin the display menu, and use ENTERto select the item.

O Holding the DISPLAY control on thefaceplate for longer than approximately2 seconds while in the display menuwill reset the display characteristics totheir nominal values. (Faceplate featureonly)

If the DISPLAY control button on the face-plate is pushed for more than 2 seconds,the media track/time information will bedisplayed along the bottom of the display.Pushing the DISPLAY control for more than2 seconds will remove the mediatrack/time information from the display.(Faceplate feature only)

NAVIGATION KEYS:

If media is in PLAY mode, activation of theNAVIGATION KEYS (Up, Down, Left, andRight) will perform the following functions:next chapter/track, previouschapter/track, fast reverse and fast for-ward, and the display will show ,

and , respectively in theupper left corner of the display for 4 sec-onds. (Faceplate feature only)

If media is in PAUSE mode, activation ofthe NAVIGATION KEYS (Up, down andRight) will perform the following functions:next chapter/track, previous chapter/trackand slow forward, and the display will


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

show , and respectively inthe upper left corner of the display for 4seconds. (Faceplate feature only)

If media is in activated MENU mode, theNAVIGATION KEYS will be used to navigateUp, Down, Left, and Right within the menu.

If display control menu is on, the NAVIGA-TION KEYS will be used to navigate Up,Down, Left, and Right within the menu.

“ENTER”:

In MENU mode, push the “ENTER” buttonto select MENU items.

In the display menu, push the “ENTER”button to select items for modification, asper the on-screen instructions.

“MENU”:

If the media is in PLAY mode and the“MENU” button is pressed, the DVD menuwill appear on the screen. Use NavigationKeys to navigate within the menu, and useENTER to select the item.

Push the “MENU” button again to return toPLAY mode.

TITLE (Remote control only):

Push “TITLE” button to return the DVDmedia to the “title” of the DVD.

Push “TITLE” button again to return to theprevious stop point and play.

RETURN (Remote control only):

Push RETURN function to exit the current ac-tive menu and return to the previous menu.

SUBTITLES (Remote control only):

Push the “SUBTITLES” button to call-upsubtitle selection menu.

Repeatedly press the “SUBTITLE” button tocycle through each available subtitle.

AUDIO (Remote control only):

Push the “AUDIO” button to call-up audiomenu.

Repeatedly press the “AUDIO” button tocycle through each available audio track.

ANGLE (Remote control only):

Push the “ANGLE” button to call-up cameraangle menu.

Repeatedly press the ANGLE button to cyclethrough each available angle.

CLEAR (Remote control only):

Push the “CLEAR” button to clear all nu-meric inputs, if actuated prior to expirationof the 3-second timer.

NUMERIC KEYPAD (0-9 & ≥10) (Remotecontrol only):

Push the NUMERIC KEYPAD to directly ac-cess disc chapters, titles or tracks by input-ting their numeric value.

The “≥10” button input numbers greaterthan or equal to 10, allowing up threedigits to be input for selectingchapter/title/track number.

The subsequent actuation of numeric but-tons will continuously shift the previouslyinput number to the “left”.

The chapter/title/track number will be au-tomatically selected (if valid, based on me-dia content) if 3 seconds expire withoutany keypad inputs.

The operator can cancel the inputchapter/title/track number by actuatingthe CLEAR control prior to the expiration ofthe 3-second timer.

These functions can be used only for theDVD discs which correspond to them.

Auxiliary input jacks

The auxiliary input jacks are located on thecontrol panel. Compatible devices such asvideo games camcorders and portable


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

video players can be connected to the aux-iliary jacks.

The auxiliary jacks are color coded for iden-tification purposes.

O Yellow - video input

O White - left channel audio input

O Red - right channel audio input

CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Use a lightly dampened, lint free cloth toclean the surfaces of your Mobile Entertain-ment System. (DVD player face, screen, re-mote control, etc.)

CAUTION

O Do not use any solvents or cleaning solu-tions when cleaning the video system.

O Do not use excessive force on themonitor screen.

O Avoid touching or scratching the monitorscreen as it may become dirty ordamaged.

O Do not attempt to operate the system inextreme temperature conditions [below−4°F (−20°C) and above 158°F (70°C)].

O Do not attempt to operate the system inextreme humidity conditions (less than10% or more than 75%).

HOW TO HANDLE THE DVD

CAUTION

O Handle a DVD by its edges. Never touchthe surface of the disc.

O To clean a disc, wipe the surface from thecenter to the outer edge using a clean,soft cloth. Do not wipe the disc using acircular motion.

SAA0451


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Do not use a conventional recordcleaner,benzine, thinner or alcohol intended forindustrial use.

O A new disc may be rough on its inner andouter edges. Remove the rough edgesusing the side of a pen or pencil as illus-trated.

O Never attempt to use a DVD that hasbeen cracked, deformed, or repairedusing adhesive. Doing so may causedamage to the equipment.

O Handle the DVD carefully to avoid con-tamination or flaws. Otherwise, signalsmay not be read properly.

O Do not write, draw or attach anythingon any side of the DVD.

O Do not store the DVD in locations withdirect sunlight or in high temperaturesor humidity.

O Always place discs in the storage casewhen they are not being used.

O Do not put on any sticker or write any-thing on either surface of the DVD.

Remote control and headphonesbattery replacement

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Open the lid.

2. Replace both batteries with new ones.

O Size AA (remote control)

O Size AAA (headphones)

Make sure that the ! and @ ends on thebatteries match the markings inside thecompartment.

3. Close the lid securely.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step 3above.

O If you will not be using the remote con-trol for long periods of time, removethe batteries.

O Replacement of the batteries is neededwhen the remote control only functions

SAA0722 SAA0723


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

at extremely close distances to theMES or not at all.

O Be careful not to touch the battery ter-minal.

O An improperly disposed battery canharm the environment. Always confirmlocal regulations for battery disposal.

O When changing batteries, do not letdust or oil get on the remote controland headphones.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible for com-pliance could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment. This device com-plies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules andRSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation issubject to the following two conditions: (1)This device may not cause harmful inter-ference, and (2) this device must acceptany interference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device. ANTENNA

Placing the antenna

You can adjust the antenna to three dif-ferent positions manually.

INFINITI recommends position j1 for thebest radio reception

Removing the antenna

You can remove the antenna if necessary.

Hold the bottom of the antenna and removeby turning counterclockwise.

CAUTION

O Be sure that antenna is removed beforethe vehicle enters an automatic carwash.

O Be sure to fold down the antenna beforethe vehicle enters a garage with a lowceiling.

SAA0748


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

When installing a CB, ham radio or carphone in your INFINITI, be sure to observethe following cautions, otherwise the newequipment may adversely affect the enginecontrol system and other electronic parts.

WARNING

O A cellular telephone should not be usedwhile driving so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation. Some juris-dictions prohibit the use of cellular tele-phones while driving.

O If you must make a call while your ve-hicle is in motion, the hands free cellularphone operational mode (if so equipped)is highly recommended. Exercise ex-treme caution at all times so full atten-tion may be given to vehicle operation.

O If a conversation in a moving vehicle re-quires you to take notes, pull off the roadto a safe location and stop your vehiclebefore doing so.

CAUTION

O Keep the antenna as far as possible awayfrom the electronic control modules.

O Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in (20cm) away from the electronic control sys-tem harnesses. Do not route the antennawire next to any harness.

O Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratioas recommended by the manufacturer.

O Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

O For details, consult an INFINITI dealer.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving ............... 5-2Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) ................... 5-2Three-way catalyst....................................... 5-3On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions (for AWD models) ..................... 5-3Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)(for models without run-flat tire only) ........... 5-3Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)(for models with run-flat tire only) ................ 5-5Avoiding collision and rollover ..................... 5-7Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving .............. 5-7Driving safety precautions ........................... 5-8

Ignition switch (except Intelligent Keysystem) .......................................................... 5-10

Key positions ............................................ 5-11INFINITI vehicle immobilizer system.......... 5-11

Ignition switch (models with the IntelligentKey system) .................................................... 5-12

Ignition switch positions ........................... 5-12INFINITI vehicle immobilizer system.......... 5-13

Before starting the engine............................... 5-13Starting the engine ......................................... 5-14Driving the vehicle .......................................... 5-14

Automatic transmission ............................. 5-14

Parking brake ................................................. 5-18Lane departure warning (LDW) system(if so equipped) .............................................. 5-19

Precautions on lane departure warning(LDW) system ............................................ 5-19Lane departure warning (LDW) systemoperation .................................................. 5-20

Cruise control ................................................. 5-22Precautions on cruise control ..................... 5-22Cruise control operations........................... 5-23

Intelligent cruise control system(if so equipped) .............................................. 5-24

Selecting the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode............................................. 5-25Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ... 5-26Precautions on vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode ............................................ 5-26Vehicle-to-vehicle distance modeoperation .................................................. 5-28Conventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode ........................................................ 5-41Preview function (for Intelligent CruiseControl system equipped models) .............. 5-45

Break-in schedule ........................................... 5-45

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Increasing fuel economy ................................. 5-45All-wheel drive (AWD) (if so equipped) ............. 5-46Parking/parking on hills.................................. 5-48Power steering................................................ 5-49Brake system.................................................. 5-49

Braking precautions .................................. 5-49Brake assist.................................................... 5-50

Brake assist ............................................. 5-50Brake assist (with preview function)(Intelligent Cruise Control systemequipped model) ....................................... 5-50

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..................... 5-52Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system ............. 5-54Cold weather driving ....................................... 5-56

Freeing a frozen door lock .......................... 5-56Anti-freeze ................................................ 5-56Battery ...................................................... 5-56Draining of coolant water ........................... 5-56Tire equipment .......................................... 5-56Special winter equipment .......................... 5-57Driving on snow or ice................................ 5-57Engine block heater (if so equipped)........... 5-57

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the support ofothers alone in your vehicle. Pets shouldalso not be left alone. They could acci-dentally injure themselves or othersthrough inadvertent operation of the ve-hicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, tempera-tures in a closed vehicle could quicklybecome high enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people or ani-mals.


EXHAUST GAS (Carbon monoxide)

WARNING

Do not breathe exhaust gases; they con-

tain colorless and odorless carbon mon-oxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It cancause unconsciousness or death.

O If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with all win-dows fully open, and have the vehicle in-spected immediately.

O Do not run the engine in closed spacessuch as a garage.

O Do not park the vehicle with the enginerunning for any extended length of time.

O Keep the lift gate closed while driving,otherwise exhaust gases could be drawninto the passenger compartment. If youmust drive with the lift gate open, followthese precautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation switch OFF andthe fan control at maximum position tocirculate the air.

O If electrical wiring or other cable connec-tions must pass to a trailer through

the seal on the lift gate or the body,follow the manufacturer’s recommenda-tion to prevent carbon monoxide entryinto the vehicle.

O If a special body, camper or other equip-ment is added for recreational or otherusage, follow the manufacturer’s recom-mendation to prevent carbon monoxideentry into the vehicle. (Some recre-ational vehicle appliances such asstoves, refrigerator, heaters, etc. mayalso generate carbon monoxide.)

O The exhaust system and body should beinspected by a qualified mechanic when-ever:

a. The vehicle is raised for service.

b. You suspect that exhaust fumes areentering into the passenger compart-ment.

c. You notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust system.

d. You have had an accident involvingdamage to the exhaust system, under-body, or rear of the vehicle.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING ANDDRIVING

5-2 Starting and driving

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

THREE-WAY CATALYST

The three-way catalyst is an emission con-trol device installed in the exhaust system.Exhaust gases in the converter are burnedat high temperatures to help reduce pollut-ants.

WARNING

O The exhaust gas and the exhaust systemare very hot. Keep people, animals orflammable materials away from the ex-haust system components.

O Do not stop or park the vehicle over flam-mable materials such as dry grass, wastepaper or rags. They may ignite and causea fire.

CAUTION

O Do not use leaded gasoline. Depositsfrom leaded gasoline will seriously re-duce the three-way catalyst’s ability tohelp reduce exhaust pollutants.

O Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctionsin the ignition, fuel injection, or elec-trical systems can cause overrich fuelflow into the three-way catalyst, causingit to overheat. Do not keep driving if theengine misfires, or if noticeable loss ofperformance or other unusual operatingconditions are detected. Have the vehicleinspected promptly by an INFINITIdealer.

O Avoid driving with an extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel could cause theengine to misfire, damaging thethree-way catalyst.

O Do not race the engine while warming itup.

O Do not push or tow your vehicle to startthe engine.

ON-PAVEMENT ANDOFF-ROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS(for AWD models)

Utility vehicles have a significantly higherrollover rate than other types of vehicles.

They have higher ground clearance thanpassenger cars to make them capable ofperforming in a variety of on-pavement andoff-road applications. This gives them ahigher center of gravity than ordinary cars.An advantage of higher ground clearance isa better view of the road, allowing you toanticipate problems. However, they are notdesigned for cornering at the same speedsas conventional two-wheel drive vehiclesany more than low-slung sports cars aredesigned to perform satisfactorily underoff-road conditions. If at all possible, avoidsharp turns or abrupt maneuvers particu-larly at high speeds. As with other vehiclesof this type, failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly may result in loss of control or ve-hicle rollover. In a rollover crash, an un-belted person is significantly more likely todie than a person wearing a seatbelt.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS) (for modelswithout run-flat tire only)

Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recom-mended by the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pressure la-bel. (If your vehicle has tires of a different

Starting and driving 5-3

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

size than the size indicated on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehiclehas been equipped with a tire pressuremonitoring system (TPMS) that illuminatesa low tire pressure telltale when one ormore of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon as pos-sible, and inflate them to the proper pres-sure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat andcan lead to tire failure. Under-inflation alsoreduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life,and may affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substi-tute for proper tire maintenance, and it isthe driver’s responsibility to maintain cor-rect tire pressure, even if under-inflationhas not reached the level to trigger illumi-nation of the TPMS low tire pressure tell-tale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating properly.

The TPMS malfunction indicator is com-bined with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction,the telltale will flash for approximately oneminute and then remain continuously illu-minated. This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as long asthe malfunction exists. When the malfunc-tion indicator is illuminated, the systemmay not be able to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMS malfunctionsmay occur for a variety of reasons, in-cluding the installation of replacement oralternate tires or wheels on the vehicle thatprevent the TPMS from functioning prop-erly. Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or more tires orwheels on your vehicle to ensure that thereplacement or alternate tires and wheelsallow the TPMS to continue to functionproperly.

Additional information

O The TPMS does not monitor the tirepressure of the spare tire.

O The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system maynot detect a sudden drop in tire pres-

sure (for example a flat tire whiledriving).

O Tire pressure rises and falls dependingon the heat caused by the vehicle’s op-eration and the outside temperature.Low outside temperature can lower thetemperature of the air inside the tirewhich can cause a lower tire inflationpressure. This may cause the low tirepressure warning light to illuminate. Ifthe warning light illuminates in low am-bient temperature, check the tire pres-sure for all four tires.

O You can also check the pressure of alltires (except the spare tire) on the dis-play screen. The order of the tire pres-sure figures displayed on the screendoes not correspond with the actual or-der of the tire position. See “Tire pres-sure information” in the “4. Displayscreen, heater, air conditioner andaudio system” section.

For additional information, see “Low tirepressure warning light” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section and “Tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)” in the“6. In case of emergency” section.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS) (for models withrun-flat tire only)

Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recom-mended by the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pressure la-bel. (If your vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehiclehas been equipped with a tire pressuremonitoring system (TPMS) that illuminatesa low tire pressure telltale when one ormore of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon as pos-sible, and inflate them to the proper pres-sure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat andcan lead to tire failure. Under-inflation alsoreduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life,and may affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

If the vehicle is being driven with one ormore flat tires, the warning light will flashcontinuously and a chime will sound for 10seconds. The chime will only sound at thefirst indication of a flat tire and the warninglight will flash continuously. When the Flattire warning is activated, have the systemreset and the tire checked and replaced ifnecessary by an INFINITI dealer. Even ifthe tire is inflated to the specified COLD tirepressure, the warning light will continue toflash until the system is reset by an IN-FINITI dealer.

Your vehicle can be driven for a limitedtime on a flat tire. See “Run-flat tires (if soequipped)” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substi-tute for proper tire maintenance, and it isthe driver’s responsibility to maintain cor-rect tire pressure, even if under-inflationhas not reached the level to trigger illumi-nation of the TPMS low tire pressure tell-tale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is com-bined with the low tire pressure telltale.

When the system detects a malfunction,the telltale will flash for approximately oneminute and then remain continuously illu-minated. This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as long asthe malfunction exists. When the malfunc-tion indicator is illuminated, the systemmay not be able to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMS malfunctionsmay occur for a variety of reasons, in-cluding the installation of replacement oralternate tires or wheels on the vehicle thatprevent the TPMS from functioning prop-erly. Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or more tires orwheels on your vehicle to ensure that thereplacement or alternate tires and wheelsallow the TPMS to continue to functionproperly.

Additional information:

O The TPMS does not monitor the tirepressure of the spare tire.

O The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system maynot detect a sudden drop in tire pres-sure (for example a flat tire whiledriving).


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Tire pressure rises and falls dependingon the heat caused by the vehicle’s op-eration and the outside temperature.Low outside temperature can lower thetemperature of the air inside the tirewhich can cause a lower tire inflationpressure. This may cause the low tirepressure warning light to illuminate. Ifthe warning light illuminates in low am-bient temperature, check the tire pres-sure for all four tires.

O You can also check the pressure of alltires (except the spare tire) on the dis-play screen. The order of the tire pres-sure figures displayed on the screendoes not correspond with the actual or-der of the tire position. See “Tire pres-sure information” in the “4. Displayscreen, heater, air conditioner andaudio systems” section.

For additional information, see “Low tirepressure warning light” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section, “Tire pres-sure monitoring system” in the “6. In caseof emergency” section.

WARNING

O If the low tire pressure warning light illu-minates while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt braking,reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road toa safe location and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Serious vehicledamage could occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in serious per-sonal injury. Check the tire pressure forall four tires. Adjust the tire pressure tothe recommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label to turn the low tire pressurewarning light OFF. If you have a flat tire,replace it with a spare tire as soon aspossible. (See “Flat tire” in the “6. Incase of emergency” section for changinga flat tire.)

O Although you can continue driving with apunctured run-flat tire (if so equipped),remember that vehicle handling stabilityis reduced, which could lead to an acci-dent andpersonal injury. Also, driving a

long distance at high speeds maydamage the tires.





O Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pressuresensors.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

Do not place metalized film or any metalparts (antenna, etc.) on the windows. Thismay cause poor reception of the signals fromthe tire pressure sensors, and the TPMS willnot function properly.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible for com-pliance could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference received, in-cluding interference that may cause un-desired operation of the device.

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe andprudent manner may result in loss of controlor an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid exces-sive speed, high speed cornering, orsudden steering maneuvers, becausethese driving practices could cause you tolose control of your vehicle. As with any ve-hicle, a loss of control could result in a col-lision with other vehicles or objects, orcause the vehicle to rollover, particularly ifthe loss of control causes the vehicle toslide sideways. Be attentive at all times,and avoid driving when tired. Never drivewhen under the influence of alcohol ordrugs (including prescription or over-the-counter drugs which may cause drowsi-ness). Always wear your seat belt. See“Seat belts” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system”section and also instruct your passengersto do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollovercrash, an unbelted or improperly beltedperson is significantly more likely to be in-jured or killed than a person properlywearing a seat belt.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alcohol ordrugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream reducescoordination, delays reaction time and im-pairs judgment. Driving after drinking al-cohol increases the likelihood of being in-volved in an accident injuring yourself andothers. Additionally, if you are injured in anaccident, alcohol can increase the severity ofthe injury.

INFINITI is committed to safe driving. Youmust not drive under the influence of al-cohol. Every year thousands of people areinjured or killed in alcohol related acci-dents. Although the local laws vary on whatis considered to be legally intoxicated, thefact is that alcohol affects all people differ-


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

ently and most people underestimate theeffects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!And that’s true for drugs too (over thecounter, prescription, and illegal drugs).Don’t drive if your ability to operate yourvehicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, orsome other physical condition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING

O Drive carefully when off the road andavoid dangerous areas. Every personwho drives or rides in this vehicle shouldbe seated with their seat belt fastened.This will keep you and your passengersin position when driving over rough ter-rain.

O Before driving up or down grades, checkthe road surface for bumps or potholes.Be sure to climb a gentle slope and de-scend a gentle slope.

O Do not drive across steep slopes. In-stead drive either straight up or straightdown the slopes. Off-road vehicles cantip over sideways much more easily thanthey can forward or backward.

O Many hills are too steep for any vehicle.If you drive up them, you may stall. Ifyou drive down them, you may not beable to control your speed. If you driveacross them, you may roll over.

O Do not move the selector lever whiledriving on downhill grades as this couldcause loss of control of the vehicle.

O Be sure to use the engine brake. The footbrake performance may be reduced, re-sulting in a possible accident.

O Stay alert when driving to the top of ahill. At the top there could be a drop-offor other hazard that could cause an acci-dent.

O If your engine stalls or you cannot makeit to the top of a steep hill, never attemptto turn around. Your vehicle could tip orroll over. Always back straight down in R

(Reverse) range. Never back down inN(Neutral), using only the brake, as thiscould cause loss of control.

O Heavy braking going down a hill couldcause your brakes to overheat and fade,resulting in loss of control and an acci-dent. Apply brakes lightly and use a lowrange to control your speed.

O Unsecured cargo can be thrown aroundwhen driving over rough terrain. Properlysecure all cargo so it will not be thrownforward and cause injury to you or yourpassengers.

O To avoid raising the center of gravity ex-cessively, do not exceed the rated capac-ity of the roof rack and evenly distributethe load. Secure heavy loads in the cargoarea as far forward and as low as pos-sible. Do not equip the vehicle with tireslarger than specified in this manual. Thiscould cause your vehicle to roll over.

O Do not grip the inside or spokes of thesteering wheel when driving off-road.The steering wheel could move suddenlyand injure your hands. Instead drive


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

with your fingers and thumbs on the out-side of the rim.

O Before operating the vehicle, ensure thatthe driver and all passengers have theirseat belts fastened.

O Always drive with the floor mats in placeas the floor may become hot.

O Lower your speed when encounteringstrong crosswinds. With a higher centerof gravity, your INFINITI is more af-fected by strong side winds. Slowerspeeds ensure better vehicle control.

O Do not drive beyond the performance ca-pability of the tires, even with AWD en-gaged. Accelerating quickly, sharp steer-ing maneuvers or sudden braking maycause loss of control.

O If at all possible, avoid sharp turning ma-neuvers, particularly at high speeds.Your INFINITI all-wheel drive vehiclehas a higher center of gravity than a two-wheel drive vehicle. The vehicle is notdesigned for cornering at the samespeeds as conventional two-wheel drive

vehicles. Failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly could result in loss of controland/or a rollover accident.

O Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted orradial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Install tire chains on the rearwheels when driving on slippery roadsand drive carefully.

O Be sure to check the brakes immediatelyafter driving in mud or water. See “Brakesystem” later in this section.

O Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills.If you get out of the vehicle and it rollsforward, backward or sideways, youcould be injured.

O Whenever you drive off-road throughsand, mud or water as deep as the wheelhub, more frequent maintenance may berequired. See the maintenance schedulein the “INFINITI Service and Mainte-nance Guide”.

O Do not drive continuously on sandy ormuddy roads with the rear wheels spin-

ning. The AWD warning light blinks andthe driving mode changes to 2WD. Thiscould reduce traction force remarkably.Be especially careful when towing atrailer. (AWD models)

O A vehicle equipped with AWD (All-WheelDrive) should never be tested using a twowheel dynamometer (such as the dyna-mometers used by some states for emis-sions testing), or similar equipment.Make sure you inform test facility per-sonnel that your vehicle is equipped withAWD before it is placed on a dynamom-eter. Using the wrong test equipmentmay result in transmission damage orunexpected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle damage orpersonal injury.

O Never operate the accelerator pedal withany wheels raised and the other wheelson the ground while jacking up or withany wheels on a roller and the otherwheels on the ground. Otherwise, the ve-hicle could lurch forward or backward.(AWD models)


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O When a wheel is off the ground due to anunlevel surface, do not spin the wheelexcessively. (AWD models)

O When the vehicle is on a free roller or thefront or rear wheels are jacked up, do notstart the engine. The vehicle could lurchforward. (AWD models)

The ignition lock is designed so that thekey cannot be turned to LOCK and removeduntil the selector lever is moved to the P(Park) position.

When removing the key from the ignition,make sure the selector lever is in the P(Park) position.

If the selector lever is not returned to P(Park) position, the key cannot be movedtoward LOCK.

When the key cannot be turned toward theLOCK position, proceed as follows to re-move the key:

1. Move the selector lever into the P (Park)position.

2. Turn the ignition key slightly in the ONdirection.

3. Turn the key toward the LOCK position.

4. Remove the key.

If the key is removed from the ignitionswitch, the selector lever cannot be movedfrom P (Park) position. The selector levercan be moved if the ignition switch is inthe ON position and the foot brake pedal isdepressed.

There is an OFF position j1 in betweenLOCK and ACC, although it does not showon the lock cylinder. When the ignition is inOFF the steering wheel is not locked.

In order for the steering wheel to belocked, it must be turned about 1/6 of aturn clockwise from the straight up posi-tion.

To lock the steering wheel, turn the key tothe LOCK position. Remove the key. To un-lock the steering wheel, insert the key andturn it gently while rotating the steeringwheel slightly right and left.

SSD0392

IGNITION SWITCH (except Intelligent Keysystem)


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK po-sition while driving. The steering wheel willlock. This may cause the driver to lose con-trol of the vehicle and could result in seriousvehicle damage or personal injury.

KEY POSITIONS

The switch includes an anti-theft steeringlock device.

LOCK (Normal parking position) (0)

The ignition key can only be removed whenthe switch is in this position.

OFF (1)

The engine can be turned off withoutlocking the steering wheel.

The ignition lock is designed so that thekey cannot be turned to LOCK and removeduntil the selector lever is moved to the P(Park) position.

ACC (Accessories) (2)

This position activates electrical accesso-

ries such as the radio when the engine isnot running.

ON (Normal operating position) (3)

This position turns on the ignition systemand the electrical accessories.

START (4)

This position activates the starter motor,starting the engine.



If the engine fails to start using a regis-tered key (for example, when interferenceis caused by another registered key, an au-tomated toll road device or automated pay-ment device on the key ring), restart the en-gine using the following procedures:





If this procedure allows the engine to start,INFINITI recommends placing the regis-tered key on a separate key ring to avoid in-terference from other devices.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

The ignition lock is designed so that the ig-nition switch cannot be turned to the LOCKposition and removed until the selectorlever is moved to the P (Park) position.

When turning the ignition switch, makesure the selector lever is in the P position.

If the selector lever is not returned to the Pposition, the ignition switch cannot bemoved toward the LOCK position.

When the ignition switch cannot be turnedtoward the LOCK position while keepingthe Intelligent Key, proceed as follows:

1. Move the selector lever into the P posi-tion.

2. Turn the ignition switch slightly in theON direction.

3. Turn the key toward the LOCK position.

The selector lever can be moved from P po-sition if the ignition switch is in the ON po-sition and the foot brake pedal is de-pressed.

There is an OFF position jC in betweenLOCK and ACC, although it does not showon the lock cylinder. When the ignition is inOFF the steering wheel is not locked.

In order for the steering wheel to belocked, it must be turned about 1/6 of aturn counterclockwise from the straight upposition.

To lock the steering wheel, turn the igni-tion switch to the LOCK position. To unlockthe steering wheel, push the ignitionswitch in and turn it gently while rotatingthe steering wheel slightly right and left.

If the battery of the vehicle equipped withthe Intelligent Key system is discharged,the ignition switch cannot be turned fromthe LOCK position, even using the me-chanical key or valet key.

WARNING

Never turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition while driving. The steering wheelwill lock. This may cause the driver to losecontrol of the vehicle and could result in seri-ous vehicle damage or personal injury.

IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS

Push in the ignition switch to the jB rangewhen you turn it.

LOCK (Normal parking position):

The ignition switch can only be locked inthe jA position.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when itis pushed in, and turned to the ACC posi-tion jD while carrying the Intelligent Key.

ACC (Accessories) jD :

This position activates electrical accesso-ries such as the radio, when the engine isnot running.

SPA1628

IGNITION SWITCH (models with theIntelligent Key system)


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

ON (Normal operating position) jE :

This position turns on the ignition systemand electrical accessories.

START jF :

This position starts the engine. As soon asthe engine has started, release the knobimmediately. It will automatically return tothe ON position.

The ignition switch cannot be turned backto the LOCK position unless the shift leveris in P position. (It can be turned to onlyjC .)

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the ignitionswitch in ACC or ON positions when the en-gine is not running for an extended period.This can discharge the battery.



If the engine fails to start using a regis-

tered key (for example, when interferenceis caused by another registered key, an au-tomated toll road device or automated pay-ment device on the key ring), restart the en-gine using the following procedures:





If this procedure allows the engine to start,INFINITI recommends placing the regis-tered key on a separate key ring to avoid in-terference from other devices.

O Make sure the area around the vehicleis clear.

O Maintenance items should be checkedperiodically, for example, each timeyou check engine oil.

O Check that all windows and lights areclean.

O Visually inspect tires for their appear-ance and condition. Also, check tiresfor proper inflation.

O Lock all doors.

O Position seat and adjust head re-straints.

O Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

O Fasten seat belts and ask all passen-gers to do likewise.

O Check the operation of warning lightswhen the ignition switch is turned tothe ON (3) position.

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to P (Park) or N(Neutral). (P preferred.)

The starter is designed not to operate ifthe selector lever is in one of the drivingpositions.

3. Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by turning the igni-tion key to START. Release the keywhen the engine starts. If the enginestarts, but fails to run, repeat the aboveprocedure.

O If the engine is very hard to start in ex-tremely cold weather or when re-starting, depress the accelerator pedala little (approximately 1/3 to the floor)and hold it then crank the engine. Re-lease the key and the accelerator pedalwhen the engine starts.

O If the engine is very hard to start be-cause it is flooded, depress the accel-erator pedal all the way to the floor andhold it. Crank the engine for 5 to 6 sec-onds. After cranking the engine, re-lease the accelerator pedal. Crank theengine with your foot off the accel-erator pedal by turning the ignitionswitch to START. Release the key when

the engine starts. If the engine starts,but fails to run, repeat the above proce-dure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than 15seconds at a time. If the engine does notstart, turn the key off and wait 10 secondsbefore cranking again, otherwise the startercould be damaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive atmoderate speed for a short distancefirst, especially in cold weather.

In cold weather, keep the engine run-ning for a minimum of 2 to 3 minutesbefore shutting it off. Starting and stop-ping the engine over a short period oftime may make the vehicle more diffi-cult to start.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

5-speed automatic transmission

The automatic transmission in your vehicleis electronically controlled by a transmis-sion control module to produce maximumpower and smooth operation.

Shown on the following pages are the rec-ommended operating procedures for thistransmission. Follow these procedures formaximum vehicle performance and drivingenjoyment.

Starting the vehicle

After starting the engine, fully depress thefoot brake pedal and push the selectorlever button before shifting the selectorlever to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D(Drive) or Manual shift mode position. Besure the vehicle is fully stopped before at-tempting to shift the selector lever.

This automatic transmission model is de-signed so that the foot brake pedal mustbe depressed before shifting from P (Park)to any drive position while the ignitionswitch is ON.

The selector lever cannot be moved out ofP (Park) position and into any of the othergear positions if the ignition key is turned

STARTING THE ENGINE DRIVING THE VEHICLE


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

to the LOCK, OFF or ACC position or if thekey is removed from the switch.

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressedand push the selector lever button toshift into a driving gear.

2. Release the parking brake and footbrake, then gradually start the vehiclein motion.

WARNING

O Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N (Neutral)to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or manual shiftmode. Always depress the brake pedaluntil shifting is completed. Failure to doso could cause you to lose control andhave an accident.

O Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forward orreverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

O On slippery roads, do not downshift. Thismay cause a loss of control.

O Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse-)while the vehicle is moving forward.Never shift to P (Park) or D (Drive) whilethe vehicle is moving rearward. Thesecould cause an accident.

CAUTION

When stopping the vehicle on an uphillgrade, do not hold the vehicle by depressingthe accelerator pedal. The foot brake shouldbe used for this purpose.

To move the selector lever,

: Push the button while depressingthe brake pedal,

: Push the button,

: Just move the selector lever.

ShiftingAfter starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal and shift the selector leverfrom P (Park) to R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D(Drive), or Manual shift mode position.

Push the button to shift into P (Park) or R(Reverse). All other positions can be se-lected without pushing the button.

SSD0539


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the selector leveris in any position while the engine is not run-ning. Failure to do so could cause the vehicleto move unexpectedly or roll away and resultin serious personal injury or propertydamage.

If the key is turned to OFF or ACC for anyreason while the vehicle is in R (Reverse), N(Neutral), or any D (Drive) position, the keycannot be turned to LOCK and be removedfrom the ignition switch. Move the selectorlever to P (Park) position, then the key canbe turned to LOCK.

P (Park):

Use this selector position when the vehicleis parked or when starting the engine. Makesure the vehicle is completely stopped. Thebrake pedal must be depressed and the se-lector lever button pushed in to move the se-lector lever from N (Neutral) or any drive po-sition to P (Park). Apply the parking brake.When parking on a hill, apply the parkingbrake first, then move the lever to the P(Park) position.

CAUTION

Use this position only when the vehicle iscompletely stopped.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Always besure the vehicle is completely stopped be-fore selecting R (Reverse). The brake pedalmust be depressed and the selector leverbutton pushed in to move the selectorlever from P (Park), N (Neutral) or any driveposition to R (Reverse).

N (Neutral):

Neither forward nor reverse gear is en-gaged. The engine can be started in thisposition. You may shift to N (Neutral) andrestart a stalled engine while the vehicle ismoving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.

Manual shift mode

When the selector lever is shifted from D tothe manual shift gate with the vehicle

stopped or while driving, the transmissionenters the manual shift mode. Shift rangecan be selected manually.

In the manual shift mode, the shift range isdisplayed on the position indicator in themeter.

Shift ranges up or down one by one as fol-lows:

M1→← M2

→← M3

→← M4

→← M5

M5 (5th):

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.

M4 (4th):

For driving up or down long slopes whereengine braking would be advantageous.

M3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd):

Use for hill climbing or engine braking ondownhill grades.

M1 (1st):

Use this position when climbing steep hillsslowly or driving slowly through deepsnow, sand or mud, or for maximum enginebraking on steep downhill grades.

O Remember not to drive at high speedsfor extended periods of time in lower


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

than M4 range. This reduces fueleconomy.

O When shifting up, move the selectorlever to the + (up) side. (Shifts to higherrange.)

O When shifting down, move the selectorlever to the − (down) side. (Shifts tolower range.)

O Moving the selector lever to the sameside twice will shift the ranges in suc-cession. However, if this motion is rap-idly done, the second shifting may notbe completed properly.

O In the manual shift mode, the trans-mission automatically shifts down to1st gear before the vehicle comes to astop. When accelerating again, it isnecessary to shift up to the desiredrange.

O When canceling the manual shift mode,return the selector lever to the D posi-tion. The transmission returns to thenormal driving mode.

O In the manual shift mode, the trans-mission may not shift to the selectedgear. This helps maintain driving per-formance and reduces the chance of ve-hicle damage or loss of control.

Accelerator downshift— In D position —

For passing or hill climbing, fully depressthe accelerator pedal to the floor. Thisshifts the transmission down into the lowergear, depending on the vehicle speed.

Fail-safe

When fail-safe operation occurs, the auto-matic transmission will be locked in 4thgear.

If the vehicle is driven under extreme con-ditions, such as excessive wheel spinningand subsequent hard braking, the fail-safesystem may be activated. This will occureven if all electrical circuits are functioningproperly. In this case, turn the ignitionswitch to the OFF position and wait for 3seconds. Then turn the switch back to theON position. The vehicle should return toits normal operating condition. If it doesnot return to its normal operating condi-tion, have an INFINITI dealer check thetransmission and repair if necessary.

Shift lock release

If the battery charge is low or discharged,the selector lever may not be moved fromthe P (Park) position even with the brakepedal depressed.

To move the selector lever, apply theparking brake, depress the brake pedal,and push the shift lock release button. Theselector lever can be moved to N (Neutral).This allows the vehicle to be moved if thebattery is discharged.

SSD0540


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

If the lever cannot be moved out of P(Park), have an INFINITI dealer check theautomatic transmission system as soon aspossible.

To apply: Fully depress the parking brakepedal.

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. Depress the parking brake pedal andthe parking brake will be released.

3. Before driving, be sure the brakewarning light goes out.

WARNING

O Be sure the parking brake is fully re-leased before driving. Failure to do socan cause brake failure and lead to an ac-cident.

O Do not release the parking brake fromoutside the vehicle.

O Do not use the gear shift in place of theparking brake. When parking, be surethe parking brake is fully engaged.

O Do not leave children unattended in a ve-hicle. They could release the parkingbrake and cause an accident.

SPA2126

PARKING BRAKE


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

The Lane Departure Warning (LDW) systemwarns the driver when the vehicle is travelingclose to either the left or the right of a trav-eling lane with detectable lane markers. Itoperates at approximately 45 MPH (72 km/h)and above. The system monitors lanemarkers of the traveling lane using thecamera unit j1 located inside the map lightcover.

When the camera unit detects that the ve-hicle is traveling close to either the left orthe right of the traveling lane, the LDW indi-cator j2 on the instrument panel flashesand a chime sounds to alert the driver.

The LDW system can be turned on or off bypushing the LDW switch j3 . When thesystem is on, the LDW system ON indicatorj4 illuminates.

PRECAUTIONS ON LANEDEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)SYSTEM

WARNING

O This system is only a warning device toinform the driver of an unintended lanedeparture. It will not steer the vehicle orprevent loss of control. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drive safely,keep the vehicle in the traveling lane,and be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

O The system will not operate at speedsbelow approximately 45 MPH (72 km/h)or if it cannot detect lane markers.

O If the lane departure warning systemmalfunctions, it will cancel automati-cally. The LDW indicator light in the in-strument panel will then illuminate(orange).

SSD0409 SSD0410

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)SYSTEM (if so equipped)


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O If the LDW indicator light illuminates (or-ange), park the vehicle in a safe place.Turn the engine off and re-start the en-gine. If the LDW indicator light continuesto illuminate, have the system checkedby an INFINITI dealer.

O Excessive noise will interfere withwarning system chime sound and thechime may not be heard.

O The system may not function properlyunder the following conditions:

- On roads where the lane markers arefaded or are not painted clearly.

- On roads where the lane markers arepainted yellow.

- On roads where water, dirt or snow iscovering the lane markers.

O The system may not monitor the lanemarkers in certain road, weather ordriving conditions.

- On roads where there are sharpcurves.

- Where the traveling lane merges orseparates.

- On roads where the discontinuedlane markers are present, such asnear tollgates.

- On roads where there are no generallane markers.

- On roads where the lane width is toonarrow.

- During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,etc.).

- When strong light (for example, atsunrise or sunset) is directly shiningon the front of the vehicle in the cam-era.

- When entering or exiting a tunnelwhere a sudden change in brightnessoccurs.

- When traveling close to the vehicle infront of you, which obstructs thecamera detection range.

- When the vehicle’s traveling directiondoes not align with the lane marker.

- When rain, snow or dirt adhere to thewindshield in front of the LDWcamera.

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)SYSTEM OPERATION

The LDW system has an automatic modeand manual mode.

In the automatic mode, the LDW systemautomatically turns on when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position. TheLDW system ON indicator j2 located on theLDW switch j1 illuminates, indicating thatthe system is on.

SIC2554


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

To cancel the LDW system, push the LDWswitch j1 to turn off the LDW system ON in-dicator j2 . To turn on the system, push theLDW switch j1 again.

In the manual mode, the LDW system willbe off when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position. The LDW switch must bepushed to turn on the system.

To change modes, push and hold the LDWswitch j1 for more than 4 seconds whenthe LDW system ON indicator j2 is off. Achime will sound and blinking of the LDWsystem indicator indicates that the modechange has been completed.

When the vehicle approaches either the leftor the right of the traveling lane whiledriving over approximately 45 MPH (72km/h), the LDW indicator j3 on the instru-ment panel flashes and a chime sounds toalert the driver.

When you use the lane change signal andchange your traveling lane, the LDWsystem will enter the standby mode untilthe lane change is completed. Once the ve-hicle completes the lane change and thecamera detects lane markers, the LDW sys-tem starts again to monitor lane markers.

When the vehicle speed lowers to less thanapproximately 45 MPH (72 km/h), the LDWsystem enters standby mode. When the ve-hicle speed increases to more than 45 MPH(72 km/h) again, the LDW system activates.

Temporary disabled status at hightemperature

If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlightunder high temperature conditions (overapproximately 104°F (40°C)) and thenstarted, the lane departure warning systemmay cancel automatically. The LDW switchON indicator will blink.

When the interior temperature is reduced,the system will again operate automati-cally and the LDW switch ON indicator illu-minates.

SSD0411


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)camera unit maintenance

The LDW camera unit j1 for the LDWsystem is located inside the map lightcover.

To keep the LDW system operating prop-erly, be sure to observe the following:

O Always keep the windshield clean. Thesensing capability of the camera unitdepends on the condition of the wind-shield. See “Cleaning interior” in the“7. Appearance and care” section forcleaning instruction.

O Do not strike or damage the areasaround the camera unit. Do not touchthe camera lens or remove the screw lo-cated on the camera unit. Doing socould cause failure or malfunction. Ifthe camera unit is damaged due to anaccident, contact an INFINITI dealer.

O Do not attach a sticker (including trans-parent material) or install an accessorynear the camera unit. This could causefailure or malfunction.

O Do not place reflective materials, suchas a white paper or mirrors on the in-strument panel. Reflection of the sun-light may adversely affect the cameraunit’s lane marker detection capability.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when drivingunder the following conditions:

O it is not possible to keep the vehicle at aset speed.

O in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies inspeed.

O on winding or hilly roads.

O on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.).

O in very windy areas.

Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle controland result in an accident.

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL

O If the cruise control system malfunc-tions, it cancels automatically. The SETindicator light on the meter panel thenblinks to warn the driver.

O If the engine coolant temperature be-comes excessively high, the cruise con-trol system will be canceled automati-cally.

SSD0412

CRUISE CONTROL


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O If the SET indicator light blinks, turn thecruise control main switch off and havethe system checked by an INFINITIdealer.

O The SET indicator light may blink whenthe cruise control main switch is turnedon while pushing theRESUME/ACCELERATE, SET/COAST, orCANCEL switch. To properly set thecruise control system, perform the pre-ceding steps in the order indicated.

1. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch

2. SET/COAST switch

3. CANCEL switch

4. MAIN (ONzOFF) switch

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS

The cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the accel-erator pedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push themain switch on. The CRUISE indicator lighton the meter panel will come on.

To set at cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theSET/COAST switch and release it. (The SETindicator light will come on.) Take your footoff the accelerator pedal. Your vehicle willmaintain the set speed.

O To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you releasethe pedal, the vehicle will return to thepreviously set speed.

O The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steephills. If this happens, drive without thecruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, follow either ofthese three methods:

a) Push the cancel switch. The SET indi-cator light will go out.

b) Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicatorlight will go out.

c) Turn the main switch off. Both theCRUISE indicator and SET indicatorlights will go out.

O If you depress the brake pedal whilepushing the RESUME/ACCELERATE setswitch and reset at the cruising speed,turn the main switch off once and thenturn it on again.

SSD0528


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O The cruise control will automatically becancelled if the vehicle slows downbelow approximately 8 MPH (13 km/h).

O Move the selector lever to N (Neutral)position. The SET indicator light will goout.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

a) Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the SET/COASTswitch.

b) Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELERATE set switch. When the ve-hicle attains the speed you desire, re-lease the switch.

c) Push, then quickly release theRESUME/ACCELERATE set switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed will in-crease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:

a) Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe SET/COAST switch and release it.

b) Push and hold the SET/COAST switch.Release the switch when the vehicleslows down to the desired speed.

c) Push, then quickly release the SET/COAST switch. Each time you do this,the set speed will decrease by about 1MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RESUME/ACCELERATE set switch.The vehicle will resume the last set cruisingspeed when the vehicle speed is over 25MPH (40 km/h).

The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemautomatically maintains a selected dis-tance from the vehicle traveling in front ofyou according to that vehicle’s speed (up tothe set speed), or at the set speed whenthe road ahead is clear.

The ICC function can be set to one of twocruise control modes:

O Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode:

For maintaining a selected distance be-tween your vehicle and the vehicle infront of you up to the preset speed.

O Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode:

For cruising at a preset speed.

WARNING

O Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using either cruise control mode.Read and understand the Owner’sManual thoroughly before using thecruise control. To avoid serious injury ordeath, do not rely on the system to pre-vent accidents or to control the vehicle’s

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM(if so equipped)


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

speed in emergency situations. Do notuse cruise control except in appropriateroad and traffic conditions.

O In the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, a warning buzzer will notsound to warn you if you are too close tothe vehicle ahead. Pay special attentionto the distance between your vehicle andthe vehicle ahead of you or a collisioncould occur.

1. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode

2. Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode

Push the MAIN switch jA to choose thecruise control mode between j1 thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control modeand j2 the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode.

Always confirm the setting in the Intelli-gent Cruise Control system display.

For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, see the following description. For

the conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode, see page 5-40.

SELECTING THEVEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE

To choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode j1 , quickly push and releasethe MAIN switch jA .

Once a control mode is activated, it cannotbe changed to the other cruise controlmode. To change the mode, push the MAINswitch once to turn the system off. Thenpush the MAIN switch again to turn the

SSD0541


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

system back on and select the desiredcruise control mode.

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE

In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system automatically maintains a selecteddistance from the vehicle traveling in frontof you according to that vehicle’s speed (upto the set speed), or at the set speed whenthe road ahead is clear.

With ICC, the driver can maintain the samespeed as other vehicles without the con-stant need to adjust the set speed as youwould with a normal cruise control system. PRECAUTIONS ON

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE

The system is intended to enhance the op-eration of the vehicle when following a ve-hicle traveling in the same lane and direc-tion.

If the distance sensor jA detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead, the system will re-duce the vehicle speed so that your vehiclefollows the vehicle in front at the selecteddistance.

The system automatically controls thethrottle and applies the brakes (up to 25%of vehicle braking power) if necessary.

The detection range of the sensor is ap-proximately 390 ft (120 m) ahead.

WARNING

O This system is only an aid to assist thedriver and is not a collision warning oravoidance device. It is the driver’s re-sponsibility to stay alert, drive safelyand be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

O The system is primarily intended for useon straight, dry, open roads with lighttraffic. It is not advisable to use thesystem in city traffic or congested areas.

O This system will not adapt automaticallyto road conditions. This system shouldbe used in evenly flowing traffic. Do notuse the system on roads with sharpcurves, or on icy roads, in heavy rain or infog.

SSD0315A


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

The distance sensor will not detect undermost conditions:

O Stationary and slow moving vehicles

O Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

O Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

O Motorcycles traveling offset in thetravel lane

This system will not automatically brakethe vehicle to a stop.

WARNING

O As there is a performance limit to the dis-tance control function, never rely solelyon the Intelligent Cruise Control system.This system does not correct careless, in-attentive or absent-minded driving, orovercome poor visibility in rain, fog, orother bad weather. Decelerate the ve-hicle speed by depressing the brakepedal, depending on the distance to thevehicle ahead and the surrounding cir-cumstances in order to maintain a safedistance between vehicles.

O Although the brake operation is con-trolled by the system, the system doesnot automatically stop the vehicle. If thevehicle speed falls below approximately20 MPH (32 km/h), the Intelligent CruiseControl system is automatically canceledand a warning chime sounds. (The brakecontrol is also canceled.)

O The system may not detect the vehicle infront of you in certain road or weatherconditions. To avoid accidents, never usethe Intelligent Cruise Control system un-der the following conditions:

— On roads where the traffic is heavy orthere are sharp curves

— On slippery road surfaces such as onice or snow, etc.

— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,etc.)

• When the windshield wiper is oper-ated at the low speed (LO) or highspeed (HI) position, the IntelligentCruise Control system is automati-cally canceled.

— When strong light (for example, atsunrise or sunset) is directly shiningon the front of the vehicle

— When rain, snow or dirt adhere to thesystem sensor

— On steep downhill roads (the vehiclemay go beyond the set vehicle speedand frequent braking may result inoverheating the brakes)

— On repeated uphill and downhill roads

— When traffic conditions make it diffi-cult to keep a proper distance betweenvehicles because of frequent accelera-tion or deceleration

O Do not use the Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem if you are towing a trailer. Thesystem may not detect a vehicle ahead.

O In some road or traffic conditions, a ve-hicle or object can unexpectedly comeinto the sensor detection zone and causeautomatic braking. You may need to con-trol the distance from other vehicles


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

using the accelerator pedal. Always stayalert and avoid using the ICC systemwhen it is not recommended in this sec-tion.

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCEMODE OPERATION

Always pay attention to the operation ofthe vehicle and be ready to manually con-trol the proper following distance. Thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ofthe Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemmay not be able to maintain the selecteddistance between vehicles (following dis-tance) or selected vehicle speed undersome circumstances.

The vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode uses a sensor jA located on the frontof the vehicle to detect vehicles traveling

ahead. The sensor generally detects thesignals returned from the reflectors on avehicle ahead. Therefore, if the sensor can-not detect the reflector on the vehicleahead, the ICC system may not maintainthe selected distance.

The following are some conditions in whichthe sensor cannot detect the signals:

O When the reflector of the vehicle aheadis positioned high on the vehicle(trailer, etc.)

O When the reflector on the vehicle aheadis missing, damaged or covered

O When the reflector of the vehicle aheadis covered with dirt, snow and roadspray

O When the snow or road spray from trav-eling vehicles reduces the sensor’s vis-ibility

O When dense exhaust or other smoke(black smoke) from vehicles reducesthe sensor’s visibility

O When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the trunk ofyour vehicle

SSD0315A


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O When your vehicle is towing a trailer,etc.

The ICC system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s operation. Whenthe sensor is covered with dirt or obstruc-tions, the system will automatically be can-celed. If the sensor is covered with ice, atransparent or translucent vinyl bag, etc.,the ICC system may not detect them. Inthese instances, the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance control mode may not cancel andmay not be able to maintain the selectedfollowing distance from the vehicle ahead.Be sure to check and clean the sensor regu-larly.

The vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode is designed to maintain a selecteddistance and reduce the speed to matchthe slower vehicle ahead; the system willdecelerate the vehicle as necessary. How-ever, the ICC system can only apply up to25% of the vehicles total braking power.This system should only be used when traf-fic conditions allow vehicle speeds to re-main fairly constant or when vehiclespeeds change gradually. If a vehiclemoves into the traveling lane ahead or if avehicle traveling ahead rapidly deceler-ates, the distance between vehicles maybecome closer because the ICC system

cannot decelerate the vehicle quicklyenough. If this occurs, the ICC system willsound a warning chime and blink thesystem display to notify the driver to takenecessary action.

The system will cancel and a warningchime will sound if the speed falls belowapproximately 20 MPH (32 km/h). Thesystem will also disengage below the 20MPH (32 km/h) cut-off speed or over themaximum set speed.

Refer to “Approach warning” later in thissection.

The following items are controlled in thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:

O When there are no vehicles travelingahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode maintains the speed setby the driver. The set speed range is be-tween approximately 25 and 90 MPH(40 and 144 km/h).

O When there is a vehicle traveling ahead,the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode adjusts the speed to maintain thedistance, selected by driver, from thevehicle ahead. The adjusting speedrange is between approximately 20MPH (32 km/h) and up to the set speed.

O When the vehicle traveling ahead hasmoved out from its lane of travel, thevehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode accelerates and maintains ve-hicle speed up to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approach sta-tionary and slow moving vehicles. Youmust pay attention to vehicle operation tomaintain proper distance from vehiclesahead when approaching toll gates ortraffic congestion.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

The detection zone of the ICC sensor is lim-ited. A vehicle ahead must be in the detec-tion zone for the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance detection mode to maintain the se-lected distance from the vehicle ahead.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position withinthe same lane of travel. Motorcycles maynot be detected in the same lane ahead ifthey are traveling offset from the centerlineof the lane. A vehicle that is entering thelane ahead may not be detected until thevehicle has completely moved into thelane. If this occurs, the ICC system maywarn you by blinking the system indicator

and sounding the chime. The driver mayhave to manually control the proper dis-tance away from vehicle traveling ahead.

SSD0252


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

When driving on some roads, such aswinding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, orroads which are under construction, theICC sensor may detect vehicles in a dif-ferent lane, or may temporarily not detect avehicle traveling ahead. This may cause theICC system to decelerate or accelerate thevehicle.

The detection of vehicles may also be af-fected by vehicle operation (steering ma-neuver or traveling position in the lane,etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs,the ICC system may warn you by blinkingthe system indicator and sounding thechime unexpectedly. You will have to

manually control the proper distance awayfrom the vehicle traveling ahead.

When driving on the freeway at a set speedand approaching a slower traveling vehicleahead, the ICC will adjust the speed tomaintain the distance, selected by thedriver, from the vehicle ahead. If the ve-hicle ahead changes lanes or exits thefreeway, the ICC system will accelerate andmaintain the speed up to the set speed.Pay attention to the driving operation tomaintain control of the vehicle as it acceler-ates to the set speed.

The vehicle may not maintain the set speedon winding or hilly roads. If this occurs,you will have to manually control the ve-hicle speed.

SSD0253 SSD0254


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Intelligent cruise control switch

The system is operated by a MAIN switchand four control switches, all mounted onthe steering wheel.

1. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

2. SET/COAST switch:Sets desired cruise speed, reducesspeed incrementally.

3. CANCEL switch:Deactivates the system without erasingthe set speed.

4. MAIN switch:Master switch to activate the system

5. DISTANCE switch:Changes the vehicle’s following dis-tance:O LongO MiddleO Short

Intelligent cruise control systemdisplay

The display is located under the tachom-eter.

1. Intelligent Cruise Control systemwarning light (Orange)

The light comes on if there is a malfunc-tion in the ICC system.

2. Set vehicle speed indicator

Indicates the set vehicle speed.

SSD0542 SSD0543


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

For Canadian models, the speed is dis-played in km/h.

3. MAIN switch indicator light (Green)

Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.

4. Vehicle ahead detection indicator

Indicates whether it detects a vehicle infront of you.

5. Set distance indicator

Displays the selected distance betweenvehicles set with the DISTANCE switch.

6. Indicates your vehicle

When the ignition switch is turned ON, thedisplay j1 comes on as illustrated to checkfor a burned-out bulb, and it turns off whenthe engine is started.

Operating vehicle-to-vehicledistance control mode

To turn on the cruise control, quickly pushand release the MAIN switch jA on. Thecruise indicator light, set distance indi-cator and set vehicle speed indicator comeon and in a standby state for setting.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruise con-trol, make sure to turn the ON/OFF switch is

SSD0544 SSD0545


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

off when not using the Intelligent CruiseControl.

To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-hicle to the desired speed, push theSET/COAST switch and release it. (Vehicleahead detection indicator, set distance in-dicator and set vehicle speed indicatorcome on.) Take your foot off the acceleratorpedal. Your vehicle will maintain the setspeed.

The Intelligent Cruise Control systemcannot be set under the following condi-tions even if the SET/COAST switch ispushed.

O When traveling outside the 25 to 90MPH (40 to 144 km/h) speed range

O While the brakes are applied by thedriver

O When pushing the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch without a set speedin memory

O When the windshield wipers are oper-ating at low speed (LO) or high speed(HI)

O When the parking brake is applied

O When the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system is switched off

SSD0546


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. System set display with vehicle ahead2. System set display without vehicle

ahead

System operation

WARNING

Normally when controlling the distance to avehicle ahead, this system automatically ac-celerates or decelerates your vehicle ac-cording to the speed of the vehicle ahead.Depress the accelerator to properly accel-

erate your vehicle when acceleration is re-quired for a lane change. Depress the brakepedal when deceleration is required to main-tain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead dueto its sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in.Always stay alert when using the ICCsystem.

The driver sets the desired vehicle speedbased on the road conditions. The ICC sys-tem maintains the set vehicle speed,similar to standard cruise control, as longas no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead.

The ICC system displays the set speed.

Vehicle detected ahead:

When a vehicle is detected in the laneahead, the ICC system decelerates the ve-hicle by controlling the throttle and ap-plying the brakes to match the speed of aslower vehicle ahead. The system then con-trols the vehicle speed based on the speedof the vehicle ahead to maintain the driverselected distance.

The stoplights of the vehicle come on andthe brake pedal depresses when braking isperformed by the ICC system.

CAUTION

Never place your foot under the brake pedalwhen the brake is operated by the IntelligentCruise Control system. You may get your footcaught in the pedal.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, the ve-hicle ahead detection indicator comes on.The ICC system will also display the setspeed and selected distance.

SSD0327A


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Vehicle ahead not detected:

When a vehicle is no longer detectedahead, the ICC system gradually acceler-ates your vehicle to resume the previouslyset vehicle speed. The ICC system thenmaintains the set speed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected thevehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.

If a vehicle ahead appears during accelera-tion to the set vehicle speed or any time theICC system is in operation, the system con-trols the distance to that vehicle.

When passing another vehicle, the setspeed indicator will flash when the vehiclespeed exceeds the set speed. The vehicledetect indicator will turn off when the areaahead of the vehicle is open. When thepedal is released, the vehicle will return tothe previously set speed.

Even though your vehicle speed is set inthe ICC system, you can depress the accel-erator pedal when it is necessary to accel-erate your vehicle rapidly.

How to change the set vehiclespeed

To cancel the preset speed, use any ofthese methods:

O Push the CANCEL switch. The set ve-hicle speed indicator will go out.

O Tap the brake pedal. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

O Turn the MAIN switch off. Both theON/OFF switch indicator and set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

O Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the SET/COASTswitch.

O Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch. The set vehiclespeed will increase by approximately 5MPH (5 km/h for Canada).

O Push, then quickly release theRESUME/ACCELERATE switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed will in-crease by approximately 1 MPH (1km/h for Canada).

SSD0328


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following methods:

O Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe SET/COAST switch and release it.

O Push and hold the SET/COAST switch.The set vehicle speed will decrease byapproximately 5 MPH (5 km/h forCanada).

O Push, then quickly release theSET/COAST switch. Each time you dothis, the set speed will decrease by ap-proximately 1 MPH (1 km/h forCanada).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch.The vehicle will resume the last set cruisingspeed when the vehicle speed is over 25MPH (40 km/h).

How to change the set distance tothe vehicle ahead

The distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time depending on the traf-fic conditions.

Each time the DISTANCE switch jA ispushed, the set distance will change tolong, middle, short and back to long againin that sequence.

SSD0547


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O The distance to the vehicle ahead willchange according to the vehicle speed.The higher the vehicle speed, thelonger the distance.

O If the engine is stopped, the set dis-tance becomes “long”. (Each time the

engine is started, the initial setting be-comes “long”.)

Approach warning

If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of that ve-

hicle or if another vehicle cuts in, thesystem warns the driver with the chime andICC system display. Decelerate by de-pressing the brake pedal to maintain a safevehicle distance if:

• The chime sounds.

• The vehicle ahead detection and setdistance indicator blink.

The warning chime may not sound in somecases when there is a short distance be-tween vehicles. Some examples are:

O When the vehicles are traveling at thesame speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing

O When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between ve-hicles is increasing

O When the accelerator pedal is de-pressed, overriding the system

O When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle

The warning chime will not sound whenyour vehicle approaches vehicles that areparked or moving slowly.

SSD0329


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the system display may blink whenthe ICC sensor detects some reflectors jA

which are fitted on vehicles in other lanesor on the side of the road. This may causethe ICC system to decelerate or acceleratethe vehicle. The ICC sensor may detectthese reflectors when the vehicle is drivenon winding roads, hilly roads or when en-tering or exiting a curve. The ICC sensormay also detect reflectors on narrow roadsor in road construction zones. In thesecases you will have to manually control theproper distance ahead of your vehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affectedby vehicle operation (steering maneuver ordriving position in the lane) or traffic or ve-hicle condition (for example, if a vehicle isbeing driven with some damage).

Automatic cancellation

A chime sounds under the following condi-tions and the control is automatically can-celed.

O When the vehicle speed falls below ap-proximately 20 MPH (32 km/h)

O When the selector lever is shifted to theN (Neutral) position

O When the windshield wipers are oper-ated at low speed (LO) or high speed(HI)


O When the VDC is turned off

O When the VDC operates

Warning light and display

Condition A

The chime sounds and the IntelligentCruise Control system is canceled auto-matically in the conditions describedbelow. Part of the system display will comeon or blink, making it impossible to set.

O When the VDC is turned off

O When the VDC operates

O When a tire slips

SSD0284A SSD0330


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O When strong light (sunlight, etc.) is di-rectly shining on the front of the vehicle

Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the system off usingthe Intelligent Cruise Control MAIN Switch.Turn the ICC system back on to use thesystem.

Condition B

When the sensor window is dirty, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, theICC system is automatically canceled.

The chime sounds and the system warninglight (Orange) will come on and the set dis-tance indicators will blink.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park the ve-hicle in a safe place, turn the engine off.Clean the sensor window with a soft clothand then perform the settings again.

Condition C

When the ICC system is not operatingproperly, the chime sounds and the systemwarning light (Orange) will come on.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park the ve-hicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off, re-start the engine, resume driving and setthe ICC system again.

If it is not possible to set the system or theindicator stays on, it may indicate that thesystem is malfunctioning. Although the ve-

SSD0548 SSD0549


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

hicle is still driveable under normal condi-tions, have the vehicle checked at anINFINITI dealer.

Sensor maintenance

The sensor for the ICC system jA is locatedbelow the front bumper.

To keep the ICC system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:

O Always keep the sensor clean. Wipewith a soft cloth carefully so as not todamage the sensor.

O Do not strike or damage the areasaround the sensor. Do not touch or re-move the screw located on the sensor.Doing so could cause a failure or mal-function. If the sensor is damaged due

to an accident, contact an INFINITIdealer.

O Do not attach a sticker (including trans-parent material) or install an accessorynear the sensor. This could cause a fail-ure or malfunction.

CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED)CRUISE CONTROL MODE

This mode allows driving at a speed be-tween 25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h) with-out keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

WARNING

O In the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, a warning chime does notsound to warn you if you are too close tothe vehicle ahead, as neither the pres-ence of the vehicle ahead nor thevehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.

O Pay special attention to the distance be-tween your vehicle and the vehicle aheadof you or a collision could occur.

SSD0315A


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Always confirm the setting in the Intelli-gent Cruise Control system display.

O Do not use the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode when drivingunder the following conditions:

- when it is not possible to keep the ve-hicle at a set speed

- in heavy traffic or in traffic that variesin speed

- on winding or hilly roads

- on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)

- in very windy area.

O Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display and switch

The display is located under the tachom-eter.

1. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

2. SET/COAST switch:Sets the desired cruise speed, reducesspeed incrementally.

3. CANCEL switch:Deactivates the system without erasingthe set speed.

4. MAIN switch:Master switch to activate the system

5. MAIN switch indicator light:Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.

6. Cruise set switch indicator light:The light comes on while the vehiclespeed is controlled by the conventional(fixed speed) cruise control mode of theICC system.

7. Intelligent cruise control systemwarning light:The light comes on if there is a malfunc-tion in the cruise control system.

SSD0550


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Operating conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode

To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold theMAIN switch jA for longer than about 1.5seconds.

When pushing the MAIN switch on, the In-telligent Cruise Control system display andthe CRUISE indicator light (Green) in the in-strument cluster come on. After you holdthe MAIN switch on for longer than about1.5 seconds, the Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem display goes out. The CRUISE indi-cator stays lit. You can now set your de-

sired cruising speed. Pushing the MAINswitch again will turn the system com-pletely off.

When the ignition switch is turned off, thesystem is also automatically turned off. Touse the Intelligent Cruise Control again,quickly push and release the MAIN switch(vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode)or push and hold it (conventional cruisecontrol mode) again to turn it on.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruise con-trol, make sure to turn the ON/OFF switch offwhen not using the Intelligent Cruise Con-trol.

To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-hicle to the desired speed, push theSET/COAST switch and release it. (The SETindicator light will come on.) Take your footoff the accelerator pedal. Your vehicle willmaintain the set speed.

O To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you releasethe pedal, the vehicle will return to thepreviously set speed.

O The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steephills. If this happens, manually main-tain vehicle speed.

To cancel the preset speed, use any of thefollowing methods:

a) Push the CANCEL button. The SET indi-cator light will go out.

b) Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicatorlight will go out.

c) Turn the MAIN switch off. Both theCRUISE indicator and SET indicatorlights will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

a) Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the SET/COASTswitch.

b) Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELERATE set switch. When the ve-hicle attains the speed you desire, re-lease the switch.

c) Push, then quickly release theRESUME/ACCELERATE switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed will in-crease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

SSD0551


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:

a) Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe SET/COAST switch and release it.

b) Push and hold the SET/COAST switch.Release the switch when the vehicleslows down to the desired speed.

c) Push, then quickly release theSET/COAST switch. Each time you dothis, the set speed will decrease byabout 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch.The vehicle will resume the last set cruisingspeed when the vehicle speed is over 25MPH (40 km/h).

Automatic cancellation

A chime sounds under the following condi-tions and the control is automatically can-celed.

O When the vehicle slows down morethan 8 MPH (13 km/h) below the setspeed

O When the vehicle speed falls below ap-proximately 20 MPH (32 km/h)

O When the selector lever is shifted to theN (Neutral) position


O When the VDC operates (except ABS,which is functional with ICC system op-eration)

Warning light

When the system is not operating properly,the chime sounds and the system warninglight (Orange) will come on.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park the ve-hicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off, re-start the engine, resume driving and thenperform the setting again.

If it is not possible to set or the indicatorstays on, it may indicate that the system ismalfunctioning. Although the vehicle isstill driveable under normal conditions,

SSD0549


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

have the vehicle checked at an INFINITIdealer.

PREVIEW FUNCTION (for IntelligentCruise Control system equippedmodels)

The ICC system with the preview functionidentifies the need to apply emergencybraking by sensing the vehicle ahead in thesame lane and the distance to the vehicleahead and relative speed from it, it appliesthe brake pre-pressure before the driverdepresses the brake pedal and helps im-prove brake response by reducing pedalfree play.

For more details, refer to “Brake assist(with preview function)” later in this sec-tion.

CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to obtainmaximum engine performance and ensurethe future reliability and economy of yournew vehicle. Failure to follow these recom-mendations may result in shortened enginelife and reduced engine performance.

O Avoid driving for long periods at con-stant speed, either fast or slow. Do notrun the engine over 4,000 rpm.

O Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

O Avoid quick starts.

O Avoid hard braking as much as pos-sible.

O Do not tow a trailer for the first 500miles (805 km).

O Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Main-tain cruising speeds with a constant ac-celerator position.

O Drive at moderate speeds on thehighway. Driving at high speed willlower fuel economy.

O Avoid unnecessary stopping andbraking. Maintain a safe distance be-hind other vehicles.

O Use a proper gear range which suitsroad conditions. On level roads, shiftinto high gear as soon as possible.

O Avoid unnecessary engine idling.

O Keep your engine tuned up.

O Follow the recommended periodicmaintenance schedule.

O Keep the tires inflated at the correctpressure. Low pressure will increasetire wear and waste fuel.

O Keep the front wheels in correct align-ment. Improper alignment will causenot only tire wear but also lower fueleconomy.

O Air conditioner operation lowers fueleconomy. Use the air conditioner onlywhen necessary.

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O When cruising at highway speeds, it ismore economical to use the air condi-tioner and leave the windows closed toreduce drag.

Your vehicle is equipped with full-time All-Wheel Drive (AWD).

Switching the driving mode is not neces-sary.

The AWD warning light is located in themeter.

The AWD warning light comes on when thekey switch is turned to ON. It turns off soonafter the engine is started.

SSD0314B

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (if so equipped)


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

If any malfunction occurs in the AWDsystem, the warning light comes on whileengine is running.

The warning light may blink rapidly (abouttwice per second) while trying to free astuck vehicle due to high power train oiltemperature. The driving mode may changeto 2 wheel drive. If the warning light blinksrapidly, stop the vehicle with the engineidling in a safe place immediately. Then ifthe light goes off after a while, you can con-tinue driving.

A large difference between the diametersof front and rear wheels will make thewarning light blink slowly (about once pertwo seconds). Pull off the road in a safearea, and idle the engine. Check that all tiresizes are the same, tire pressure is correctand tires are not worn.

If the warning light is blinking after theabove operation, have your vehiclechecked by an INFINITI dealer as soon aspossible.

CAUTION

O Do not place an AWD equipped vehicle ona two wheel dynamometer or raise twowheels off the ground and shift thetransmission to any D (drive) or R (re-verse) position. Doing so may result intransmission damage or unexpected ve-hicle movement which could result in se-rious vehicle damage or personal injury.

O Do not attempt to test an AWD equippedvehicle with two wheels on a two wheeldynamometer and the other two wheelsraised. Doing so may result in transmis-sion damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in seriousvehicle damage or personal injury.

O If the warning light comes on while driv-ing, there may be a malfunction in theAWD system. Reduce the vehicle speedand have your vehicle checked by anINFINITI dealer as soon as possible.

O If the warning light is still on after theabove operation, have your vehiclechecked by an INFINITI dealer as soonas possible.

O The power train may be damaged if youcontinue driving with the warning lightblinking rapidly.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Do not stop or park the vehicle over flam-mable materials such as dry grass, wastepaper or rags. They may ignite and causea fire.

O Never leave the engine running while thevehicle is unattended.

O Never leave children unattended in thevehicle.

O Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be set and thetransmission placed into P (Park) for au-tomatic transmission models. Failure todo so could cause the vehicle to moveunexpectedly or roll away and result inan accident.

O Make sure the automatic transmissionselector lever has been pushed as far for-ward as it can go and cannot be movedwithout depressing the button at the endof the lever.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rollinginto the street when parked on asloping drive way, it is a good practiceto turn the wheels as illustrated.

O HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: j1

Turn the wheels into the curb and movethe vehicle forward until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

O HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: j2

Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curbside wheel gently touches the curb.

SD1006MA

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: j3

Turn the wheels toward the side of theroad so the vehicle will move away fromthe center of the road if it moves.

4. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK po-sition and remove the key (if a metalkey is used).

The power assisted steering is designed touse a hydraulic pump, driven by the en-gine, to assist steering.

If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks,you will still have control of the vehicle.However, much greater steering effort isneeded, especially in sharp turns or at lowspeeds.

WARNING

If the engine is not running or is turned offwhile driving, the power assist for thesteering will not work. Steering will be muchharder to operate.

BRAKING PRECAUTIONS

The brake system has two separate hy-draulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions,you will still have braking at two wheels.

Vacuum assisted brake

The brake booster aids braking by usingengine vacuum. If the engine stops, youcan stop the vehicle by depressing thebrake pedal. However, greater foot pres-sure on the brake pedal will be required tostop the vehicle and the stopping distancewill be longer.

Wet brakes

When the vehicle is washed or driventhrough water, the brakes may get wet. Asa result, your braking distance will belonger and the vehicle may pull to one sideduring braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly pressing the brakepedal to heat-up the brakes. Do this untilthe brakes return to normal. Avoid drivingthe vehicle at high speeds until the brakesfunction correctly.

POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Parking brake break-in

Break-in the parking brake shoes when-ever the stopping effect of the parkingbrake is weakened or whenever theparking brake shoes and/or drums/rotorsare replaced, in order to assure the bestbraking performance.

This procedure is described in the vehicleService Manual and can be performed byan INFINITI dealer.

Using the brakes

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This overheats the brakes,increases wear on the brakes and pads,and reduces gas mileage.

To help save the brakes and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speedand downshift to a lower gear before goingdown a slope or long grade. Overheatedbrakes may reduce braking performanceand could result in loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

O While driving on a slippery surface, becareful when braking, accelerating ordownshifting. Abrupt braking or acceler-ating could cause the wheels to skid andresult in an accident.

O If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist for thebrakes will not work. Braking will beharder.

BRAKE ASSIST

When the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist isactivated generating a greater brakingforce than a conventional brake boostereven with light pedal force.

WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist brak-ing operation and is not a collision warningor avoidance device. It is the driver’s respon-sibility to stay alert, drive safely and be incontrol of the vehicle at all times.

BRAKE ASSIST (WITH PREVIEWFUNCTION) (Intelligent CruiseControl system equipped model)

In addition to the brake assist, vehiclesequipped with the Intelligent Cruise Con-trol system have a preview function.

When the Preview Function identifies theneed to apply emergency braking bysensing a vehicle ahead in the same laneand the distance and relative speed from it,it applies the brake pre-pressure before thedriver depresses the brake pedal and helps

BRAKE ASSIST


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

improve brake response by reducing pedalfree play.

O This system will not operate when thevehicle is moving at approximately 20MPH (32 km/h) or less.

O The pre-pressure function ceases whenthe following conditions are met:

a) When the driver depresses the accel-erator pedal or the brake pedal.

b) If the driver does not operate the accel-erator or brake pedal within approxi-mately 1 second.

O The sensor will not detect:

a) Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

b) Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

c) Motorcycles or scooters traveling offsetin the travel lane as illustrated

WARNING

O The Preview Function is only an aid to as-sist the driver and is not a collision warn-ing or avoidance device. Although the

brake operation is controlled by thesystem, it does not automatically decel-erate the vehicle speed.It is the driver’s responsibility to stayalert, drive safely and be in control of thevehicle at all times.

O As there is a performance limit to thePreview Function, never rely solely onthis system. This system does not correctcareless, inattentive or absent-mindeddriving, or overcome poor visibility inrain, fog, or other bad weather. Reducevehicle speed by depressing the brakepedal, in order to maintain a safe dis-tance between vehicles.

O The system may not detect the vehicle infront of you in certain road or weatherconditions. The Preview Function maynot operate properly under the followingconditions. The vehicle is still drivableunder normal conditions and the BrakeAssist will operate.— When rain, snow or dirt adhere to the

system sensor.

SSD0338


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

— When strong light (for example, atsunrise or sunset) is directly shiningon the front of the vehicle.

— Winding or hilly roads may cause thesensor to temporarily not detect a ve-hicle in the same lane or may detectobjects or vehicles in other lanes.

— Vehicle position in the lane maycause the sensor to temporarily notdetect a vehicle in the same lane ormay detect objects or vehicles inother lanes.

O When the Preview Function operates, thebrake pedal may move slightly and maymake a small noise. This is not a systemmalfunction.

Warning light and display

When the Preview Function is not operatingproperly, the buzzer sounds and thesystem warning light (Orange) will comeon.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park the ve-hicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off, re-start the engine and resume driving.

If the indicator stays on, it may indicatethat the Preview Function is malfunc-tioning (the brake is operative). Althoughthe Vehicle is still driveable under normal

conditions, have the vehicle checked at anINFINITI dealer.

How to handle the sensor

The sensor for the Preview Function is com-mon with Intelligent Cruise Control and islocated below the front bumper.

To keep the Preview Function operatingproperly, be sure to observe the following:

O Always keep the sensor clean.Wipe with a soft cloth carefully so asnot to damage them.

O Do not impact the areas around thesensor. Do not touch or disassemblethe screw located on the sensor. Doingso could cause failure or malfunction. Ifthe sensor installation part is deformeddue to an accident, contact an INFINITIdealer.

O Do not attach a sticker (including trans-parent material) or install an accessorynear the sensor. This could causefailure or malfunction.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)

The anti-lock brake system controls thebrakes so the wheels will not lock when

SSD0563


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

braking abruptly or when braking on slip-pery surfaces. The system detects the rota-tion speed at each wheel and varies thebrake fluid pressure to prevent each wheelfrom locking and sliding. By preventingwheel lockup, the system helps the drivermaintain steering control and helps tominimize swerving and spinning on slip-pery surfaces.

Using the system

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so mayresult in increased stopping distances.

Normal operation

The anti-lock brake system will not operateat speeds below 3 to 6 MPH (5 to 10 km/h)to completely stop the vehicle. (The speedswill vary according to road conditions.)When the anti-lock system senses that oneor more wheels are close to locking up, theactuator (under the hood) rapidly appliesand releases hydraulic pressure (likepumping the brakes very quickly). Whilethe actuator is working, you may feel a pul-

sation in the brake pedal and hear a noiseor vibration from the actuator under thehood. This is normal and indicates that theanti-lock system is working properly. How-ever, the pulsation may indicate that roadconditions are hazardous and extra care isrequired while driving.

Self-test feature

The anti-lock brake system consists ofelectronic sensors, electric pumps and hy-draulic solenoids controlled by a computer.The computer has a built-in diagnostic fea-ture that tests the system each time youstart the engine and move the vehicle at alow speed in forward or reverse. When theself-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk”noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brakepedal. This is normal and is not an indica-tion of any malfunction. If the computersenses any malfunction, it switches theanti-lock brake system off and turns on theABS warning light on the instrument panel.The brake system then operates normally,but without anti-lock assistance.

If the light comes on during the self-test, orwhile driving, take your vehicle to an IN-FINITI dealer for repair.

WARNING

The anti-lock brake system is a sophisticateddevice, but it cannot prevent accidents re-sulting from careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. It can help maintain vehicle con-trol during braking on slippery surfaces, butremember that the stopping distance on slip-pery surfaces will be longer than on normalsurfaces, even with the anti-lock brakesystem. Stopping distances may also belonger on rough, gravel or snow coveredroads, or if you are using tire chains. Alwaysmaintain a safe distance from the vehicle infront of you. Ultimately, the responsibility forsafety of yourself and others rests in thehands of the driver.

Tire type and condition of tires may also af-fect braking effectiveness.

O When replacing tires, install the speci-fied size of tires on all four wheels.

O When installing a spare tire, make sure itis the proper size and type as specified


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

on the Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See “Vehicle identification” in the“9. Technical and consumer information”section.

When accelerating or driving on a slipperysurface, the tires may spin or slide. Withthe Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system,sensors detect these movements and con-trol the braking and engine output to helpimprove vehicle stability.

O When the VDC system is operating, the“SLIP” indicator in the instrumentpanel blinks.

O When only the Traction Control System(TCS) portion of the VDC system is oper-ating, the “SLIP” indicator in the instru-ment panel blinks.

O If the “SLIP” indicator blinks, the roadconditions are slippery. Be sure to ad-just your speed and driving to theseconditions. Be sure to drive carefully.See “Slip indicator light”, and “VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) off indicatorlight” in the “2. Instruments and con-trols” section.

O Indicator lightIf a malfunction occurs in the system,the “SLIP” and “VDC OFF” indicatorlights illuminate in the instrumentpanel. As long as these indicators are il-luminated, the VDC system function iscanceled.

The VDC system uses an Active Brake Lim-ited Slip (ABLS) system to improve vehicletraction. The ABLS system works when oneof the driving wheels is spinning on a slip-pery surface. The ABLS system brakes thespinning wheel which distributes thedriving power to the other driving wheel. Ifthe vehicle is operated with the VDCsystem turned off, all VDC system functionsand TCS functions will be turned off. TheABLS system and ABS will still operate withthe VDC system off. When the ABLS systemis activated, the “SLIP” indicator light willblink and you may hear a clunk noiseand/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal.This is normal and is not an indication of amalfunction.

While the VDC system is operating, youmay feel a pulsation in the brake pedal andhear a noise or feel a vibration from underthe hood. This is normal and indicates thatthe VDC system is working properly.

The VDC system computer has a built in di-agnostic feature that tests the system eachtime you start the engine and move the ve-hicle forward or backward. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a clunk noiseand/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal.This is normal and is not an indication of amalfunction.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEM


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O The VDC system is designed to help im-prove driving stability but does not pre-vent accidents due to abrupt steering op-eration at high speeds or due to carelessor dangerous driving. Reduce vehiclespeed and be especially careful whendriving and cornering on slippery sur-faces and always drive carefully.

O If engine related parts such as mufflerare not standard equipment or are ex-tremely deteriorated, the “VDC OFF” indi-cator or “SLIP” indicator or both indi-cator lights may illuminate.

O Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension.If suspension parts such as shock ab-sorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer barsand bushings are not INFINITI-approvedor are extremely deteriorated, the VDCsystem may not operate properly. Thiscould adversely affect vehicle handlingperformance, and the “VDC OFF” indi-cator or “SLIP” indicator or both indi-cator lights may illuminate.

O If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are not stan-dard equipment or are extremely deterio-rated, the “VDC OFF” indicator or “SLIP”indicator or both indicator lights may il-luminate.

O When driving on extremely inclined sur-faces such as higher banked corners, theVehicle Dynamic Control system may notoperate properly and the “VDC OFF” indi-cator or “SLIP” indicator or both indi-cator lights may illuminate. Do not driveon these types of roads.

O When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the “VDC OFF” indicator or “SLIP”indicator or both indicator lights may il-luminate. This is not a malfunction. Re-start the engine after driving onto astable surface.

O If wheels or tires other than those rec-ommended are used, the VDC systemmay not operate properly and the “VDCOFF” indicator or “SLIP” indicator orboth indicator lights may illuminate.

O The VDC system is not a substitute forwinter tires or tire chains on a snow cov-ered road.


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing, applydeicer or glycerin to it through the key hole.If the lock becomes frozen, heat the keybefore inserting it into the key hole.

ANTI-FREEZE

In the winter when it is anticipated that thetemperature will drop below 32°F (0°C),check anti-freeze to assure proper winterprotection. For additional information, see“Engine cooling system” in the “8. Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section.

BATTERY

If the battery is not fully charged during ex-tremely cold weather conditions, the bat-tery fluid may freeze and damage the bat-tery. To maintain maximum efficiency, thebattery should be checked regularly. Foradditional information, see “Battery” in the“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER

If the vehicle is to be left outside withoutanti-freeze, drain the cooling system byopening the drain plug located under theradiator. Refill before operating the ve-hicle. See “Engine cooling system” in the

“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion for changing engine coolant.

TIRE EQUIPMENT

1. SUMMER tires are of a tread design toprovide superior performance on drypavement. However, the performanceof these tires will be substantially re-duced in snowy and icy conditions. Ifyou operate your vehicle on snowy oricy roads, INFINITI recommends theuse of MUD & SNOW or ALL SEASONtires on all four wheels. Please consultan INFINITI dealer for the tire type,size, speed rating and availability infor-mation.

2. For additional traction on icy roads,studded tires may be used. However,some provinces and states prohibittheir use. Check local, state and provin-cial laws before installing studdedtires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

3. Tire chains may be used if desired.Make sure they are of proper size forthe tires on your vehicle and are in-stalled according to the chain manufac-turer’s suggestions. Use of tire chainsmay be prohibited according to loca-tion. Check the local laws before in-stalling tire chains. When installing tirechains, make sure they are of propersize for the tires on your vehicle and areinstalled according to the chain manu-facturer’s suggestions. Use only SAEClass S chains. Class “S” chains areused on vehicles with restricted tire tovehicle clearance. Vehicles that can useClass “S” chains are designed to meetthe SAE standard minimum clearancesbetween the tire and the closest vehiclesuspension or body component re-quired to accommodate the use of awinter traction device (tire chains orcables). The minimum clearances aredetermined using the factory equippedtire size. Other types may damage yourvehicle. Use chain tensioners when rec-ommended by the tire chain manufac-turer to ensure a tight fit. Loose endlinks of the tire chain must be securedor removed to prevent the possibility ofwhipping action damage to the fendersor underbody. If possible, avoid fully

COLD WEATHER DRIVING


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

loading your vehicle when using tirechains. In addition, drive at a reducedspeed. Otherwise, your vehicle may bedamaged and/or vehicle handling andperformance may be adversely af-fected.

O Never install tire chains on TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tires.

O Do not use tire chains on dry roads.

O Tire chains must be installed only onthe rear wheels and not on the frontwheels.

Do not drive with tire chains on pavedroads which are clear of snow. Drivingwith chains in such conditions cancause damage to the various mecha-nisms of the vehicle due to some over-stress.

4. For all wheel drive:If you install snow tires, they must alsobe the same size, brand, constructionand tread pattern on all four wheels.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT

It is recommended that the following itemsbe carried in the vehicle during winter:

O a scraper and stiff-bristled brush to re-move ice and snow from the windowsand wiper blades.

O a sturdy, flat board to be placed underthe jack to give it firm support.

O a shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts.

O extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

O Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain), verycold snow or ice can be slick and veryhard to drive on. The vehicle will havemuch less traction or “grip” under theseconditions. Try to avoid driving on wetice until the road is salted or sanded.

O Whatever the condition, drive with cau-tion. Accelerate and slow down with care.If accelerating or downshifting toofast,the drive wheels will lose even moretraction.

O Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pavement.

O Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

O Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwise clearroad in shaded areas. If a patch of ice isseen ahead, brake before reaching it. Trynot to brake while on the ice, and avoidany sudden steering maneuvers.

O Do not use cruise control on slipperyroads.

O Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gasesunder your vehicle. Keep snow clear ofthe exhaust pipe and from around yourvehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)

An engine block heater to assist extremecold temperature starting is availablethrough an INFINITI dealer.


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Do not use your heater with an ungroundedelectrical system or two-pronged (cheater)adapters. You can be injured by an electricalshock if you use an ungrounded connection.


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

6 In case of emergency

Roadside assistance program............................ 6-2Flat tire............................................................. 6-2

Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)....... 6-2Run-flat tires (if so equipped) ....................... 6-3Changing a flat tire ...................................... 6-4

Jump starting.................................................. 6-10

Push starting .................................................. 6-12If your vehicle overheats................................. 6-13Towing your vehicle ........................................ 6-14

Towing recommended by INFINITI ............. 6-15Vehicle recovery(Freeing a stuck vehicle)............................. 6-16

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Every new INFINITI comes with a 4 year,unlimited mileage Roadside Assistanceplan. In the event of a roadside emergency,Roadside Assistance Service is available toyou. Please refer to your INFINITI WarrantyInformation Booklet for details. Both theWarranty Booklet and Roadside AssistanceCalling Card in your Owner’s LiteraturePortfolio provide the Toll-Free Number tocall for assistance. Roadside Assistance isprovided 24 hours a day, 365 days a year,for 4 years from the date sold to giveemergency roadside help, in the event ofmechanical or nonmechanical trouble(s)such as flat tires, out-of-gas, dead battery,lost keys, mechanical breakdown,accident, etc.

For vehicles equipped with run-flat tires,the vehicle can be driven for a limited timeon a flat tire, see “Run-flat tires (if soequipped)” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)

This vehicle is equipped with the tire pres-sure monitoring system (TPMS). It moni-tors tire pressure of all tires except thespare. When the low tire pressure warninglight is lit or flashing continuously, one ormore of your tires is significantly under-inflated. If equipped, the system also dis-plays pressure of all tires (except the sparetire) on the display screen by sending asignal from a sensor that is installed ineach wheel. If the vehicle is being drivenwith low tire pressure, the TPMS will acti-vate and warn you of it by the low tire pres-sure warning light. This system will acti-vate only when the vehicle is driven atspeeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). For moredetails, please refer to “Warning/indicatorlights and audible reminders” in the “2. In-struments and controls” section, “Tirepressure information” in the “4. Displayscreen, heater, air conditioner and audiosystems” section and “Tire pressure moni-

toring system (TPMS)” in the “5. Startingand driving” section.

WARNING

O If the low tire pressure warning light illu-minates while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt braking, re-duce vehicle speed, pull off the road to asafe location and stop the vehicle as soonas possible. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to an accidentand could result in serious personal in-jury. Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to the rec-ommended COLD tire pressure shown onthe Tire and Loading Information label toturn the low tire pressure warning lightOFF. If you have a flat tire, replace it with aspare tire as soon as possible.

O Although you can continue driving with apunctured run-flat tire (if so equipped),remember that vehicle handling stabilityis reduced, which could lead to an acci-dent and personal injury. Also, drivingalong distance at high speeds maydamage the tires.

ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM FLAT TIRE

6-2 In case of emergency

Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X


O Do not tow a trailer when a run-flat (if soequipped) tire is flat.



O Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this may-cause a malfunction of the tire pressuresensors.

RUN-FLAT TIRES (if so equipped)

Run-flat tires are those tires that can beused temporarily if they are punctured.After driving to a safe location, replace thepunctured run-flat tire, following the in-structions later in “Changing a flat tire”.For additional information, see “Wheelsand tires” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section. Also, see the tire safetyinformation in the INFINITI Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

WARNING

O Although you can continue driving with apunctured run-flat tire, remember thatvehicle handling stability is reduced,which could lead to an accident and per-sonal injury. Also, driving a long distanceat high speeds may damage the tires.


O Drive safely at reduced speeds. Avoidhard cornering or braking, which maycause you to lose control of the vehicle.


CAUTION

O Never install tire chains on a puncturedrun-flat tire, as this could damage yourvehicle.

O Avoid driving over any projection or pot-hole, as the clearance between the ve-hicle and the ground is smaller than nor-mal.

O Do not enter an automated car wash witha punctured run-flat tire.

O Have the punctured tire replaced by yourINFINITI dealer as soon as possible, asthe tire’s performance capability is re-duced.

In case of emergency 6-3

Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE

If you have a flat tire, follow the instruc-tions below.

Stopping the vehicle

1. Safely move the vehicle off the roadaway from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake. Shift the selector leverin P (Park) position.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic,and to signal professional road assis-tance personnel that you need assis-tance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the ve-hicle and stand in a safe place, awayfrom traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

O Make sure the parking brake is securelyapplied and the automatic transmissionis shifted into P (Park).

O Never change tires when the vehicle is ona slope, ice or slippery areas. This is haz-ardous.

O Never change tires if oncoming traffic isclose to your vehicle. Wait for profes-sional road assistance.

Blocking wheels

Place suitable blocks j1 at both the frontand back of the wheel diagonally oppositethe flat tire to prevent the vehicle from roll-ing when it is jacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle maymove and result in personal injury.

MCE0001A


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Getting the spare tire and tools

Pull up the floor cover j1 and hang thestrap to upper body j2 as illustrated.

jA :

Turn the retainer counterclockwise j3 andremove the spare tire.

jB :

Turn the retainer counterclockwise j3 , re-move the subwoofer j4 and place it on theside of the luggage room (with the flat sur-face facing down), then remove the spare

tire. Be careful not to let the subwoofer falldown.

Pull out the jack holder before using thejack as illustrated.

SCE0447A

SCE0523


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Removing wheel cap

To remove the wheel cap, use the jack rodcovered with a cloth j1 as illustrated.

CAUTION

Do not use your hands to pry off wheel capsor wheel covers. Doing so could result in per-sonal injury.

Jacking up the vehicle andremoving the damaged tireCarefully read the caution label attachedto the jack body and the following instruc-tions.

1. Remove the jack holder loosening thejack shaft.

2. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated above so that top ofthe jack contacts the vehicle at the jackup point. Align the jack head betweenthe two notches in the front or the rearas shown. Also fit the groove of the jackhead between the notches as shown.

SCE0459A SCE0448AJack-up point


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

The jack should be used on level firmground.

3. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turnsby turning counterclockwise with thewheel nut wrench. Do not remove thewheel nuts until the tire is off theground.

4. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tireclears the ground. To lift the vehicle, se-curely hold the jack lever and rod withboth hands as shown above. Removethe wheel nuts, and then remove thetire.

WARNING

O Don’t use the jack with the holder at-tached in case it breaks, or it could leadto a personal injury.

O Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by the jack. If it is neces-sary to work under the vehicle, support itwith safety stands.

O Use only the jack provided with your ve-hicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use the

jack provided with other vehicles to yourvehicle.

The jack is designed only for lifting yourvehicle during a tire change.

O Use the correct jack-up points. Never useany other part of the vehicle for jack sup-port.

O Never jack up the vehicle more than nec-essary.

O Never use blocks on or under the jack.

O Do not start or run the engine while ve-hicle is on the jack. It may cause the ve-hicle to move. This is especially true forvehicles with limited slip differentials.

O Do not allow passengers to stay in thevehicle while it is on the jack.

SCE0458A


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Installing the spare tire

The T-type spare tire is designed for emer-gency use. See specific instructions underthe heading “Wheels and tires” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on andtighten the wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tightenwheel nuts alternately and evenly as il-lustrated until they are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with thewheel nut wrench, tighten the wheelnuts securely in the sequence as illus-trated (j1 , j2 , j3 , j4 , j5 ). Lower thevehicle completely.

WARNING

O Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tight-ened wheel nuts can cause the wheel tobecome loose or come off. This couldcause an accident.

O Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause the nutsto become loose.

O Retighten the wheel nuts after the ve-hicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

As soon as possible, tighten the wheelnuts to the specified torque with atorque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

80 ft-lb (108 Nzm)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightenedto specifications at all times. It is rec-ommended that wheel nuts be tight-ened to specifications at each lubrica-tion interval.

Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pres-sure.

COLD pressure:

After vehicle has been parked for threehours or more or driven less than 1 mile(1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on theTire and Loading Information label af-fixed to the inside of the driver sidecenter pillar.

For models equipped with the tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS):

After adjusting tire pressure to the COLDtire pressure, the display of the tire pres-sure information may show higher pres-sure than the COLD tire pressure after thevehicle has been driven more than 1 mile(1.6 km). This is because the tire pressur-izes as the tire temperature rises. Thisdoes not indicate a system malfunction.

SCE0039


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Stowing the damaged tire andtools

Install the jack holder in the correct direc-tion. Refer to the illustration. Turn the jackhandle to secure the jack holder to thejack.

Securely store the spare tire and jackingequipment in the vehicle.

WARNING

O Always make sure that the spare tire andjacking equipment are properly securedafter use. Such items can become dan-gerous projectiles in an accident orsudden stop.

O The T-type (temporary) spare tire andsmall size spare tire are designed foremergency use. See “Wheels and tires”in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

If needed Roadside Assistance is avail-able. Please see your INFINITI WarrantyInformation Booklet or Roadside Assis-tance I.D. Card for the toll-free number tocall (U.S.) or Warranty Information Booklet(Canada).

SCE0449 SCE0463


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

To start your engine with a booster battery,the instructions and precautions belowmust be followed.

WARNING

O If done incorrectly, jump starting canlead to a battery explosion, resulting insevere injury or death. It could also dam-age your vehicle.

O Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames away fromthe battery.

O Do not allow battery fluid to come intocontact with eyes, skin, clothing orpainted surfaces. Battery fluid is a corro-sive sulfuric acid solution which cancause severe burns. If the fluid shouldcome into contact with anything, imme-diately flush the contacted area with wa-ter.

O Keep battery out of the reach of children.

O The booster battery must be rated at12volts. Use of an improperly rated batterycan damage your vehicle.

O Whenever working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectors (forexample, goggles or industrial safetyspectacles) and remove rings, metalbands, or any other jewelry. Do not leanover the battery when jump starting.

O Do not attempt to jump start a frozen bat-tery. It could explode and cause seriousinjury.

O Your vehicle has an automatic enginecooling fan. It could come on at any time.Keep hands and other objects away fromit.

O If the battery of vehicle equipped withthe Intelligent Key system is discharged,the ignition switch cannot be movedfrom the LOCK position, even using themechanical key or the valet key. Connectthe jumper cables to another vehicle, as

in the case of a discharged battery, andthen the ignitionknob can be moved fromthe LOCK position. Then, jump start thevehicle.

If needed Roadside Assistance is avail-able. Please see your INFINITI WarrantyInformation Booklet or Roadside Assis-tance I.D. Card for the toll-free number tocall (U.S.) or INFINITI Warranty Informa-tion Booklet (Canada).

JUMP STARTING


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below. Failureto do so could result in damage to the charg-ing system and cause personal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another ve-hicle jA , position the two vehicles (jA

and the jumped vehicle: jB ) to bringtheir batteries into close proximity toeach other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply parking brake. Move the selectorlever to the P (Park) position. Switch offall unnecessary electrical systems(light, heater, air conditioner, etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with anold cloth jC to reduce explosionhazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequenceas illustrated (j1 → j2 → j3 → j4 ).

CAUTION

O Always connect positive (+) to positive(+) and negative (−) to body ground (forexample, strut mounting bolt, etc. — notto the battery).

O Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the engine com-partment and that the cable clamps donot contact any other metal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehiclejA and let it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle jA at about 2,000 rpm, andstart the jumped vehicle jB in thenormal manner.

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engaged formore than 10 seconds. If the engine doesnot start right away, turn the key off and wait3 to 4 seconds before trying again.

SCE0450AVQ35DE engine


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

7. After starting your engine, carefully dis-connect the negative cable and then thepositive cable (j4 → j3 → j2 → j1 ).

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped).Be sure to dispose of the cloth used tocover the vent holes as it may be con-taminated with corrosive acid.

Do not attempt to start the engine by push-ing.

CAUTION

Automatic transmission models cannot bepush-started or tow-started. Attempting todo so may cause transmission or other ve-hicle damage.

If needed Roadside Assistance is avail-able. Please see your INFINITI WarrantyInformation Booklet or Roadside Assis-tance I.D. Card for the toll-free number tocall (U.S.) or INFINITI Warranty Informa-tion Booklet (Canada).

SCE0454AVK45DE engine

PUSH STARTING


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Do not continue to drive if your vehicleoverheats. Doing so could cause enginedamage or a vehicle fire.

O To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the radiator cap while theengine is still hot. When the radiator capis removed, pressurized hot water willspurt out, possibly causing serious in-jury.

O Do not open the hood if steam is comingout.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated byan extremely high temperature gaugereading), or if you feel a lack of enginepower, detect abnormal noise, etc., takethe following steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road,apply the parking brake and move theselector lever to the P (Park) position.

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner switch.Open all the windows, move the heater

or air conditioner temperature controlto maximum hot and fan control to highspeed.

3. If engine overheating is caused byclimbing a long hill on a hot day, runthe engine at a fast idle (approximately1,500 rpm) until the temperature gaugeindication returns to normal.

4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listenfor steam or coolant escaping from theradiator before opening the hood. (Ifsteam or coolant is escaping, turn offthe engine.) Do not open the hood fur-ther until no steam or coolant can beseen.

5. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from the engine,stand clear to prevent getting burned.

6. Visually check if the cooling fan is run-ning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water.

If coolant is leaking or the cooling fandoes not run, stop the engine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair, jew-elry or clothing to come into contact with, orget caught in, engine belts or the enginecooling fan. The engine cooling fan can startat any time when the coolant temperature ishigh.

7. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir tank withthe engine running. Add coolant to thereservoir tank if necessary. Have yourvehicle repaired at an INFINITI dealer.

If needed, Roadside Assistance is avail-able. Please see your INFINITI WarrantyInformation Booklet or Roadside Assis-tance I.D. Card for the toll-free number tocall (U.S.) or INFINITI Warranty Informa-tion Booklet (Canada).

IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

When towing your vehicle, all State (Provin-cial in Canada) and local regulations fortowing must be followed. Incorrect towingequipment could damage your vehicle.Towing instructions are available from anINFINITI dealer. Local service operatorsare generally familiar with the applicablelaws and procedures for towing. To assureproper towing and to prevent accidentaldamage to your vehicle, INFINITI recom-mends having a service operator tow yourvehicle. It is advisable to have the serviceoperator carefully read the following pre-cautions.

WARNING

O Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

O Never get under your vehicle after it hasbeen lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

O When towing, make sure that the trans-mission, axles, steering system and

powertrain are in working condition. Ifany unit is damaged, dollies must beused.

O Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

If needed, Roadside Assistance is avail-able. Please see your INFINITI WarrantyInformation Booklet or Roadside Assis-tance I.D. Card for the toll-free number tocall (U.S.) or INFINITI Warranty Informa-tion Booklet (Canada).

For information about towing your vehiclebehind a recreational vehicle (RV), refer to“Flat towing” in the “9. Technical and con-sumer information” section of this manual.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYINFINITI

Two-wheel drive (2WD) modelsINFINITI recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (rear) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flat bedtruck as illustrated.

CAUTION

O Never tow automatic transmissionmodels with the rear wheels on the

ground or four wheels on the ground (for-ward or backward), as this may cause se-rious and expensive damage to thetransmission.If it is necessary to tow the vehicle withthe front wheels raised, always usetowing dollies under the rear wheels.

O When towing rear wheel drive modelswith the front wheels on the ground or ontowing dollies:

Turn the ignition key to the OFF position,and secure the steering wheel in astraight ahead position with a rope orsimilar device. Never secure the steeringwheel by turning the ignition key to theLOCK position. This may damage thesteering lock mechanism.Move the selector lever to the N (Neutral)position.

O When the battery of vehicle equippedwith the Intelligent Key system is dis-charged, your vehicle should be towedwith the front wheels on towing dolliesor place the vehicle on a flat bed truck.

If the speed or distance must necessarilybe greater, remove the propeller shaft be-fore towing to prevent damage to the trans-mission.

SCE0451Two-wheel drive (2WD) models


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

All-wheel drive (AWD) models

INFINITI recommends that towing dolliesbe used when towing your vehicle or thevehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as il-lustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow AWD models with any of thewheels on the ground as this may cause seri-ous and expensive damage to the powertrain.

j1 Do not use for towing.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (Freeing astuck vehicle)

Securely install the vehicle recovery hookstored with jacking tools.

SCE0452All-wheel drive (AWD) models

SCE0453A


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Make sure that the hook is properly se-cured in the stored place after use.

WARNING

O Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

O Do not spin your tires at high speed. Thiscould cause them to explode and resultin serious injury. Parts of your vehiclecould also overheat and be damaged.

CAUTION

O Tow chains or cables must be attachedonly to the vehicle recovery hooks ormain structural members of the vehicle.Otherwise, the vehicle body will be dam-aged.

O Do not use the vehicle tie downs to free avehicle stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.Never tow the vehicle using the vehicle tiedowns or recovery hooks.

O Always pull the cable straight out fromthe front of the vehicle. Never pull onthehook at an angle.

O Pulling devices should be routed so theydo not touch any part of the suspension,steering, brake or cooling systems.

O Pulling devices such as ropes or canvasstraps are not recommended for use invehicle towing or recovery.

Automatic transmission

To tow a vehicle equipped with an auto-matic transmission, an appropriate vehicledolly MUST be placed under the towed ve-hicle’s drive wheels. Always follow thedolly manufacturer’s recommendationswhen using their product.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic ControlSystem.

2. Make sure the area in front and behindthe vehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left toclear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward andbackward.

Shift back and forth between R (re-verse) and D (drive).

Apply the accelerator as little as pos-sible to maintain the rocking motion.

Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R and D.

Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55km/h).

5. If the vehicle can not be freed after afew tries, contact a professional towingservice to remove the vehicle.


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior .............................................. 7-2Washing...................................................... 7-2Waxing........................................................ 7-2Removing spots........................................... 7-2Underbody .................................................. 7-3Glass .......................................................... 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels ................................ 7-3Chrome parts .............................................. 7-3Tire dressing .............................................. 7-3

Cleaning interior ............................................... 7-4Floor mats ................................................... 7-4Seat belts.................................................... 7-5

Corrosion protection ......................................... 7-5Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion ......................................... 7-5Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion..................................................... 7-5To protect your vehicle from corrosion.......... 7-5

Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

In order to maintain the appearance ofyour vehicle, it is important to take propercare of it.

In the following cases, please wash yourvehicle as soon as possible to protect thepaint surface.

O After a rainfall to prevent possible dam-age from acid rain

O After driving on coastal roads

O When contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles orbugs get on the paint surface

O When dust or mud builds up on the sur-face

Whenever possible, store or park your ve-hicle inside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, parkin a shady area or protect the vehicle with abody cover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHING

Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet spongeand plenty of water. Clean the vehicle thor-oughly using a mild soap, a special vehicle

soap or a general purpose dish-washingliquid mixed with clean, lukewarm (neverhot) water.

CAUTION

O Do not use strong household soap,strong chemical detergents, gasoline orsolvents.

O Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun-light or while the vehicle body is hot, asthe surface may become water-spotted.

O Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Care mustbe taken when removing caked-on dirt orother foreign substances so that thepaint surface is not scratched or dam-aged.

Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of cleanwater.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on thedoors, hatches and hood are particularlyvulnerable to the effects of road salt. There-fore, these areas must be regularly cleaned.Make sure that the drain holes in the loweredge of the door are open. Spray water

under the body and in the wheel wells toloosen the dirt and wash away road salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paint sur-face by using a damp chamois to dry thevehicle.

WAXING

Regular waxing protects the paint surfaceand helps retain new vehicle appearance.Polishing is recommended to remove built-up residue and to avoid a weathered ap-pearance before reapplying wax.

An INFINITI dealer can assist you in choos-ing the proper product.

O Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions sup-plied with the wax.

O Do not use a wax containing any abra-sives, cutting compounds or cleanersthat may damage the vehicle finish.

Machine compounding or aggressive pol-ishing on a base coat/clear coat paintfinish may dull the finish or leave swirlmarks.

REMOVING SPOTS

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

from the surface of the paint to avoidlasting damage or staining. Specialcleaning products are available at anINFINITI dealer or any automotive acces-sory store.

UNDERBODY

In areas where road salt is used in winter,the underbody must be cleaned regularly.This will prevent dirt and salt from buildingup and causing underbody and suspensioncorrosion. Before the winter period andagain in the spring, the underseal must bechecked and, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASS

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke anddust film from the glass surfaces. It isnormal for glass to become coated with afilm after the vehicle is parked in the hotsun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will eas-ily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the windows, donot use sharp-edged tools, abrasive cleaners

or chlorine-based disinfectant cleaners. Theycould damage the electrical conductors,radio antenna elements or rear window de-froster elements.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS

Wash regularly, especially during wintermonths in areas where road salt is used.Salt could discolor the wheel if not re-moved.

CHROME PARTS

Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the fin-ish.

TIRE DRESSING

INFINITI does not recommend the use oftire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply acoating to the tires to help reduce discol-oration of the rubber. If a tire dressing isapplied to the tires, it may react with thecoating and form a compound. This com-pound may come off the tire while drivingand stain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, takethe following precautions:

O Use a water-based tire dressing. Thecoating on the tire dissolves moreeasily with an oil-based tire dressing.

O Apply a light coat of tire dressing tohelp prevent it from entering the tiretread/grooves (where it would be diffi-cult to remove).

O Wipe off excess tire dressing using adry towel. Make sure the tire dressing iscompletely removed from the tiretread/grooves.

O Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-mended by tire dressing manufacturer.

Appearance and care 7-3

Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Occasionally remove loose dust from theinterior trim, plastic parts and seats usinga vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush.Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with aclean, soft cloth dampened in mild soapsolution, then wipe clean with a dry softcloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required in or-der to maintain the appearance of theleather.

Before using any fabric protector, read themanufacturer’s recommendations. Somefabric protectors contain chemicals thatmay stain or bleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, toclean the meter and gauge lens.

CAUTION

O Never use benzine, thinner or any similarmaterial.

O Small dirt particles can be abrasive anddamaging to leather surfaces and shouldbe removed promptly. Do not use saddlesoap, car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaningfluids, solvents, detergents orammonia-based cleaners as they may damage theleather natural finish.

O Never use fabric protectors unless rec-ommended by the manufacturer.

O Do not use glass or plastic cleaner onmeter or gauge lens covers. It maydamage the lens cover.

FLOOR MATS

The use of genuine INFINITI floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet andmake it easier to clean the interior. No mat-ter what mats are used, be sure they arefitted for your vehicle and are properly po-sitioned in the footwell to prevent interfer-ence with pedal operation. Mats should bemaintained with regular cleaning and re-placed if they become excessively worn.

Floor mat positioning aid(driver’s side only)

This model includes a front floor matbracket jA to act as a floor mat positioningaid. INFINITI floor mats have been spe-cially designed for your vehicle model. Thedriver’s side floor mat has a grommet holeincorporated in it. Simply position the matby placing the floor mat bracket throughthe floor mat grommet hole while centeringthe mat in the floor pan contour.

Periodically check to make certain that themats are properly positioned.

SAI0012B

CLEANING INTERIOR


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

SEAT BELTS

The seat belts can be cleaned by wipingthem with a sponge dampened in a mildsoap solution. Allow the belts to dry com-pletely before using them. See “Seat beltmaintenance” in the “1. Safety — Seats,seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem” section.

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in theretractor. NEVER use bleach, dye or chemicalsolvents to clean the seat belts, since thesematerials may severely weaken the seat beltwebbing.

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSION

O The accumulation of moisture-retainingdirt and debris in body panel sections,cavities, and other areas.

O Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stonechips or minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OFCORROSION

Moisture

Accumulation of sand, dirt and water onthe vehicle body underside can acceleratecorrosion. Wet floor coverings will not drycompletely inside the vehicle, and shouldbe removed for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

Relative humidity

Corrosion will be accelerated in areas ofhigh relative humidity, especially thoseareas where the temperatures stay abovefreezing and where atmospheric pollutionexists and road salt is used.

Temperature

A temperature increase will accelerate therate of corrosion to those parts which arenot well ventilated.

Air pollution

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt inthe air in coastal areas, or heavy road saltuse will accelerate the corrosion process.Road salt will also accelerate the disinte-gration of paint surfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION

O Wash and wax your vehicle often tokeep the vehicle clean.

O Always check for minor damage to thepaint and repair it as soon as possible.

O Keep drain holes at the bottom of thedoors open to avoid water accumula-tion.

O Check the underbody for accumulationof sand, dirt or salt. If present, washwith water as soon as possible.

CORROSION PROTECTION

Appearance and care 7-5

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

O NEVER remove dirt, sand or other debrisfrom the passenger compartment bywashing it out with a hose. Remove dirtwith a vacuum cleaner or broom.

O Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle as this maydamage them.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icingare extremely corrosive. They acceleratecorrosion and deterioration of underbodycomponents such as the exhaust system,fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floorpan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, consult an INFINITI dealer.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Maintenance requirements................................ 8-2General maintenance ........................................ 8-2

Explanation of general maintenanceitems .......................................................... 8-3

Maintenance precautions.................................. 8-5Engine compartment check locations................. 8-7Engine cooling system ...................................... 8-9

Checking engine coolant level...................... 8-9Changing engine coolant ........................... 8-10

Engine oil ....................................................... 8-11Checking engine oil level ........................... 8-11Changing engine oil and filter .................... 8-13

Automatic transmission fluid........................... 8-15Power steering fluid ........................................ 8-15Brake fluid...................................................... 8-16Window washer fluid....................................... 8-16Battery ........................................................... 8-17

Jump starting............................................. 8-19Drive belts ...................................................... 8-19Spark plugs .................................................... 8-20

Replacing spark plugs ............................... 8-20Air cleaner ...................................................... 8-21Windshield wiper blades ................................. 8-21

Cleaning.................................................... 8-21Replacing .................................................. 8-22

Rear window wiper blade ................................ 8-23Parking brake and brake pedal ........................ 8-23

Checking parking brake ............................. 8-23Checking brake pedal ................................ 8-23Brake booster............................................ 8-24

Fuses ............................................................. 8-24Engine compartment.................................. 8-25Passenger compartment ............................ 8-26

Keyfob battery replacement............................. 8-27Keyfob (Except Intelligent Key)................... 8-27Intelligent Key........................................... 8-28

Lights............................................................. 8-30Headlights ................................................ 8-31Exterior and interior lights ......................... 8-31

Wheels and tires ............................................. 8-35Tire pressure ............................................. 8-35Tire labeling .............................................. 8-38Types of tires............................................. 8-40Tire chains ................................................ 8-42Changing wheels and tires......................... 8-43

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Your new INFINITI has been designed tohave minimum maintenance requirementswith longer service intervals to save youboth time and money. However, some day-to-day and regular maintenance is essentialto maintain your INFINITI’s good mechani-cal condition, as well as its emission and en-gine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to makesure that the specified maintenance andthe general maintenance are performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receivesthe proper maintenance care. You are avital link in the maintenance chain.

Scheduled maintenance:

For your convenience, both required andoptional scheduled maintenance items aredescribed and listed in your “INFINITI Ser-vice and Maintenance Guide”. You must re-fer to that guide to ensure that necessarymaintenance is performed on your IN-FINITI at regular intervals.

General maintenance:

General maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normalday-to-day operation. They are essentialfor proper vehicle operation. It is your re-

sponsibility to perform these maintenanceprocedures regularly as prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checksrequires minimal mechanical skill and onlya few general automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be doneby you, a qualified technician, or, if youprefer, an INFINITI dealer.

Where to go for service:

If maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have thesystems checked and serviced by anINFINITI dealer.

INFINITI technicians are well-trained spe-cialists and are kept up to date with the lat-est service information through technicalbulletins, service tips, and in-dealershipinformation systems. They are completelyqualified to work on INFINITI vehicles be-fore work begins.

You can be confident that an INFINITIdealer’s service department performs thebest job to meet the maintenancerequirements on your vehicle — in a reliableand economic way.

During the normal day-to-day operation ofthe vehicle, general maintenance shouldbe performed regularly as prescribed inthis section. If you detect any unusualsounds, vibrations or smell, be sure tocheck for the cause or have an INFINITIdealer perform it promptly. In addition, youshould notify an INFINITI dealer if youthink the repairs are required.

When performing any checks or mainte-nance work, closely observe the “Mainte-nance precautions” later in this section.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMS

Additional information on the followingitems with “*” is found later in this sec-tion.

Outside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here shouldbe performed from time to time, unless oth-erwise specified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that alldoors and the engine hood operate prop-erly. Also ensure that all latches lock se-curely. Lubricate hinges and latches if nec-essary. Make sure that the secondary latchkeeps the hood from opening when the pri-mary latch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt orother corrosive materials, check lubrica-tion frequently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, andother lights are all operating properly andinstalled securely. Also check headlightaim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts): When checkingthe tires, make sure no wheel nuts are

missing, and check for any loose wheelnuts. Tighten if necessary.

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge of-ten and always prior to long distance trips.If necessary, adjust the pressure in alltires, including the spare (if so equipped),to the specified pressure. Check carefullyfor damage, cuts or excessive wear.

Tire rotation*:The tires should be rotated every 7,500miles (12,000 km) to minimize tire wearvariation.

Tire, wheel alignment and balance: If thevehicle should pull to either side whiledriving on a straight and level road, or ifyou detect uneven or abnormal tire wear,there may be a need for wheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates atnormal highway speeds, wheel balancingmay be needed.

O For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-formation” (US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on aregular basis. Check the windshield atleast every six months for cracks or other

damage. Have a damaged windshield re-paired by a qualified repair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check forcracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Inside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked on a regular basis, such aswhen performing periodic maintenance,cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort.Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.

Automatic transmission P (Park) mecha-nism: On a fairly steep hill check that yourvehicle is held securely with the selectorlever in the P (Park) position without apply-ing any brakes.

Brake pedal*: Check the pedal for smoothoperation and make sure it has the properdistance under it when depressed fully.Check the brake booster function. Be sureto keep the floor mat away from the pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pullthe vehicle to one side when applied.

Parking brake*: Check that the lever/pedal has the proper travel and confirmthat your vehicle is held securely on a fairlysteep hill with only the parking brake ap-plied.

Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. toensure they operate smoothly and that alllatches lock securely in every position.Check that the head restraints move upand down smoothly and that the locks (if soequipped) hold securely in all latched posi-tions.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seatbelt system (For example, buckles, an-chors, adjusters and retractors) operateproperly and smoothly, and are installedsecurely. Check the belt webbing for cuts,fraying, wear or damage.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessive freeplay, hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure thatall warning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properlyand in sufficient quantity when operatingthe heater or air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properlyand that the wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked periodically (For example, eachtime you check the engine oil or refuel).

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.It should be between the MAX and MINlines. Vehicles operated in high tempera-tures or under severe conditions requirefrequent checks of the battery fluid level.

Brake fluid level*: Make sure that thebrake and clutch fluid levels are betweenthe MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure that no beltis frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level afterparking the vehicle on a level location andturning off the engine. (Wait at least 10minutes for the oil to drain back into the oilpan.)

Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If thesound of the exhaust seems unusual orthere is a smell of exhaust fumes, imme-


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

diately locate the trouble and correct it.See “Precautions when starting anddriving” in the “5. Starting and driving”section for exhaust gas (Carbon mon-oxide).

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle forfuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after thevehicle has been parked for a while. Waterdripping from the air conditioner after useis normal. If you should notice any leaks orif gasoline fumes are evident, check for thecause and have it corrected immediately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines:Check the level when the fluid is cold andthe engine is turned off. Check the lines forproper attachment, leaks, cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects,leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.Make sure the hoses have no cracks, defor-mation, deterioration or loose connections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequentlyexposed to corrosive substances such asthose used on icy roads or to control dust.It is very important to remove these sub-stances, otherwise rust will form on thefloor pan, frame, fuel lines and around theexhaust system. At the end of winter, theunderbody should be thoroughly flushed

with plain water, being careful to cleanthose areas where mud and dirt may accu-mulate. For additional information, see“Cleaning exterior” in the “7. Appearanceand care” section.

Window washer fluid*: Check that there isadequate fluid in the tank.

When performing any inspection or mainte-nance work on your vehicle, always takecare to prevent serious accidental injury toyourself or damage to the vehicle. The fol-lowing are general precautions whichshould be closely observed.

WARNING

O Park the vehicle on a level surface, applythe parking brake securely and block thewheels to prevent the vehicle frommoving. Move the selector lever to P(Park) position.

O Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF orLOCK position when performing anyparts replacement or repairs.

O Your vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic engine cooling fan. It may come onat any time without warning, even if theignition key is in the OFF position andthe engine is not running. To avoid in-jury, always disconnect the negative bat-tery cable before working near the fan.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O If you must work with the enginerun-ning, keep your hands, clothing, hair andtools away from moving fans, belts andany other moving parts.

O It is advisable to secure or remove anyloose clothing and any jewelry, such asrings, watches, etc. before working onyour vehicle.

O Always wear eye protection wheneveryou work on your vehicle.

O If you must run the engine in an en-closed space such as a garage, be surethere is proper ventilation for exhaustgases to escape.

O Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it is neces-sary to work under the vehicle, support itwith safety stands.

O Keep smoking materials, flame and sparksaway from the fuel tank and battery.

O On gasoline engine models with the Mul-tiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, thefuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced

by an INFINITI dealer because the fuellines are under high pressure even whenthe engine is off.

CAUTION

O Do not work under the hood while the en-gine is hot. Turn the engine off and waituntil it cools down.

O Never connect or disconnect the batteryor any transistorized component whilethe ignition switch is in the ON position.

O Never leave any engine or automatictransmission related component harnessconnector disconnected while the igni-tion switch is in the ON position.

O Avoid contact with used engine oil andcoolant. Improperly disposed engine oil,engine coolant and/or other vehiclefluids can damage the environment. Al-ways conform to local regulations for dis-posal of vehicle fluid.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section gives instructions regarding onlythose items which are relatively easy for anowner to perform.

A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is alsoavailable. See “Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information” in the“9. Technical and consumer information”section.

You should be aware that incomplete or im-proper servicing may result in operatingdifficulties or excessive emissions, andcould affect your warranty coverage. If indoubt about any servicing, have it done byan INFINITI dealer.


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

VQ35DE engine

1. Fuse/fusible link holder

2. Battery

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Engine coolant reservoir

6. Window washer fluid reservoir

7. Power steering fluid reservoir

8. Radiator filler cap

9. Drive belts

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Air cleaner

SDI1991

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

VK45DE engine

1. Fuse/fusible link holder

2. Battery

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Engine coolant reservoir

6. Window washer fluid reservoir

7. Power steering fluid reservoir

8. Radiator filler cap

9. Drive belts

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Air cleaner

SDI1987


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a high-quality, year-round,anti-freeze coolant solution. The anti-freeze solution contains rust and corrosioninhibitors, therefore additional coolingsystem additives are not necessary.

WARNING

O Never remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. Wait until the engine andradiator cool down. Serious burns couldbe caused by high pressure fluid es-caping from the radiator. See “If your ve-hicle overheats” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section.

O The radiator is equipped with a pressuretype radiator cap. To prevent enginedamage, use only a genuine NISSAN ra-diator cap.

Outside temperaturedown to Anti-

freeze

Deminer-alizedwater/

distilledwater°C °F

−35 −30 50% 50%

CAUTION

When adding or replacing coolant, be sure touse only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze Coolant (green) or equivalent with theproper mixture ratio of 50% anti-freeze and50% demineralized or distilled water. Theuse of other types of coolant solutions orcoolant colors, such as orange, may damageyour engine cooling system.

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL

Check the coolant level in the reservoirtank when the engine is cold. If the coolantlevel is below MIN j2 , add coolant up tothe MAX j1 level. If the reservoir tank isempty, check the coolant level in the radia-tor when the engine is cold. If there is in-sufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the ra-diator with coolant up to the filler openingand also add it to the reservoir tank up tothe MAX level j1 .

SDI1385A

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

If the engine cooling system frequently re-quires coolant, have it checked by anINFINITI dealer.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT

O Major cooling system repairs should beperformed by an INFINITI dealer. Theservice procedures can be found in theappropriate INFINITI Service Manual.

O Improper servicing can result in re-duced heater performance and engineoverheating.

WARNING

O To avoid the danger of being scalded,never change the coolant when the en-gine is hot.

O Never remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. Serious burns could becaused by high pressure fluid escapingfrom the radiator.

O Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaner assoon as possible.

O Keep coolant out of the reach of childrenand pets.

VQ35DE engine

1. Open radiator drain plug jB at thebottom of radiator, and remove radiatorfiller cap jA .

O Be careful not to allow coolant to con-tact drive belts.

SDI1525AVQ35DE


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Waste coolant must be disposed ofproperly. Check your local regulations.

2. Close the radiator drain plug jB se-curely after the coolant is drained.

3. Fill the radiator slowly with the propermixture of anti-freeze solution anddemineralized water/distilled water.Fill the reservoir tank up to the MAXlevel. Then install the radiator filler capjA .

4. Start the engine and warm it up until itreaches normal operating temperature.Then race the engine 2 or 3 times underno load. Watch the engine coolant tem-perature gauge for signs of over-heating.

5. Stop the engine. After it completelycools down, refill the radiator up to thefiller opening. Fill the reservoir tank upto the MAX level. Check the drain plugfor any sign of leakage.

6. Recheck the coolant level after the ve-hicle has been driven for a day.

VK45DE engine

Contact an INFINITI dealer if replacementis required.

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches oper-ating temperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 15minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

SDI1386BVQ35DE

ENGINE OIL


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

5. Remove the dipstick again and checkthe oil level. It should be between the Hand L marks j1 . If the oil level is belowthe L mark j2 , remove the oil filler capand pour recommended oil through theopening. Do not overfill j3 .

6. Recheck oil level with dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during the break-in period, depending on the severity of op-erating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly. Oper-ating the engine with an insufficient amountof oil can damage the engine, and such dam-age is not covered by warranty.

SDI1240BVK45DE

SDI1402BVQ35DE

SDI1410BVK45DE


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

CHANGING ENGINE OIL ANDFILTER

Change the engine oil and filter accordingto the maintenance intervals shown in theINFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide.

Vehicle set-up

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches oper-ating temperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait more than15 minutes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using asuitable floor jack and safety jackstands.

O Place the safety jack stands under thevehicle jack-up points.

O A suitable adapter should be attachedto the jack stand saddle.

5. Remove the plastic engine undercover.

a. Remove the small plastic clips at therear side of the undercover.

b. Then remove the other bolts that holdthe undercover in place.

CAUTION

Use the correct jack-up points. Never use anyother part of the vehicle for jack support.

Engine oil and filter

1. Place a large drain pan under the drainplug j1 .

2. Remove the oil filler cap.3. Remove the drain plug j1 with a

wrench and completely drain the oil.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself. The engine oilmay be hot.

SDI1532AVQ35DE


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Waste oil must be disposed of prop-erly.

O Check your local regulations.

4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filterwrench j2 . Remove the oil filter byturning it by hand.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting sur-face with a clean rag.

Be sure to remove any old rubbergasket remaining on the mounting sur-face of the engine.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter withclean engine oil.

7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until aslight resistance is felt, then tighten ad-ditionally more than 2/3 turn.

Oil filter tightening torque:11 to 15 ft-lb(14.7 to 20.5 Nzm)

8. Clean and re-install the drain plug j1with a new washer. Securely tighten thedrain plug j1 with a wrench.

Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb(29 to 39 Nzm)

Do not use excessive force.9. Refill engine with recommended oil and

install the cap securely.

CAUTION

The dipstick must be inserted in place to pre-vent oil spillage from the dipstick hole whilefilling the engine with oil.

See “Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technicaland consumer information” section fordrain and refill capacity. The drain andrefill capacity depends on the oil tem-

perature and drain time. Use thesespecifications for reference only. Al-ways use the dipstick to determine theproper amount of oil in the engine.

CAUTION

When filling oil, do not pull out the dipstick.

10.Start the engine and check for leakagearound the drain plug and the oil filter.Correct as required.

11.Turn the engine off and wait more than10 minutes. Check the oil level with thedipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.

After the operation

1. Install the engine undercover into posi-tion as the following steps.

a. Pull the center of the small plastic clipout.

b. Hold the engine undercover into posi-tion.

c. Insert the clips through the undercoverinto the hole in the frame, then pushthe center of the clip in to lock the clipin place.

SDI1550AVK45DE


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

d. Install the other bolts that hold the un-dercover in place. Be careful not to stripthe bolts or over-tighten them.

2. Lower the vehicle carefully to theground.

3. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

WARNING

O Prolonged and repeated contact withused engine oil may cause skin cancer.

O Try to avoid direct skin contact with usedoil. If skin contact is made, wash thor-oughly with soap or hand cleaner assoon as possible.

O Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

If checking or replacement is required, werecommend an INFINITI dealer for ser-vicing.

CAUTION

O Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF. Donot mix with other fluids.

O Using automatic transmission fluid otherthan Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF willcause deterioration in driveability andautomatic transmission durability, andmay damage the automatic transmis-sion, which is not covered by theINFINITI new vehicle limited warranty.

The specified automatic transmission fluidis also described on caution labels locatedin the engine compartment.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir.

The fluid level should be checked using theHOT range at fluid temperatures of 122 to176°F (50 to 80°C) or using the COLD rangeat fluid temperatures of 32 to 86°F (0 to30°C).

CAUTION

O Do not overfill.

O Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent.

SDI1408B

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID POWER STEERING FLUID


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Check the fluid level in the brake fluid res-ervoir jA . If the fluid is below the MIN lineor the brake warning light comes on, addGenuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty BrakeFluid or equivalent to DOT 3 fluid up to theMAX line. If fluid must be added fre-quently, the system should be thoroughlychecked by an INFINITI dealer.

WARNING

Use only new fluid. Old, inferior or contami-nated fluid may damage the brake system.

Do not add synthetic brake fluid. The use ofimproper fluids can damage the brakesystem and affect the vehicle’s stoppingability.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any painted surfaces.This will damage the paint. If fluid is spilled,immediately wash the surface with water.

Add fluid when the low washer fluidwarning light comes on. Add a washer sol-vent to the water for better cleaning. In thewinter season, add a windshield washeranti-freeze. Follow the manufacturer’s in-structions for the mixture ratio.

SDI1610A SDI1388A

BRAKE FLUID WINDOW WASHER FLUID


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Anti-freeze is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containers out ofthe reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not substitute engine anti-freeze coolantfor window washer solution. This may resultin damage to the paint.

O Do not fill the window washer reservoirtank with washer fluid concentrates atfull strength. Some methyl alcohol basedwasher fluid concentrates may perma-nently stain the grille if spilled while fill-ing the window washer reservoir tank.

O Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the window washer reservoir tank.Do not use the window washer reservoirtank to mix the washer fluid concentrate-and water.

O Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Any corrosion should be washed offwith a solution of baking soda andwater.

O Make certain the terminal connectionsare clean and securely tightened.

O If the vehicle is not to be used for 30days or longer, disconnect the (—)negative battery terminal cable to pre-vent discharging it.

WARNING

O Do not expose the battery to flames orelectrical sparks. Hydrogen gas, gener-ated by battery fluid, is explosive. Do notallow battery fluid to contact your skin,eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces. Aftertouching a battery or battery cap, do nottouch or rub your eyes. Thoroughly washyour hands. If the acid contacts youreyes, skin or clothing, immediately flushwith water for at least 15 minutes andseek medical attention.

BATTERY


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Do not operate the vehicle if the batteryfluid is low. Low battery fluid cancause ahigher load on the battery which cangenerate heat, reduce battery life, and insome cases lead to an explosion.

O When working on or near a battery, al-ways wear suitable eye protection andremove all jewelry.

O Battery posts, terminals and related ac-cessories contain lead and lead com-pounds. Wash hands after handling.

O Keep the battery out of the reach of chil-dren. Check the fluid level in each cell. It should

be between the UPPER LEVEL j1 andLOWER LEVEL j2 lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add only dis-tilled water to bring the level to the indi-cator in each filler opening. Do not overfill.

Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

1. Remove the cell plugs jA .

2. Add distilled water up to the UPPERLEVEL j1 line.

3. Tighten cell plugs jA .

Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

DI0137MA


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

If the side of the battery is not visible,check the distilled water level by lookingdirectly above the cell; j1 indicates OK andj2 needs more to be added.

JUMP STARTING

If jump starting is necessary, see “Jumpstarting” in the “6. In case of emergency”section. If the engine does not start byjump starting, the battery may have to bereplaced. Contact an INFINITI dealer.

1. Power steering fluid pump

2. Alternator

3. Crankshaft pulley

4. Air conditioner compressor

.: Tension checking points

1. Water pump

2. Alternator

3. Crankshaft pulley

4. Power steering fluid pump

5. Air conditioner compressor

SDI1480C SDI1549AVQ35DE

SDI1411BVK45DE

DRIVE BELTS


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCKposition. The engine could rotate unexpect-edly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs ofunusual wear, cuts, fraying, oil adhe-sion or looseness. If the belt is in poorcondition or loose, have it replaced oradjusted by an INFINITI dealer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly forcondition and tension in accordancewith the maintenance schedule in your“INFINITI Service and MaintenanceGuide”.

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switch are offand that the parking brake is engaged se-curely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket to removethe spark plugs. An incorrect socket candamage the spark plugs.

REPLACING SPARK PLUGSIf replacement is required, see an INFINITIdealer for servicing.

Platinum-tipped spark plugsIt is not necessary to replace the platinum-tipped jA spark plugs as frequently as theconventional type spark plugs since theywill last much longer. Follow the mainte-nance log in your“INFINITI Service and MaintenanceGuide”, but do not reuse them by cleaningor regapping.

Always replace with recommendedplatinum-tipped spark plugs.

SDI0145C

SPARK PLUGS


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

If maintenance is required, see anINFINITI dealer for servicing.

The filter element should not be cleanedand reused. Replace it according to themaintenance log shown in your “INFINITIService and Maintenance Guide”. When re-placing the filter, wipe the inside of the aircleaner housing and the cover with a dampcloth.

WARNING

O Operating the engine with the air cleanerremoved can cause you or others to beburned. The air cleaner not only cleansthe air, it stops the flame if the enginebackfires. If it is not there, and the en-gine backfires, you could be burned. Donot drive with the air cleaner removed,and be careful when working on the en-gine with the air cleaner removed.

O Never pour fuel into the throttle body orattempt to start the engine with the aircleaner removed. Doing so could result inserious injury.

CAUTION

O After wiper blade replacement, return thewiper arm to its original position; other-wise it may be damaged when the enginehood is opened.

O Make sure the wiper blades contact theglass; otherwise the arms may be dam-aged from wind pressure.

O Worn windshield wiper blades candamage the windshield and impair drivervision.

CLEANING

If your windshield is not clear after usingthe windshield washer or if a wiper bladechatters when running, wax or other mate-rial may be on the blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not formwhen rinsing with clear water.

Clean the blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild de-tergent. Then rinse the blade with clear wa-

ter. If your windshield is still not clear aftercleaning the blades and using the wiper,replace the blades.

AIR CLEANER WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

REPLACING

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

1. Pull the wiper arm.

2. Push and hold the release tab jA , thenmove the wiper blade down the wiperarm to remove j1 .

3. Insert the new wiper blade to the wiperarm until a click sounds. If necessary, clean the windshield washer

nozzle jA with a needle or small pin jB .

DI1018MC

SDI1390B


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Contact an INFINITI dealer if checking orreplacement is required.

CHECKING PARKING BRAKE

From the released position, depress theparking brake pedal slowly and firmly, andcheck the distance between the initial andfinal position of the pedal jA . If it is out ofthe range shown above, see an INFINITIdealer.

Range: 4 to 5 notches under a depressingforce of 44 lb (196 N).

CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL

With the engine running, check the distancebetween the upper surface of the pedal andthe metal floor jA . If it is out of the rangeshown above, see an INFINITI dealer.

Range: 3.7 in (95 mm) or more under a de-pressing force of 110 lb (490 N).

Self-adjusting brakes

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting brakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every timethe brake pedal is applied.

SDI1391F DI1020MO

REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE PEDAL


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

See an INFINITI dealer for a brake systemcheck if the brake pedal height does not re-turn to normal.

Brake pad wear indicators

The disc brake pads on your vehicle haveaudible wear indicators. When a brake padrequires replacement, it will make a highpitched scraping or screeching soundwhen the vehicle is in motion whether ornot the brake pedal is depressed. Have thebrakes checked as soon as possible if thewear indicator sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or othernoise may be heard. Occasional brakenoise during light to moderate stops is nor-mal and does not affect the function or per-formance of the brake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information,see the appropriate maintenance logshown in your “INFINITI Service and Main-tenance Guide”.

BRAKE BOOSTER

Check the brake booster function as fol-lows:

1. With the engine off, press and releasethe brake pedal several times. Whenbrake pedal movement (distance oftravel) remains the same from onepedal application to the next, continueon to the next step.

2. While depressing the brake pedal, startthe engine. The pedal height shoulddrop a little.

3. With the brake pedal depressed, stopthe engine. Keeping the pedal de-pressed for about 30 seconds, thepedal height should not change.

4. Run the engine for one minute withoutdepressing the brake pedal, then turn itoff. Depress the brake pedal severaltimes. The pedal travel distance will de-crease gradually with each depressionas the vacuum is released from thebooster.

If the brakes do not operate properly, seean INFINITI dealer.

Two types of fuses are used. Type jA isused in the fuse boxes in the engine com-partment. Type jB is used in the passengercompartment fuse box.

Type jA fuses are provided as spare fuses.They are stored in the passenger compart-ment fuse box.

Type jA fuses can be installed in the en-gine compartment and passenger compart-ment fuse boxes.

SDI1751

FUSES


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

If a type jA fuse is used to replace a typejB fuse, the type jA fuse will not be levelwith the fuse pocket as shown in the illus-tration. This will not affect the performanceof the fuse. Make sure the fuse is installedin the fuse box securely.

Type jB fuses cannot be installed in theunderhood fuse boxes. Only use type jAfuses in the underhood fuse boxes.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or lower am-perage rating than specified on the fuse boxcover. This could damage the electricalsystem or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not op-erate, check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and head-light switch are OFF.

2. Open the engine hood and remove thecover on the compartment of the bat-tery and the fuse/fusible link holder.

3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holdercover by pushing the tab and lifting thecover up as illustrated.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.The fuse puller is located in the centerof the fuse block in the passenger com-partment.

SDI1752 SDI1479A


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

5. If the fuse is open jA , replace it with anew fuse jB .

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the elec-trical system checked and repaired byan INFINITI dealer.

Fusible links

If the electrical equipment does not op-erate and the fuses are in good condition,check the fusible links. If any of these fus-ible links are melted, replace with onlygenuine NISSAN parts.

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or lower am-perage rating than specified on the fuse boxcover. This could damage the electricalsystem or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not op-erate, check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and theheadlight switch are in the OFF posi-tion.

2. Open the fuse box lid j1 .

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse pullerj2 .

4. If the fuse is open jA , replace it with anew fuse jB . Spare fuses j3 are storedin the fuse box.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have the elec-trical system checked and repaired byan INFINITI dealer.

SDI1753 SDI1962


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

KEYFOB (Except Intelligent Key)


1. Open the lid j1 using a suitable tool j2 .

2. Replace the battery j3 with a new one.Set the battery with the “—” side j4 up.Recommended battery: CR2025 orequivalent

Make sure that the ! side faces thebottom case.

3. Close the lid securely.

4. Push the keyfob button two or threetimes to check its operation.

See an INFINITI dealer if you need any as-sistance for replacement.


O Be careful not to touch the circuit boardand the battery terminal.


O The keyfob is water-resistant; how-ever, if it gets wet, immediately wipe itcompletely dry.

O When changing batteries, do not letdust or oil get on the keyfob.

SDI1754

SPA1374D

KEYFOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible for com-pliance could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment. This device com-plies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules andRSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation issubject to the following two conditions: (1)This device may not cause harmful inter-ference, and (2) this device must acceptany interference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.

INTELLIGENT KEY

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children to swallowthe battery and removed parts.


1. Release the lock knob at the back of theIntelligent Key and remove the me-chanical key.

2. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver jA

wrapped with a cloth into the slit jB ofthe corner and twist it to separate theupper part from the lower part.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery: CR2025 orequivalent

Make sure that the ! side faces thebottom of the case.

4. Align the tips of the upper and lowerparts, and then push them together un-til they are securely closed.

SPA1875 SPA1876


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

5. Push the buttons two or three times tocheck its operation.

See an INFINITI dealer if you need any as-sistance for replacement.


O Be careful not to touch the circuit boardand the battery terminal as it couldcause a malfunction.


O When changing batteries, do not letdust or oil get on the Intelligent Key.

FCC Notice:

This equipment has been tested and foundto comply with the limits for a Class B digi-tal device pursuant to part 15 of the FCCRules. These limits are designed to providereasonable protection against harmful in-terference in a residential installation.This equipment generates, uses and canradiate radio frequency energy and, if notinstalled and used in accordance with theinstructions, may cause harmful interfer-ence to radio communications. However,

there is no guarantee that interference willnot occur in a particular installation. If thisequipment does cause harmful interfer-ence to radio or television reception, whichcan be determined by turning the equip-ment off and on, the user is encouraged totry to correct the interference by one ormore of the following measures:

— Reorient or relocate the receiving an-tenna

— Increase the separation between theequipment and the receiver

— Connect the equipment into an outleton a circuit different from that to whichthe receiver is connected.

— Consult the dealer or an experiencedradio/TV technician for help.


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Clearance light/Daytime running light(Canada)

2. Headlight (low-beam, high-beam)

3. Front turn signal light

4. Front side marker light

5. Interior light/Map light

6. Ceiling light (if so equipped)

7. Rear personal light

8. Luggage light (side)

9. Front fog light

10. Step light

11. High-mounted stop light

12. Luggage light (roof)

13. License plate light

14. Back-up light

15. Tail/Stop/Turning signal lights

16. Rear side marker light

SDI1976

LIGHTS


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

HEADLIGHTS

Replacing

If replacement is required, see an INFINITIdealer.

Xenon headlight bulb:

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

When xenon headlights are on, they producea high voltage. To prevent an electric shock,never attempt to modify or disassemble. Al-ways have your xenon headlights replaced atan INFINITI dealer. For additional informa-tion, see “Headlight and turn signal switch”in the “2. Instruments and controls” section.

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Front turn signal 21 T20

Clearance/Daytime running light 5/21 T20

Front side marker light 3.8 T10

Front fog light* 35 H8

Rear combination light

Tail/Stop/Turn signal lights* (LED) —

Side marker light 3.8 T10

Back-up light 18 T16

License plate light 5 T10

High-mounted stop light* (LED) —

Map light 8 —

Ceiling light (if so equipped) 8 —

Rear personal light 8 —

Step light* 5 —

Luggage (roof, side) light 8 —

Vanity mirror light (if so equipped) 1.32 —

*: See an INFINITI dealer for replacement.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Replacement procedures

All other lights are either type A, B, C or D.When replacing a bulb, first remove thelens and/or cover.

MDI0006

SDI1727A

jA Front side marker light jB Front turn signal jC Clearance light8-32 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

SDI1528ABack-up light

SDI1529ARear side marker light

SDI1728Map light


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

SDI1399CRear personal, Luggage light

SDI1407BVanity mirror light

SDI1530ALicense plate light

SDI1729Ceiling light (if so equipped)


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” in the“6. In case of emergency” section.

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire pressure monitoring system(TPMS)

This vehicle is equipped with the tire pres-sure monitoring system (TPMS). It moni-tors tire pressure of all tires except thespare. When the low tire pressure warninglight is lit or flashing continuously, one ormore of your tires is significantly under-inflated. If equipped, the system also dis-plays pressure of all tires (except the sparetire) on the display screen by sending asignal from a sensor that is installed ineach wheel.

The TPMS will activate only when the ve-hicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25km/h). Also, this system may not detect asudden drop in tire pressure (for example aflat tire while driving).

For more details, refer to “Low tire pressurewarning light” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section, “Tire pressure informa-tion” in the “4. Display screen, heater, airconditioner and audio systems” section,“Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)”in the “5. Starting and driving” section,

and “Flat tire” in the “6. In case of emer-gency” section.

Tire inflation pressureCheck the tire pressure (including thespare) often and always prior to long dis-tance trips. The recommended tire pres-sure specifications are shown on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label or the Tireand Loading Information label (if soequipped) under the “Cold Tire Pressure”heading. The Tire and Loading Informa-tion label is affixed to the driver sidecenter pillar. Tire pressures should bechecked regularly because:

O Most tires naturally lose air over time.

O Tires can lose air suddenly whendriven over potholes or other objectsor if the vehicle strikes a curb whileparking.

The tire pressures should be checkedwhen the tires are cold. The tires are con-sidered COLD after the vehicle has beenparked for 3 or more hours, or driven lessthan 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, including under-inflation, may adversely affect tire lifeand vehicle handling.

WARNING

O Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.

O The Gross Vehicle Weight rating(GVWR) is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label. The ve-hicle weight capacity is indicatedon the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label (if so equipped). Do notload your vehicle beyond this ca-pacity. Overloading your vehiclemay result in reduced tire life, un-safe operating conditions due topremature tire failure, or unfavor-able handling characteristics andcould also lead to a serious acci-dent. Loading beyond the speci-fied capacity may also result infailure of other vehicle compo-nents.

O Before taking a long trip, or whenever you heavily load your vehicle,use a tire pressure gauge to ensurethat the tire pressures are at thespecified level.

WHEELS AND TIRES


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Do not drive your vehicle over 85MPH (137 km/h) unless it isequipped with high speed ratedtires. Driving faster than 85 MPH(137 km/h) may result in tirefailure, loss of control and possibleinjury.

O For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.

Tire and loading information label

j1 Seating capacity: The maximum num-ber of occupants that can be seatedin the vehicle.

j2 Vehicle load limit: See “loading infor-mation” in the “9. Technical and con-sumer information” section.

j3 Original size: The size of the tires

SDI1948


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

originally installed on the vehicle atthe factory.

j4 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires tothis pressure when the tires are cold.Tires are considered COLD after thevehicle has been parked for 3 or morehours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6km) at moderate speeds. The recom-mended cold tire inflation is set bythe manufacturer to provide the bestbalance of tire wear, vehicle handlingdriveability, tire noise, etc., up to thevehicle’s GVWR.

j5 Tire size — refer to “Tire labeling”later in this section.

j6 Spare tire size or compact spare tiresize (if so equipped)

Checking tire pressure

1. Remove the valve stem cap from thetire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarelyonto the valve stem. Do not press toohard or force the valve stem side-ways, or air will escape. If the hissingsound of air escaping from the tire isheard while checking the pressure,reposition the gauge to eliminate thisleakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gaugestem and compare it to the specifica-tion shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the core ofthe valve stem briefly with the tip ofthe gauge stem to release pressure.Recheck the pressure and add or re-lease air as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all other tires,including the spare.

Size Cold TireInflationPressure

FrontOriginalTire

P265/60R18P265/50R20

220 kPa, 32psi

RearOriginalTire

P265/60R18P265/50R20

220 kPa, 32psi

Spare Tire T175/90D18 420 kPa, 60psi

SDI1949


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

TIRE LABELING

Federal law requires tire manufacturersto place standardized information on thesidewall of all tires. This informationidentifies and describes the fundamentalcharacteristics of the tire and also pro-vides the tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. The TINcan be used to identify the tire in case ofa recall.

j1 Tire size (example: P215/65R15 95H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is de-signed for passenger vehicles (not alltires have this information).

2. Three-digit number (215): Thisnumber gives the width in millimetersof the tire from sidewall edge to side-wall edge.

3. Two-digit number (65): This number,known as the aspect ratio, gives thetire’s ratio of height to width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number (15): This numberis the wheel or rim diameter ininches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (95): Thisnumber is the tire’s load index. It is ameasurement of how much weighteach tire can support. You may notfind this information on all tires be-cause it is not required by law.

7. H: Tire speed Rating. You should notdrive the vehicle faster than the tirespeed rating.

SDI1575Example

SDI1951Example


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

j2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for anew tire (example: DOT XX XX XXXXXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Depart-ment of Transportation”. Thesymbol can be placed above,below or to the left or right ofTire Identification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s iden-tification mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code (Op-tional)

5. Three-digit code: Date of Manufacture

6. Four numbers represent the week andyear the tire was built. For example,the numbers 3103 means the 31stweek of 2003. If these numbers aremissing, then look on the other side-wall of the tire.

j3 Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire.Tire manufacturers also must indicatethe materials in the tire, which in-clude steel, nylon, polyester, andothers.

j4 Maximum permissible inflation pres-sureThis number is the greatest amount ofair pressure that should be put in thetire. Do not exceed the maximum per-missible inflation pressure.

j5 Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. When re-placing the tires on the vehicle, al-

ways use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

j6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”Indicates whether the tire requires aninner tube (“tube type”) or not (“tube-less”).

j7 The word “radial”The word “radial” is shown if the tirehas radial structure.

j8 Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or brand name isshown.

Other tire-related terminology:

In addition to the many terms that aredefined throughout this section, In-tended Outboard Sidewall is (1) the side-wall that contains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering or bears manufacturer,brand and/or model name molding thatis higher or deeper than the samemolding on the other sidewall of the tire,or (2) the outward facing sidewall of anasymmetrical tire that has a particularside that must always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.

SDI1607Example


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

O When changing or replacing tires, besure all four tires are of the same type(Examples: Summer, All Season, or Snowand construction. An INFINITI dealermay be able to help you with informationabout tire type, size, speed rating andavailability.

O Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factory equippedtires, and may not match the potentialmaximum vehicle speed. Never exceedthe maximum speed rating of the tire.


O For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-formation” (US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.

All season tires

INFINITI specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance foruse all year around, including snowy andicy road conditions. All Season tires areidentified by ALL SEASON and/or M&S onthe tire sidewall. Snow tires have bettersnow traction than all season tires and maybe more appropriate in some areas.

Summer tires

INFINITI specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performance ondry roads. Summer tire performance is sub-stantially reduced in snow and ice.Summer tires do not have the tire tractionrating M&S (Mud and Snow) on the tiresidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowyor icy conditions, INFINITI recommendsthe use of snow or all season tires on allfour wheels.

Snow tires

If snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and loadrating to the original equipment tires. Ifyou do not, it can adversely affect thesafety and handling of your vehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speedratings than factory equipped tires andmay not match the potential maximum ve-hicle speed. Never exceed the maximumspeed rating of the tire.

If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icyconditions, INFINITI recommends the useof snow or all season tires on all fourwheels.

For additional traction on icy roads,studded tires may be used. However, someprovinces and states prohibit their use.Check local, state and provincial laws be-fore installing studded tires. Skid and trac-tion capabilities of studded snow tires, onwet or dry surfaces, may be poorer thanthat of non-studded snow tires.

Run-flat tires (if so equipped)

If your vehicle is equipped with run-flattires, you can continue driving to a safe lo-cation even if they are punctured. Alwaysuse run-flat tires of the same size on allfour wheels. Mixing tire sizes or construc-tion may reduce vehicle handling stability.If necessary, contact an INFINITI dealerfor assistance.

O Frequently check the tire pressure in-formation display on the monitor


Z 05.11.14/S50-D/V5.0 X

screen and adjust pressure of each tireproperly. (The order of the tire pressurefigures displayed on the screen doesnot correspond with the actual order ofthe tire position.)

It can be difficult to tell if a run-flat tire isunder-inflated or flat. Check the tire pres-sures as described earlier in this section. Ifthe tire becomes under-inflated or flatwhile driving, the low tire pressure warninglight will come on or flash continuously.

Low tire pressure:

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the low tire pressure warninglight will illuminate.

Flat tire:

If the vehicle is being driven with one ormore flat tires, the low tire pressurewarning light will flash continuously and achime will sound for 10 seconds.

The chime will only sound at the first indi-cation of a flat tire and the warning lightwill flash continuously. When the Flat tirewarning is activated, have the system resetand the tire checked and replaced if neces-sary by an INFINITI dealer. Even if the tireis inflated to the specified COLD tire pres-sure, the warning light will continue to

flash until the system is reset by an IN-FINITI dealer.

If the low tire pressure warning light comeson:

O Do not exceed 55 MPH (88 km/h).

O Increase your following distance toallow for increased stopping distances.

O Avoid sudden maneuvers, hard cor-nering and hard braking.

O Do not tow a trailer.

WARNING

O Although you can continue driving with apunctured run-flat tire, remember thatvehicle handling stability is reduced,which could lead to an accident and per-sonal injury. Also, driving a long distanceat high speeds may damage the tire.


O Drive safely at reduced speeds. Avoidhard cornering or braking, which maycause you to lose control of the vehicle.

O Do not tow a trailer when a run-flat tire isflat.

CAUTION

O Never install tire chains on a puncturedrun-flat tire, as this could damage yourvehicle.

O Avoid driving over any projection or pot-hole, as the clearance between the ve-hicle and the ground is smaller thannormal.


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Do not enter an automated car wash witha punctured run-flat tire.

O Have the punctured tire replaced by anINFINITI dealer as soon as possible, asthe tire’s performance capability is re-duced.

All-wheel drive (AWD) models

CAUTION

O Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted orradial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Failure to do so may result in acircumference difference between tireson the front and rear axles which willcause excessive tire wear and maydamage the transmission, transfer caseand differential gears.

O ONLY use spare tires specified for theAWD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-mended that all four tires be replaced with

tires of the same size, brand, constructionand tread pattern. The tire pressure andwheel alignment should also be checkedand corrected as necessary. Contact anINFINITI dealer.

Tire chains must be installed only on therear wheels and not on the front wheels.

Do not drive with tire chains on pavedroads which are clear of snow. Driving withchains in such conditions can causedamage to the various mechanisms of thevehicle due to some overstress.

TIRE CHAINSUse of tire chains may be prohibited ac-cording to location. Check the local lawsbefore installing tire chains. When in-stalling tire chains, make sure they are ofproper size for the tires on your vehicle andare installed according to the chain manu-facturer instructions. Use only SAE class Schains. Class “S” chains are used on ve-hicles with restricted tire to vehicle clear-ance. Vehicles that can use Class “S”chains are designed to meet the SAE stan-dard minimum clearances between the tireand the closest vehicle suspension or bodycomponent required to accommodate theuse of a winter traction device (tire chainsor cables). The minimum clearances are de-

termined using the factory equipped tiresize. Other types may damage your vehicle.Use chain tensioners when recommendedby the tire chain manufacturer to ensure atight fit. Loose end links of the tire chainmust be secured or removed to prevent thepossibility of whipping action damage tothe fenders or undercarriage. If possible,avoid fully loading your vehicle when usingtire chains. In addition, drive at a reducedspeed. Otherwise, your vehicle may bedamaged and/or vehicle handling and per-formance may be adversely affected.

Tire chains must be installed only on therear wheels and not on the front wheels.

CAUTION

O Do not use tire chains on dry roads.

O Never install tire chains on a T-type sparetire or a punctured run-flat tire, as thiscould damage your vehicle.

Do not drive with tire chains on pavedroads that are clear of snow. Driving withchains in such conditions can causedamage to the various mechanisms of thevehicle due to some overstress.


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotation

INFINITI recommends rotating the tiresevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km).See “Flat tire” in the “6. In case of emer-gency” section of this manual for tire re-placing procedures.

As soon as possible, tighten the wheelnuts to the specified torque with a torquewrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 Nzm)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightened tospecifications at all times. It is recom-mended that wheel nuts be tightened tospecification at each tire rotation interval.

WARNING

O After rotating the tires, check andadjust the tire pressure.

O Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of aflat tire, etc.).

O Do not include the spare tire in thetire rotation.

O For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.

SDI1756


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Wear indicator2. Location mark

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

O Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bulgingor objects caught in the tread. Ifexcessive wear, cracks, bulging ordeep cuts are found, the tire(s)should be replaced.

O The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. When thewear indicators are visible, thetire(s) should be replaced.

O Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, including the spare,over 6 years old checked by aqualified technician because sometire damage may not be obvious.Replace the tires as necessary toprevent tire failure and possiblepersonal injury.

O Improper service of the spare tiremay result in serious personal in-jury. If it is necessary to repair thespare tire, contact an INFINITIdealer.

O For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire SafetyInformation” (Canada) in the War-ranty Information Booklet.

Replacing wheels and tires

When replacing a tire, use the same size,speed rating and load carrying capacity as

originally equipped. See “Specifications”in the “9. Technical and consumer informa-tion” section for recommended types andsizes of tires and wheels.

WARNING

O The use of tires other than those recom-mended or the mixed use of tires of dif-ferent brands, construction (bias, bias-belted, radial or run-flat), or tread pat-terns can adversely affect the ride,braking, handling, ground clearance,body-to-tire clearance, tire chain clear-ance, speedometer calibration, head-light aim and bumper height. Some ofthese effects may lead to accidents andcould result in serious personal injury.

O If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace with wheelswhich have the same off-set dimension.Wheels of a different off-set could causepremature tire wear, degrade vehiclehandling characteristics and/or interfer-ence with the brake discs. Such interfer-ence can lead to decreased braking effi-

MDI0004B


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

ciency and/or early brake pad wear.Refer to “Wheels and tires” in the “9.Technical and consumer information”section of this manual for wheel off-setdimensions.



O Do not install a deformed wheel or tireeven if it has been repaired. Such wheelsor tires could have structural damageand could fail without warning.

O The use of retread tires is not recom-mended.

O For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-formation” (US) or “Tire Safety Informa-

tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.

CAUTION

Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted, radialor run-flat), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Failure to do so may result in a cir-cumference difference between tires on thefront and rear axles which will cause exces-sive tire wear and may damage the transmis-sion, transfer case and differential gears(AWD models).

Wheel balance

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle han-dling and tire life. Even with regular use,wheels can get out of balance. Therefore,they should be balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the rear wheels on the ve-hicle could lead to mechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Informa-tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the INFINITI Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

Care of wheels

O Wash the wheels when washing the ve-hicle to maintain their appearance.

O Clean the inner side of the wheels whenthe wheel is changed or the undersideof the vehicle is washed.

O Do not use abrasive cleaners whenwashing the wheels.

O Inspect wheel rims regularly for dentsor corrosion. Such damage may causeloss of pressure or poor seal at the tirebead.

O INFINITI recommends that the sidewalls of road wheels be waxed to pro-tect against road salt in areas where itis used during winter.

Spare tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire (T-type))

Observe the following precautions if theT-type spare tire must be used, otherwise


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

your vehicle could be damaged or involvedin an accident.

CAUTION

O The T-type spare tire should be used foremergency use only. It should be re-placed with the standard tire at the firstopportunity to avoid possible tire or dif-ferential damage.

O Drive carefully while the T-type spare tireis installed. Avoid sharp turns and abruptbraking while driving.

O Periodically check the T-type spare tireinflation pressure, and always keep it at60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar).

O Always keep the pressure of the full sizespare tire (if so equipped) at the recom-mended pressure for standard tires, asindicated on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label. For the label location, see“Tire and Loading Information label” inthe “9. Technical and consumerinformation”.

O Do not drive your vehicle at speeds fasterthan 50 MPH (80 km/h).

O Do not use tire chains on a T-type sparetire. Tire chains will not fit properly andmay cause damage to the vehicle.

O When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the T-type spare tire shouldbe used on the front wheel and the origi-nal tire used on the rear wheels (drivewheels). Use tire chains only on the tworear original tires.

O Tire tread of the T-type spare tire will wearat a faster rate than the original tire. Re-place the T-type spare tire as soon as thetread wear indicators appear.

O Because the T-type spare tire is smallerthan the original tire, ground clearance isreduced. To avoid damage to the vehicledo not drive over obstacles. Also do notdrive the vehicle through an automaticcar wash since it may get caught.

O Do not use the T-type spare tire on othervehicles.

O Do not use more than one T-type sparetire at the same time.

O Do not tow a trailer while the T-typespare tire is installed.


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

9 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants .... 9-2Fuel recommendation .................................. 9-3Engine oil and oil filter recommendation....... 9-5Recommended SAE viscosity number ........... 9-6Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations ......................... 9-6

Specifications................................................... 9-8Engine......................................................... 9-8Wheels and tires........................................ 9-10Dimensions and weights............................ 9-10

When traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country .............................................. 9-11Vehicle identification ...................................... 9-11

Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate ... 9-11Vehicle identification number (Chassisnumber) .................................................... 9-11Engine serial number ................................. 9-12F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label..... 9-12Emission control information label ............. 9-13Tire and loading information label .............. 9-13Air conditioner specification label .............. 9-13

Installing front license plate ........................... 9-14Vehicle loading information ............................ 9-15

Terms........................................................ 9-15Vehicle load capacity ................................. 9-16Loading tips .............................................. 9-18Measurement of weights............................ 9-18

Towing a trailer ............................................... 9-19Maximum load limits ................................. 9-19Towing load/specification chart ................. 9-21Towing safety ............................................ 9-21Flat towing ................................................ 9-24

Uniform tire quality grading............................. 9-25Emission control system warranty ................... 9-26Reporting safety defects (US only) ................... 9-26Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M)test (US only) .................................................. 9-27Event data recorders ....................................... 9-28Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation..................................................... 9-29

In the event of a collision........................... 9-29

Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedure in-structed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate) RecommendedspecificationsUS measure Imp measure Liter

Fuel 23-3/4 gal 19-3/4 gal 90 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI (RON 96)*1Engine oil (Drain and refill)*6

With oil filter changeVK45DE 6-1/8 qt 5-1/8 qt 5.8

For VK45DE engineO API Certification Mark*2, *3O API grade SJ or SL, Energy Conserving*2, *3O ILSAC grade GF-II & GF-III*2, *3For VQ35DE engineO API Certification Mark*2, *3O API grade SG/SH, Energy Conserving I & II or API grade SJ or SL, Energy Conserving*3O ILSAC grade GF-I, GF-II & GF-III*3

VQ35DE 5 qt 4-1/8 qt 4.7

Without oil filterchange

VK45DE 5-1/2 qt 4-5/8 qt 5.2

VQ35DE 4-5/8 qt 3-7/8 qt 4.4

Cooling system

With reservoirVK45DE 10-5/8 qt 8-3/4 qt 10.0

Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant or equivalentVQ35DE 9-1/8 qt 7-5/8 qt 8.6

ReservoirVK45DE 7/8 qt 3/4 qt 0.8VQ35DE 7/8 qt 3/4 qt 0.8

Automatic transmission fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF*4Differential gear oil — — — API GL-5 Viscosity SAE 80W-90*7

Transfer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF (Continental U.S. and Alaska) or Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmis-sion Fluid*8

Power steering fluid (PSF) Refill to the proper fluid level according to the instructionsin the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent*10Brake fluid Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*5 or equivalent DOT 3Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*9

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — NISSAN A/C System OilType S or exact equivalent

Windshield washer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

*1: For additional information, see “Fuel recommendation” later in this section.*2: For additional information, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” later in this section.*3: For additional information, see “Recommended SAE viscosity number” later in this section.*4: Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability, and may damage the automatic transmission, which is not

covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty.*5: Available in mainland US through an INFINITI dealer.*6: For additional information, see “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section for changing engine oil.*7: For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 32°F (0°C).*8: DEXRONTMIII/MERCONTM or equivalent may also be used. Outside the continental United States and Alaska contact an INFINITI dealer for more information regarding suitable fluids, including recommended

brand(s) of DEXRONTMIII/MERCONTM automatic transmission fluid.*9: For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” later in this section for air conditioner specification label.*10: For Canada, NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF), DEXRONTMIII/MERCONTM or equivalent ATF may also be used.

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS

9-2 Technical and consumer information

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

VK45DE engine

In order to maintain engine and exhaustsystem durability and performance, un-leaded premium gasoline with an octanerating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)number (Research octane number 96) mustbe used.

If premium gasoline is not available, un-leaded regular gasoline with an octane rat-ing of 87 AKI number (Research octanenumber 91) may be temporarily used, butonly under the following precautions:

O Have the fuel tank filled only partiallywith unleaded regular gasoline, and fillup with unleaded premium gasoline assoon as possible.

O Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt ac-celeration.

VQ35DE engine

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number91).

For improved vehicle performance,INFINITI recommends the use of unleaded

premium gasoline with an octane rating ofat least 91 AKI number (Research octanenumber 96).

CAUTION

O Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emission con-trol system, and may also affect the war-ranty coverage.

O Under no circumstances should a leadedgasoline be used, because this willdamage the three-way catalyst.

O Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. Yourvehicle is not designed to run on E-85fuel. Using E-85 fuel can damage the fuelsystem components and is not covered bythe INFINITI vehicle limited warranty.

Gasoline specifications

INFINITI recommends using gasoline thatmeets the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC)specifications where it is available. Manyof the automobile manufacturers devel-oped this specification to improve emis-sion system and vehicle performance. Ask

your service station manager if the gaso-line meets the WWFC specifications.

Reformulated gasoline

Some fuel suppliers are now producing re-formulated gasolines. These gasolines arespecially designed to reduce vehicle emis-sions. INFINITI supports efforts towardscleaner air and suggests that you use refor-mulated gasoline when available.

Gasoline containing oxygenates

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline con-taining oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBEand methanol with or without advertisingtheir presence. INFINITI does not recom-mend the use of fuels of which the oxygen-ate content and the fuel compatibility foryour INFINITI cannot be readily deter-mined. If in doubt, ask your service stationmanager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline,please take the following precautions asthe usage of such fuels may cause vehicleperformance problems and/or fuel systemdamage.

O The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than that rec-ommended for unleaded gasoline.

Technical and consumer information 9-3

Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O If an oxygenate-blend, excepting amethanol blend, is used, it should con-tain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

O If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitable amountof appropriate cosolvents and corro-sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-lated with appropriate cosolvents andcorrosion inhibitors, such methanolblends may cause fuel system damageand/or vehicle performance problems.At this time, sufficient data is not avail-able to ensure that all methanol blendsare suitable for use in INFINITI ve-hicles.

If any undesirable driveability problemssuch as engine stalling and hard hotstarting are experienced after usingoxygenate-blend fuels, immediatelychange to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuelwith a low blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline during refu-eling. Gasoline containing oxygenates cancause paint damage.

E-85 fuel

E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately85% fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gaso-line. E-85 can only be used in a FlexibleFuel Vehicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 fuel inyour vehicle. U.S. government regulationsrequire fuel ethanol dispensing pumps tobe identified by a small, square, orangeand black label with the common abbrevia-tion or the appropriate percentage for thatregion.

Aftermarket fuel additives

INFINITI does not recommend the use ofany fuel additives (i.e. fuel injector cleaner,octane booster, intake valve deposit re-movers, etc.) which are sold commercially.Many of these additives intended for gum,varnish or deposit removal may contain ac-tive solvent or similar ingredients that canbe harmful to the fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tips

Using unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended can causepersistent, heavy spark knock. (Sparkknock is a metallic rapping noise.) If se-vere, this can lead to engine damage. Ifyou detect a persistent heavy spark knockeven when using gasoline of the stated oc-

tane rating, or if you hear steady sparkknock while holding a steady speed onlevel roads, have your dealer correct thecondition. Failure to correct the conditionis misuse of the vehicle, for which IN-FINITI is not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result inknocking, after-run or overheating. This inturn may cause excessive fuel consump-tion or damage to the engine. If any of theabove symptoms are encountered, haveyour vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealeror other competent service facility.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time while ac-celerating or driving up hills. This is nocause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

j1 API certification markj2 API service symbol

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oil

It is essential to choose the correct grade,quality and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance.See “Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants” earlier in this section.INFINITI recommends the use of an energyconserving oil in order to improve fueleconomy.

Select only engine oils that meet theAmerican Petroleum Institute (API) certifi-cation or International Lubricant Standard-ization and Approval Committee (ILSAC)certification and SAE viscosity standard.These oils have the API certification markon the front of the container. Oils which donot have the specified quality label shouldnot be used as they could cause enginedamage.

Oil additives

INFINITI does not recommend the use ofoil additives. The use of an oil additive isnot necessary when the proper oil type is

used and maintenance intervals are fol-lowed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter orhas been previously used should not beused.

Oil viscosity

The engine oil viscosity or thicknesschanges with temperature. Because of this,it is important that the engine oil viscositybe selected based on the temperatures atwhich the vehicle will be operated beforethe next oil change. The recommended SAEviscosity number chart shows the recom-mended oil viscosities for the expected am-bient temperatures. Choosing an oil vis-cosity other than that recommended couldcause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filter

Your new vehicle is equipped with a high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. When re-placing, use the genuine oil filter or itsequivalent for the reason described inchange intervals.

Change intervals

The oil and oil filter change intervals foryour engine are based on the use of the

STI0367A


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

specified quality oils and filters. Oil and fil-ter other than the specified quality, or oiland filter change intervals longer than rec-ommended could reduce engine life.Damage to engines caused by impropermaintenance or use of incorrect oil andfilter quality and/or viscosity is not coveredby the new INFINITI vehicle limited war-ranties.

Your engine was filled with a high qualityengine oil when it was built. You do nothave to change the oil before the first rec-ommended change interval. Oil and filterchange intervals depend upon how you useyour vehicle. Operation under the followingconditions may require more frequent oiland filter changes.

O repeated short distance driving at coldoutside temperatures

O driving in dusty conditions

O extensive idling

O towing a trailer

O stop and go commuting

Refer to the “INFINITI Service and Mainte-nance Guide” for the maintenanceschedule.

RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITYNUMBER

SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred for allambient temperatures. SAE 10W-30,10W-40 viscosity oil may be used if theambient temperature is above 0°F (−18°C).

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANTRECOMMENDATIONS

The air conditioning system in thisINFINITI vehicle must be charged with therefrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the lu-bricant, Nissan A/C System Oil Type S orthe exact equivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or lubricantwill cause severe damage to the air condi-tioning system and will require the replace-ment of all air conditioner system compo-nents.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourINFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerant doesnot affect the earth’s atmosphere, certaingovernmental regulations require the re-covery and recycling of any refrigerant dur-ing automotive air conditioning system ser-vice. An INFINITI dealer has the trainedtechnicians and equipment needed to re-cover and recycle your air conditioning sys-tem refrigerant.

TI1028-C


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Contact an INFINITI dealer when servicingyour air conditioning system.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

ENGINE

Model VQ35DE VK45DE

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle Gasoline, 4-cycle

Cylinder arrangement6-cylinder, V-slantedat 60°

8-cylinder, V-slantedat 90°

Bore 3 Stroke in (mm)3.760 3 3.205 (95.53 81.4)

3.661 3 3.256 (93.03 82.7)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 213.45 (3,498) 274.2 (4,494)

Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6 1-8-7-3-6-5-4-2

Idle speed rpm See the emission control information labelon the underside of the hood.Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm

Spark plug

Standard PLFR5A-11 PLFR5A-11

Service optionHot type PLFR4A-11 PLFR4A-11

Cold type PLFR6A-11 PLFR6A-11

Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing chain

TI0001-EVQ35DE

SPECIFICATIONS


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

The spark ignition system of this vehiclemeets all requirements of the CanadianInterference-Causing Equipment Regula-tions.

STI0109CVQ45DE


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WHEELS AND TIRES

Road wheel

Type Size Offset in (mm)

Aluminum18 x 8JJ20 x 8JJ

1.57 (40)

Tire

Type Size Pressure (Cold)

ConventionalP265/60R18

220 kPa, 32 psiP265/50R20

Run-flat* P265/50R20

Spare (T-type)* T175/90D18 420 kPa, 60 psi

*: if so equipped

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Overall length in (mm) 189.1 (4,803)

Overall width in (mm) 75.8 (1,925)

Overall height in (mm) 65.9 (1,672.6)

Front tread in (mm) 62.7 (1,592)

Rear tread in (mm) 64.6 (1,642)

Wheelbase in (mm) 112.2 (2,850)

Gross vehicle weight rating See the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label on the driv-er’s side lock pillar.Gross axle weight rating


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

When planning to travel in anothercountry, you should first find out if the fuelavailable is suitable for your vehicle’s en-gine.

Using fuel with too low an octane ratingmay cause engine damage. All gasoline ve-hicles must be operated with unleaded en-gine gasoline. Therefore, avoid taking yourvehicle to areas where appropriate fuel isnot available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modifythe vehicle to meet local laws and regula-tions.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specificationsmay differ.

When any vehicle is to be taken into an-other country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, trans-portation, and registration are the respon-sibility of the user. INFINITI is not respon-sible for any inconvenience that may re-sult.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATE

The vehicle identification number plate isattached as shown. This number is theidentification for your vehicle and is usedin the vehicle registration.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(Chassis number)

The number is stamped as shown.

STI0345 STI0346

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOURVEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

The number is stamped on the engine asshown.

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.CERTIFICATION LABEL

The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dards (F.M.V.S.S.) or Canadian Motor Ve-hicle Safety Standards (C.M.V.S.S.) certifi-cation label is affixed as shown. This labelcontains valuable vehicle information,such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings(GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR),month and year of manufacture, VehicleIdentification Number, (VIN), etc. Review itcarefully.

STI0303BVQ35DE

STI0266CVK45DE

STI0347


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

EMISSION CONTROLINFORMATION LABEL

The emission control information label isattached as shown.

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABEL

The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tireand Loading Information label affixed asshown.

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABEL

The air conditioner specification label is af-fixed inside of the hood as shown.

STI0348 STI0349 STI0350


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Use the following steps to mount the li-cense plate:

Before mounting the license plate, confirmthat the following parts are enclosed in thevinyl bag.

O License plate bracket

O J-nut x 2

O Screw x 2

O Screw grommet x 2

1. Temporarily place the license platebracket j1 while aligning part j2 of thefront bumper with part j3 of the rearsurface of the license plate bracket.

2. To determine where to drill the hole,mark along both sides of the mountinghole by using a felt-tip pen j4 .

3. Remove the license plate bracket andconnect the arcs to form ovals. Markthe point in the center of each oval.These are the pilot drilling locations.

4. Carefully drill two pilot holes using a0.39 inch (10 mm) drill bit at themarked locations j5 . (Be sure that thedrill only goes through the fascia, ordamage to the nut may occur.)

5. Insert grommets j6 into the hole onthe fascia.

6. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver j7 intothe grommet hole to turn the threadedpart of the grommet 90° j8 .

7. Insert a J-nut j9 into the license platebracket before placing the license platebracket on the fascia.

STI0407

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

8. Install the license plate bracket withscrews j10 .

9. Install the license plate with bolts thatare no longer than 0.55 inch (14 mm).

WARNING

O It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area inside a vehicle. Ina collision, people riding in theseareas are more likely to be seri-ously injured or killed.

O Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts.

O Be sure everyone in your vehicle isin a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourselfwith the following terms before loadingyour vehicle:

O Curb Weight (actual weight of your ve-hicle) - vehicle weight including: stan-dard and optional equipment, fluids,emergency tools, and spare tire as-sembly. This weight does not includepassengers and cargo.

O GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weight ofpassengers and cargo.

O GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) -maximum total combined weight ofthe unloaded vehicle, passengers,luggage, hitch, trailer tongue loadand any other optional equipment.This information is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

O GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limit speci-fied for the front or rear axle. This in-formation is located on the F.M.V.S.S.label.

O GCWR (Gross Combined WeightRating) - maximum total weight ratingof the vehicle, passengers, cargo,and trailer.

O Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,Total load capacity - maximum totalweight limit specified of the load(passengers and cargo) for the ve-hicle. This is the maximum combinedweight of occupants and cargo thatcan be loaded into the vehicle. If thevehicle is used to tow a trailer, the

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

trailer tongue weight must be in-cluded as part of the cargo load. Thisinformation is located on the Tire andLoading Information label (if soequipped).

O Cargo capacity - permissible weightof cargo, the subtracted weight of oc-cupants from the load limit.

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY

Do not exceed the load limit of your ve-hicle shown as “The combined weight ofoccupants and cargo” on the Tire andLoading Information label. Do not ex-ceed the number of occupants shown as“Seating Capacity” on the Tire and Load-ing Information label.

To get “the combined weight of occu-pants and cargo”, add the weight of alloccupants, then add the total luggageweight to the value. Examples are shownin the following illustration.


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Steps for determining correct load limit

1. Locate the statement “The combinedweight of occupants and cargoshould never exceed XXX kg or XXXlbs” on your vehicle’s placard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals the avail-able amount of cargo and luggageload capacity. For example, if the XXXamount equals 1400 lbs. and therewill be five 150 lb. passengers in yourvehicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacity is650 lbs. (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650lbs) or (650 − 340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may notsafely exceed the available cargo andluggage load capacity calculated inStep 4.LTI0152


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,load from your trailer will be trans-ferred to your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine how this re-duces the available cargo and lug-gage load capacity of your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirmthat you do not exceed the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle.See “Measurement of Weights” later inthis section.

Also check tires for proper inflation pres-sures. See the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label.

LOADING TIPS

O The GVW must not exceed GVWR orGAWR as specified on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la-bel.

O Do not load the front and rear axle tothe GAWR. Doing so will exceed theGVWR.

WARNING

O Properly secure all cargo withropes or straps to help prevent itfrom sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, unsecured cargo could causepersonal injury.

O Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rear GAWRs. Ifyou do, parts of your vehicle canbreak, tire damage could occur, orit can change the way your vehiclehandles. This could result in lossof control and cause personal in-jury.

O Overloading not only can shortenthe life of your vehicle and the tire,but can also cause unsafe vehiclehandling and longer braking dis-tances. This may cause a prema-ture tire failure which could resultin a serious accident and personalinjury. Failures caused by over-

loading are not covered by the ve-hicle’s warranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTSSecure loose items to prevent weightshifts that could affect the balance ofyour vehicle. When the vehicle is loaded,drive to a scale and weigh the front andthe rear wheels separately to determineaxle loads. Individual axle loads shouldnot exceed either of the gross axleweight rating (GAWR). The total of theaxle loads should not exceed the grossvehicle weight rating (GVWR). These rat-ings are given on the vehicle certificationlabel. If weight ratings are exceeded,move or remove items to bring allweights below the ratings.


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Overloading or improper loading of a trailerand its cargo can adversely affect vehiclehandling, braking and performance and maylead to accidents.

CAUTION

O Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy loadfor the first 500 miles (800 km).

Your engine, axle or other parts could bedamaged.

O For the first 500 miles (800 km) that youtow a trailer, do not drive over 50 MPH(80 km/h) and do not make starts at fullthrottle. This helps the engine and otherparts of your vehicle wear in at theheavier loads.

Your new vehicle was designed to be usedprimarily to carry passengers and cargo.Remember that towing a trailer will placeadditional loads on your vehicle’s engine,drive train, steering, braking and other sys-tems.

An INFINITI Towing Guide (U.S. only) isavailable on the website atwww.infiniti.com. This guide includes in-formation on trailer towing capability andthe special equipment required for propertowing.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS

Maximum trailer loads

Never allow the total trailer load to exceedthe value specified in the following TowingLoad/Specification Chart. The total trailer

load equals trailer weight plus its cargoweight.

O When towing a trailer load of 1,000 lbs(454 kg) or more, trailers with a brakesystem MUST be used.

The maximum GCWR (Gross CombinedWeight Rating) should not exceed the valuespecified in the following TowingLoad/Specification Chart.

The GCWR equals the combined weight ofthe towing vehicle (including passengersand cargo) plus the total trailer load.

Towing loads greater than these or usingimproper towing equipment could ad-versely affect vehicle handling, brakingand performance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer isnot only related to the maximum trailerloads, but also the places you plan to tow.Tow weights appropriate for level highwaydriving may have to be reduced on verysteep grades or in low traction situations(for example, on slippery boat ramps).

TI1011M

TOWING A TRAILER


Z 05.11.14/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

Vehicle damage resulting from impropertowing procedures are not covered byINFINITI warranties.

Tongue load

Keep the tongue load between 9 to 11% ofthe total trailer load within the maximumtongue load limits shown in the followingTowing Load/Specifications Chart. If thetongue load becomes excessive, rearrangecargo to allow for proper tongue load.

Maximum gross vehicle weight/maximum gross axle weight

The gross vehicle weight jA of the towingvehicle must not exceed. GVWR shown onthe F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel. The gross vehicle weight equals thecombined weight of the unloaded vehicle,passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongueload and any other optional equipment. Inaddition, front or rear gross axle weight jB

must not exceed GAWR shown on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

TI1012MA


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHART

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHARTUnit: lb (kg)

VQ35DE VK45DE

MAXIMUM TRAILER WEIGHT*1 3,500 (1,588)

MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD 350 (159)

GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING 8,000 (3,629) 8,100 (3,674)

RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT*2 Sway Control Device (SCD)

*1: All towing above 1,000 lb (454 kg) requires the use of trailer brakes. INFINITI recommends the use of atandem axle trailer whenever towing above 3,000 lb (1,361 kg).

*2: A sway control device is recommended for all towing above 2,000 lb (907 kg). Sway control devices arenot offered by INFINITI. See a professional trailer/hitch outlet for a properly designed sway control de-vice for your trailer.

TOWING SAFETY

Trailer hitch

Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle andtrailer. Make sure the trailer hitch is se-curely attached to the vehicle, to helpavoid personal injury or property damagedue to sway caused by crosswinds, roughroad surfaces or passing trucks.

Hitch ball

Choose a hitch ball of the proper size andweight rating for your trailer:

O The required hitch ball size is stampedon most trailer couplers. Most hitchballs also have the size printed on topof the ball.

O Choose the proper class hitch ballbased on the trailer weight.

O The diameter of the threaded shank ofthe hitch ball must be matched to theball mount hole diameter. The hitch ballshank should be no more than 1/169smaller than the hole in the ball mount.

O The threaded shank of the hitch ballmust be long enough to be properly se-cured to the ball mount. There should


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

be at least 2 threads showing beyondthe lock washer and nut.

Class I hitch

Class I trailer hitch equipment (receiver,ball mount and hitch ball) can be used totow trailers of a maximum weight of 2,000lb (909 kg).

Class II hitch

Class II trailer hitch equipment (receiver,ball mount and hitch ball) can be used totow trailers of a maximum weight of 3,500lb (1,510 kg).

CAUTION

O Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

O The hitch should not be attached to or af-fect the operation of the impact-absorbing bumper.

O Do not modify the vehicle exhaustsystem, brake system, etc. to install atrailer hitch.

O To reduce the possibility of additional-damage if your vehicle is struck from the

rear, where practical, remove the hitchand/or receiver when not in use. Afterthe hitch is removed, seal the bolt holesto prevent exhaust fumes, water or dustfrom entering the passenger compart-ment.

O Regularly check that all trailer hitchmounting bolts are securely mounted.

Tire pressures

O When towing a trailer, inflate the ve-hicle tires to the recommended coldtire pressure indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

O Trailer tire condition, size, load ratingand proper inflation pressure shouldbe in accordance with the trailer andtire manufacturers’ specifications.

Safety chains

Always use a suitable chain between yourvehicle and the trailer. The safety chainsshould be crossed and should be attachedto the hitch, not to the vehicle bumper oraxle. Be sure to leave enough slack in thechains to permit turning corners.

Trailer lights

CAUTION

When splicing into the vehicle electrical sys-tem, a commercially available power-typemodule/converter must be used to providepower for all trailer lighting. This unit usesthe vehicle battery as a direct power sourcefor all trailer lights while using the vehicletail light, stoplight and turn signal circuits asa signal source. The module/converter mustdraw no more than 15 milliamps from thestop and tail lamp circuits. Using amodule/converter that exceeds these powerrequirements may damage the vehicle’s elec-trical system. See a reputable trailer dealerto obtain the proper equipment and to haveit installed.

Trailer lights should comply with federaland/or local regulations. For assistance inhooking up trailer lights, contact anINFINITI dealer or reputable trailer dealer.


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Trailer brakes

If your trailer is equipped with a brakingsystem, make sure it conforms to federaland/or local regulations and that it is prop-erly installed.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake system directlyto the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tips

O Be certain your vehicle maintains alevel position when a loaded or un-loaded trailer is hitched. Do not drivethe vehicle if it has an abnormalnose-up or nose-down condition; checkfor improper tongue load, overload,worn suspension or other possiblecauses of either condition.

O Always secure items in the trailer toprevent load shifts while driving.

O Load the trailer so approximately 60%of the trailer load is in the front half and40% is in the back half.

O Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure,vehicle tire pressure, trailer light opera-

tion, and trailer wheel lug nuts everytime you attach a trailer to the vehicle.

O Be certain your rear view mirrors con-form to all federal, state or local regula-tions. If not, install any mirrors re-quired for towing before driving the ve-hicle.

Trailer towing tips

In order to gain skill and an understandingof the vehicle’s behavior, you should prac-tice turning, stopping and backing up in anarea which is free from traffic. Steering sta-bility, and braking performance will besomewhat different than under normaldriving conditions.

O Always secure items in the trailer toprevent load shift while driving.

O Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration orstops.

O Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

O Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed. Some states or provinces havespecific speed limits for vehicles thatare towing trailers. Obey the localspeed limits.

O When backing up, hold the bottom ofthe steering wheel with one hand. Move

your hand in the direction in which youwant the trailer to go. Make small cor-rections and back up slowly. If pos-sible, have someone guide you whenyou are backing up.

O Always block the wheels on both ve-hicle and trailer when parking. Parkingon a slope is not recommended; how-ever, if you must do so, and if your ve-hicle is equipped with automatic trans-mission, first block the wheels andapply the parking brake, and then movethe transmission selector lever into theP (Park) position. If you move the selec-tor lever to the P (Park) position beforeblocking the wheels and applying theparking brake, transmission damagecould occur.

O When going down a hill, shift into alower gear and use the engine brakingeffect. When going up a long grade,downshift the transmission to a lowergear and reduce speed to reducechances of engine overloading and/oroverheating.

O If the engine coolant rises to an ex-tremely high temperature when the airconditioning system is on, turn off the


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

air conditioner. Coolant heat can be ad-ditionally vented by opening the win-dows, switching the fan control to highand setting the temperature control tothe HOT position.

O Trailer towing requires more fuel thannormal circumstances.

O Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500miles (800 km).

O Have your vehicle serviced more oftenthan at intervals specified in the recom-mended maintenance schedule in theINFINITI Service and Manual Guide.

O When making a turn, your trailer wheelswill be closer to the inside of the turnthan your vehicle wheels. To compen-sate for this, make a larger than normalturning radius during the turn.

O Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-versely affect vehicle/trailer handling,possibly causing vehicle sway. Whenbeing passed by larger vehicles, be pre-pared for possible changes in cross-winds that could affect vehicle han-dling. If swaying does occur, firmly gripthe steering wheel, steer straightahead, and immediately (but gradually)reduce vehicle speed. This combination

will help stabilize the vehicle. Never in-crease speed.

O Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requiresconsiderably more distance thannormal passing. Remember the lengthof the trailer must also pass the othervehicle before you can safely changelanes.

O To maintain engine braking efficiencyand electrical charging performance,do not use overdrive.

O Avoid holding the brake pedal down toolong or too frequently. This could causethe brakes to overheat, resulting in re-duced braking efficiency.

O Increase your following distance toallow for greater stopping distanceswhile towing a trailer. Anticipate stopsand brake gradually.

O Do not use cruise control while towing atrailer.

O Check your hitch, trailer wiring harnessconnections, and trailer wheel lug nutsafter 50 miles (80 km) of travel and atevery break.

O When stopped in traffic for long periodsof time in hot weather, put the vehiclein the P (Park) position.

When towing a trailer, change fluid in thetransmission more frequently.

For additional information, see the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectionearlier in this manual.

FLAT TOWING

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels onthe ground is sometimes called flat towing.This method is sometimes used whentowing a vehicle behind a recreational ve-hicle, such as a motor home.

CAUTION

O Failure to follow these guidelines can re-sult in severe transmission damage.

O Whenever flat towing your vehicle, al-ways tow forward, never backward.


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O DO NOT tow any automatic transmissionvehicle with all four wheels on theground (flat towing). Doing so WILLDAMAGE internal transmission parts dueto lack of transmission lubrication.

O For emergency towing procedures, see“Towing recommended by INFINITI” inthe “6. In case of emergency” section ofthis manual.

To tow a vehicle equipped with an auto-matic transmission, an appropriate vehicledolly MUST be placed under the towed ve-hicle’s drive wheels. Always follow thedolly manufacturer’s recommendationswhen using their product.

DOT (Department Of Transportation)Quality Grades: All passenger car tiresmust conform to federal safety require-ments in addition to these grades.

Quality grades can be found where appli-cable on the tire sidewall between treadshoulder and maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is a comparativerating based on the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlled conditionson a specified government test course. Forexample, a tire graded 150 would wear oneand one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions of their use,however, and may depart significantly fromthe norm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B and C

The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those gradesrepresent the tire’s ability to stop on wet

pavement as measured under controlledconditions on specified government testsurfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor traction perfor-mance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not include acceleration, cor-nering, hydroplaning, or peak traction char-acteristics.

Temperature A, B and C

The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B, and C, representing the tire’sresistance to the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat when tested undercontrolled conditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustained high tem-perature can cause the material of the tireto degenerate and reduce tire life, and ex-cessive temperature can lead to suddentire failure. The grade C corresponds to alevel of performance which all passengercar tires must meet under the FederalMotor Safety Standard No. 109. Grades Band A represent higher levels of perfor-

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

mance on the laboratory test wheel thanthe minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire is estab-lished for a tire that is properly inflated andnot overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, or excessive loading, either sepa-rately or in combination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible tire failure.

Your INFINITI is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For US:

O Emission Defects Warranty

O Emissions Performance Warranty(See Warranty Information Booklet fordetails.)

For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in your War-ranty Information Booklet (Warranty andRoadside Assistance Information (Canadaonly)) that comes with your INFINITI. Ifyou did not receive a Warranty InformationBooklet (Warranty and Roadside Assis-tance Information (Canada only)), or it hasbecome lost, you may obtain a replace-ment by writing to:

O INFINITI DivisionNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 47038, Gardena, CA 90247-6838

O Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, you shouldimmediately inform the NationalHighway Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingINFINITI.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints,it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involved in indi-vidual problems between you, yourdealer, or INFINITI.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Ve-hicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); goto http://www.safercar.gov; or writeto: Administrator, NHTSA, 400 SeventhStreet, SW., Washington, DC 20590.You can also obtain other informationabout motor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (US only)


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

You may notify INFINITI by contactingour Consumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at 1-800-662-6200.

A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Drive(AWD) should never be tested using a twowheel dynamometer (such as the dyna-mometers used by some states for emis-sions testing), or similar equipment. Makesure you inform test facility personnel thatyour vehicle is equipped with AWD before itis placed on a dynamometer. Using thewrong test equipment may result in trans-mission damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in serious ve-hicle damage or personal injury.

Due to legal requirements in some states/areas, your vehicle may be required to be inwhat is called the “ready condition” for anInspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of theemission control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”when it is driven through certain drivingpatterns. Usually, the “ready condition”can be obtained by ordinary usage of thevehicle.

If a powertrain system component is re-paired or the battery is disconnected, thevehicle may be reset to a “not ready condi-tion”. Before taking the I/M test, check thevehicle’s inspection/maintenance testreadiness condition. Turn the ignitionswitch to the ON position without starting

the engine. If the Malfunction IndicatorLamp (MIL) comes on steady for 20 sec-onds and then blinks for 10 seconds, theI/M test condition is “not ready”. If theMIL does not blink after 20 seconds, theI/M test condition is “ready”.

If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a “notready” condition, drive the vehicle throughthe following pattern to set the vehicle tothe “ready condition”. If you cannot or donot want to perform the driving pattern, anINFINITI dealer can conduct it for you.

WARNING

Always drive the vehicle in a safe and pru-dent manner according to traffic conditions,and obey all traffic laws.

1. Start the engine. Allow the engine toidle until the engine coolant tempera-ture gauge needle points between the Cand H (normal operating temperature).

2. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88km/h), then quickly release the accel-erator pedal completely and keep it re-leased for at least 10 seconds.

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST (US only)


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

3. Quickly depress the accelerator pedalfor a moment, then drive the vehicle ata speed of 53 to 60 MPH (86 to 96km/h) for at least 9 minutes.

4. Stop the vehicle. Leave the engine run-ning.

5. Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH (55km/h) and maintain the speed for 20seconds.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 10 times.

7. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88km/h) and maintain the speed for atleast 3 minutes.

8. Stop the vehicle. Place the transmis-sion gear selector lever in the “P” or“N” position.

9. Turn the engine off.

10.Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least onemore time.

If step 1 through 7 is interrupted, repeatthe preceding step. Any safe driving modeis acceptable between steps. Do not stopthe engine until step 7 is completed.

Your vehicle is equipped with a variety ofcomputers that monitor and control a num-ber of systems to optimize performanceand help service technicians with diag-nosis and repair. Depending on the equip-ment on your vehicle, some of the com-puters monitor emission control systems,braking systems, engine systems, trans-mission systems, tire pressure systems,and air bag systems. Some data about ve-hicle operation may be stored in the com-puters for use during servicing. Other datamay be stored if a crash event occurs. Forexample, air bag readiness, air bag perfor-mance, and seat belt use by the driver orpassenger may be recorded, depending onvehicle equipment. These types of systemsare sometimes called Event Data Re-corders.

Special equipment can be used to accessthe electronic data that may be stored inthe vehicle’s computers (sounds are not re-corded). INFINITI and INFINITI dealershave equipment to access some of thisdata; others may also have this equipment.The data may be retrieved during routinevehicle servicing or for special research. Itmight also be accessed with the consent ofthe vehicle owner or lessee in response toa request by law enforcement, or as other-wise required or permitted by law.

EVENT DATA RECORDERS


Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is thebest source of service and repair informa-tion for your vehicle. Filled with wiring dia-grams, illustrations and step-by-step diag-nostic and adjustment procedures, thismanual is the same one used by the factorytrained technicians working at authorizedINFINITI dealerships. Also available aregenuine INFINITI Owner’s Manuals, andgenuine INFINITI Service and Owner’sManuals for older INFINITI models.

In the USA:

For current pricing and availability of genu-ine INFINITI Service Manuals for the 2000model year and later, contact:

Tweddle Litho Company1-800-450-9491www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genu-ine INFINITI Service Manuals for the 1999model year and prior, see an INFINITIdealer, or contact:

Resolve Corporation20770 Westwood RoadStrongsville, OH 441361-800-247-5321

For current pricing and availability of genu-ine INFINITI Owner’s Manuals for this

model year and prior, see an INFINITIdealer, or contact:

Resolve Corporation20770 Westwood RoadStrongsville, OH 441361-800-247-5321

In Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITIService Manual or Owner’s Manual pleasecontact an INFINITI dealer. For the phonenumber and location of an INFINITI dealerin your area call the INFINITI SatisfactionCenter at 1-800-361-4792 and a bilingualINFINITI representative will assist you.

Also available are genuine INFINITI Ser-vice and Owner’s Manuals for olderINFINITI models.

IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION

Unfortunately, accidents do occur. In thisunlikely event, there is some important in-formation you should know. Many insur-ance companies routinely authorize theuse of non-genuine collision parts in orderto cut costs, among other reasons.

Insist on the use of GenuineINFINITI Collision Parts!

If you want your vehicle to be restoredusing parts made to INFINITI’s original ex-acting specifications — if you want to helpit to last and hold its resale value, the solu-tion is simple. Tell your insurance agentand your repair shop to only use GenuineINFINITI Collision Parts. INFINITI doesnot warrant non-INFINITI parts, nor doesINFINITI’s warranty apply to damagecaused by a non-genuine part.

Using Genuine INFINITI Parts can help pro-tect your personal safety, preserve yourwarranty protection and maintain the re-sale value of your vehicle. And if your ve-hicle was leased, using Genuine INFINITIParts may prevent or limit unnecessary ex-cess wear and tear expenses at the end ofyour lease.

INFINITI designs its hoods with crumplezones to minimize the risk that the hoodwill penetrate the windshield of your ve-hicle in an accident. Non-genuine (imita-tion) parts may not provide such built-insafety features. Also, non-genuine parts of-ten show premature wear, rust and corro-sion.

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE MANUALORDER INFORMATION


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Why should you take a chance?

In over 40 states and certain territories/provinces, the law says you must be ad-vised if non-genuine parts are used to re-pair your vehicle. And some states andprovinces have enacted laws that restrictinsurance companies from authorizing theuse of non-genuine collision parts duringthe new vehicle warranty. These laws helpprotect you, so you can take action to pro-tect yourself.

It’s your right!

If you should need further information,visit us at:

www.infiniti.com (for U.S. customers) orwww.infiniti.ca (for Canadian customers)


Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

10 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock brake system)............................ 5-52Aiming control, Headlights ............................... 2-26Air bag system, Front passenger air bag andstatus light ...................................................... 1-45Air bag warning labels...................................... 1-51Air bag warning light ............................... 1-52, 2-15Air cleaner housing filter .................................. 8-21Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation........................... 4-21Air conditioner service ...................... 4-21, 4-24Air conditioner specification label.............. 9-13Air conditioning system refrigerantand lubricant recommendations.......... 4-24, 9-6Heater and air conditioner (automatic) ....... 4-21In-cabin microfilter ................................... 4-24

Alarm, How to stop alarm (See vehiclesecurity system)............................................... 2-19Alcohol, drugs and driving.................................. 5-7All-wheel drive (AWD)....................................... 5-46All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light .................. 2-10Anchor point locations

Top tether strap ........................................ 1-28Antenna........................................................... 4-64Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........................... 5-52Anti-lock brake warning light............................ 2-10Appearance care

Exterior appearance care ............................. 7-2

Interior appearance care ............................. 7-4Armrest ............................................................. 1-7Audible reminders ........................................... 2-17Audio operation precautions ............................ 4-27Audio system................................................... 4-25

Steering wheel audio controls ................... 4-40Autochanger

Compact Disc (CD)..................................... 4-37Autolight system.............................................. 2-25Automatic

Anti-glare inside mirror.............................. 3-30Automatic sunroof..................................... 2-43Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) ............. 8-15Drive positioner ........................................ 3-32Driving with automatic transmission .......... 5-14Seat positioner ......................................... 3-32

Avoiding collision and rollover............................ 5-7

B

Back door (See lift gate) ................................... 3-24Battery ............................................................ 8-17

Battery saver system ................................. 2-26Before starting the engine ................................ 5-13Belts (See drive belts) ...................................... 8-19Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System .............. 4-41Booster seats .................................................. 1-32Brake

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..................... 5-52

Brake booster ........................................... 8-24Brake fluid ................................................ 8-16Brake pedal check..................................... 8-23Brake system ............................................ 5-49Parking brake check .................................. 8-23Parking brake operation ............................ 5-18Warning light ............................................ 2-11

Break-in schedule ............................................ 5-45Brightness control, Instrument panel ............... 2-27Bulb check/instrument panel ............................. 2-9Bulb replacement............................................. 8-30

C

Cabin air filter.................................................. 4-24Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ..... 9-2Car phone or CB radio ...................................... 4-65Card holder...................................................... 2-39Cargo (See vehicle loading information)............ 2-39Cargo net......................................................... 2-39Catalytic converter

Three way catalyst....................................... 5-3CD care and cleaning........................................ 4-39Child restraints ................................................ 1-19

Booster seats............................................ 1-32Installation on front passenger seat .......... 1-29Installation on rear seat outboard orcenter positions ........................................ 1-21LATCH system ........................................... 1-26

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Precautions on child restraints.................. 1-19Top tether strap ........................................ 1-27Top tether strap anchor point locations ...... 1-28

Child safety ..................................................... 1-11Child safety rear door lock.................................. 3-5Chimes

Audible reminders..................................... 2-17Seat belt warning light and chime.............. 2-14

Circuit breaker, Fusible link .............................. 8-26Cleaning exterior and interior ...................... 7-2, 7-4Clock............................................................... 2-32Cold weather driving ........................................ 5-56Command (See Bluetooth Hands-Free PhoneSystem) ........................................................... 4-47Compact Disc (CD) changer (See audiosystem) ........................................................... 4-37Compass display ............................................... 2-6Console box..................................................... 2-38Control panel buttons (models with navigationsystem) ........................................................... 4-12Control panel buttons (models withoutnavigation system)............................................. 4-4Controls

Control panel buttons (display withnavigation system).................................... 4-12Control panel buttons (display withoutnavigation system)...................................... 4-4Heater and air conditioner controls(automatic) ............................................... 4-21Steering wheel audio controls ................... 4-40

CoolantCapacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................... 9-2Changing engine coolant ........................... 8-10Checking engine coolant level ..................... 8-9

Corrosion protection .......................................... 7-5Cover, Tonneau cover ....................................... 2-40Cruise control .................................................. 5-22Cruise control, Fixed speed cruise control(on ICC system) ............................................... 5-41Cruise control, Intelligent cruise controlsystem ............................................................ 5-24Cup holders ..................................................... 2-35

D

Daytime running light system ........................... 2-27Defroster switch, Rear window and outsidemirror defroster switch..................................... 2-23Dimensions and weights .................................. 9-10Display controls (See control panel buttons),With navigation system .................................... 4-12Display controls (See control panel buttons),Without navigation system ................................. 4-4Door open warning light ................................... 2-11Drive belts ....................................................... 8-19Drive positioner ............................................... 3-32Driving

Cold weather driving ................................. 5-56Driving with automatic transmission .......... 5-14On-pavement and off-load driving................ 5-3Precautions when starting and driving ......... 5-2Safety precautions ...................................... 5-8

DVD player, INFINITI mobile entertainmentsystem ............................................................ 4-55

E

EconomyFuel .......................................................... 5-45

Emission control information label ................... 9-13Emission control system warranty .................... 9-26Engine

Before starting the engine ......................... 5-13Break-in schedule ..................................... 5-45Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................... 9-2Changing engine coolant ........................... 8-10Changing engine oil and filter .................... 8-13Checking engine coolant level ..................... 8-9Checking engine oil level ........................... 8-11Coolant temperature gauge ......................... 2-5Engine block heater................................... 5-57Engine compartment check locations ........... 8-7Engine cooling system................................. 8-9Engine oil.................................................. 8-11Engine oil and oil filter recommendation ...... 9-5Engine oil viscosity...................................... 9-5Engine serial number................................. 9-12Engine specifications .................................. 9-8If your vehicle overheats ........................... 6-13Starting the engine.................................... 5-14

Entry/exit function, Automatic drivepositioner ............................................... 3-29, 3-33Event data recorders ........................................ 9-28Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) ......................... 5-2

10-2

Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

F

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ........... 9-12Filter

Air cleaner housing filter ........................... 8-21Changing engine oil and filter .................... 8-13

Flashers (See hazard warning flasherswitch) ............................................................ 2-28Flat tire ..................................................... 6-2, 8-41Flat towing....................................................... 9-24Floor mat cleaning ............................................. 7-4Fluid

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) ............. 8-15Brake fluid ................................................ 8-16Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................... 9-2Engine coolant ............................................ 8-9Engine oil.................................................. 8-11Power steering fluid .................................. 8-15Window washer fluid ................................. 8-16

FM-AM-Satellite radio with compact disc (CD)changer ........................................................... 4-34Fog light switch................................................ 2-28Front passenger air bag and status light ........... 1-45Front power seat adjustment .............................. 1-2Fuel

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................... 9-2Fuel economy............................................ 5-45Fuel octane rating........................................ 9-3Fuel recommendation.................................. 9-3Fuel-filler cap ............................................ 3-26Fuel-filler door .......................................... 3-26Gauge......................................................... 2-5

Fuses .............................................................. 8-24Fusible links .................................................... 8-26

G

Garage door opener, HomeLink UniversalTransceiver ...................................................... 2-47Gas cap ........................................................... 3-26Gauge ............................................................... 2-3

Engine coolant temperature gauge............... 2-5Fuel gauge .................................................. 2-5Odometer ................................................... 2-4Speedometer .............................................. 2-4Tachometer................................................. 2-4

General maintenance ......................................... 8-2Glove box ........................................................ 2-36

H

Hands-free phone system, Bluetooth .............. 4-41Hazard warning flasher switch.......................... 2-28Head restraints .................................................. 1-6Headlights

Aiming control .......................................... 2-26Bulb replacement...................................... 8-31Headlight switch ....................................... 2-24Xenon headlights ...................................... 2-23

Headphones (See INFINITI mobileentertainment system) ..................................... 4-58Heated seats ................................................... 2-29Heater

Engine block heater................................... 5-57Heater and air conditioner (automatic) ....... 4-21

HomeLink Universal Transceiver ..................... 2-47Hood

Release..................................................... 3-24Horn................................................................ 2-29

I

Ignition knob (Intelligent Key system) .............. 3-14Ignition switch

(except Intelligent Key system).................. 5-10(with Intelligent Key system) ..................... 5-12Automatic transmission models................. 5-14Key positions ............................................ 5-11

Immobilizer system ......................................... 2-20In-cabin microfilter .......................................... 4-24Indicator lights................................................ 2-15INFINITI advanced air bag system.................... 1-43INFINITI mobile entertainment system (MES) ... 4-55INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System............... 2-20INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System

Engine start...................................... 5-11, 5-13Inside

Automatic anti-glare mirror........................ 3-30Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test .................. 9-27Instrument brightness control.......................... 2-27Instrument panel ............................................... 2-2Intelligent cruise control (ICC) system .............. 5-24Intelligent cruise control (ICC) system, Previewfunction........................................................... 5-45Intelligent Key system ....................................... 3-9

Engine starting.......................................... 3-14Key operating range .................................. 3-16Key operation............................................ 3-12Mechanical key and valet key .................... 3-23

10-3

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Operating the engine................................. 3-14Remote keyless operation ......................... 3-20Trouble-shooting guide ............................. 3-19Warning signals ........................................ 3-17

Interior light .................................................... 2-45Interior light replacement ................................ 8-31ISOFIX child restraint ...................................... 1-26

J

Jump starting ................................................... 6-10

K

Keyless entryWith Intelligent Key system (SeeIntelligent Key system).............................. 3-20Without Intelligent Key system (See remotekeyless entry system).................................. 3-5

Keys, Except Intelligent Key ............................... 3-2Keys, For Intelligent Key system ......................... 3-9

L

LabelsAir bag warning labels............................... 1-51Air conditioner specification label.............. 9-13Emission control information label............. 9-13Engine serial number................................. 9-12F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label .... 9-12Tire and Loading Information label ... 8-36, 9-13Vehicle identification number (VIN) ........... 9-11

Lane departure warning (LDW) switch ............... 2-30

Lane departure warning (LDW) system .............. 5-19LATCH system .................................................. 1-26License plate, Installing front license plate....... 9-14Lift gate ........................................................... 3-24Light

Air bag warning light ................................. 1-52Bulb replacement...................................... 8-30Fog light switch......................................... 2-28Headlight switch ....................................... 2-24Headlights bulb replacement..................... 8-31Indicator lights ......................................... 2-15Interior light ............................................. 2-45Replacement............................................. 8-30Room light ................................................ 2-45Vanity mirror light ..................................... 2-47Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders ................................................. 2-10Xenon headlights ...................................... 2-23

Lights, Exterior and interior lightreplacement .................................................... 8-31Loading information

(See vehicle loading information)............... 9-15Lock

Door locks .................................................. 3-3Glove box lock........................................... 2-36Lift gate lock ............................................. 3-24Power door lock .......................................... 3-3

Low fuel warning light ...................................... 2-12Low tire pressure warning light......................... 2-13Low tire pressure warning system (See tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)) .................. 5-3Luggage floor boxes......................................... 2-39

M

MaintenanceBattery...................................................... 8-17General maintenance .................................. 8-2Inside the vehicle ....................................... 8-4Maintenance precautions ............................ 8-5Maintenance requirements.......................... 8-2Outside the vehicle ..................................... 8-3Seat belt maintenance............................... 1-18Under the hood and vehicle ......................... 8-4

Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)...................... 2-16Mechanical key (for Intelligent Key system) ...... 3-23Memory storage, Automatic drive positioner ..... 3-32Meters and gauges ............................................ 2-3Meters and gauges, Instrument brightnesscontrol............................................................. 2-27Mirror

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror.............. 3-30Outside mirrors......................................... 3-31

Mobile entertainment system (MES) ................. 4-55Monitor, Rearview monitor ............................... 4-18

N

Net, Cargo net.................................................. 2-39New vehicle break-in........................................ 5-45

O

Odometer .......................................................... 2-4

10-4

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

OilCapacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................... 9-2Changing engine oil and filter .................... 8-13Checking engine oil level ........................... 8-11Engine oil.................................................. 8-11Engine oil viscosity...................................... 9-5

On-pavement and off-load driving precautions(for AWD models) ............................................... 5-3Operating the engine (Intelligent Keysystem) ........................................................... 3-14Outside mirrors................................................ 3-31Overheat, If your vehicle overheats .................. 6-13Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation...................................................... 9-29

P

ParkingBrake check .............................................. 8-23Parking brake operation ............................ 5-18Parking on hills ......................................... 5-48

PhoneBluetooth Hands-Free Phone System ....... 4-41Car phone or CB radio................................ 4-65

PowerFront seat adjustment.................................. 1-2Power door lock .......................................... 3-3Power outlet ............................................. 2-32Power steering fluid .................................. 8-15Power steering system .............................. 5-49Power windows ......................................... 2-41

Pre-tensioner seat belt system ......................... 1-50

PrecautionsAudio operation ........................................ 4-27Braking precautions .................................. 5-49Child restraints ......................................... 1-19Cruise control ........................................... 5-22Driving safety.............................................. 5-8Lane departure warning (LDW) system........ 5-19Maintenance............................................... 8-5On-pavement and off-load driving................ 5-3Seat belt usage ........................................... 1-8Supplemental restraint system .................. 1-37When starting and driving............................ 5-2

Preview function (for Intelligent cruise controlsystem) ........................................................... 5-45Push starting ................................................... 6-12

R

RadioCar phone or CB radio................................ 4-65Steering wheel audio controls ................... 4-40

Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M)test (US only) ................................................... 9-27Rear center seat belt ........................................ 1-15Rear door lock

Child safety rear door lock ........................... 3-5Rear power point.............................................. 2-32Rear seat adjustment ......................................... 1-4Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch ............................................................. 2-23Rear window wiper and washer switch.............. 2-22Rearview monitor ............................................. 4-18Recorders, Event data ...................................... 9-28Registering your vehicle in another country....... 9-11

Remote controller (See INFINITI mobileentertainment system) ..................................... 4-56Remote keyless entry

System, Except Intelligent Key system ......... 3-5System, For Intelligent Key system ............ 3-20

Reporting safety defects (US only) .................... 9-26Roadside assistance program............................. 6-2Rollover............................................................. 5-7Room light....................................................... 2-45Run-flat tires...................................................... 6-3

S

SafetyChild seat belts ......................................... 1-11Reporting safety defects (US only) ............. 9-26Towing safety............................................ 9-21

Screen (See INFINITI mobile entertainmentsystem) ........................................................... 4-57Seat adjustment

Front power seat adjustment ....................... 1-2Rear seat adjustment .................................. 1-4

Seat belt(s)Child safety............................................... 1-11Infants ..................................................... 1-11Injured persons ........................................ 1-12Larger children.......................................... 1-12Pre-tensioner seat belt system................... 1-50Precautions on seat belt usage .................... 1-8Pregnant women ....................................... 1-12Rear center seat belt ................................. 1-15Seat belt cleaning ....................................... 7-5Seat belt extenders ................................... 1-18Seat belt maintenance............................... 1-18

10-5

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Seat belt warning light and chime.............. 2-14Seat belts ................................................... 1-8Shoulder belt height adjustment................ 1-15Small children........................................... 1-11Three-point type with retractor................... 1-12

Seat(s)Driver-side memory ................................... 3-32Heated seats............................................. 2-29Seats.......................................................... 1-2

Security system (INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem), Engine start ....................................... 2-20Security system, Vehicle security system .......... 2-18Selector lever, Shift lock release....................... 5-17Servicing air conditioner ......................... 4-21, 4-24Shift lock release, Transmission ....................... 5-17Shifting

Automatic transmission............................. 5-14Shoulder belt height adjustment, For frontseats ............................................................... 1-15Snow mode switch........................................... 2-31Spark plugs ..................................................... 8-20Speedometer..................................................... 2-4Starting

Before starting the engine ......................... 5-13Jump starting ............................................ 6-10Precautions when starting and driving ......... 5-2Push starting ............................................ 6-12Starting the engine.................................... 5-14

Status light, Front passenger air bag ................ 1-45Steering

Power steering fluid .................................. 8-15Power steering system .............................. 5-49Steering wheel switch for audiocontrols .................................................... 4-40

Tilting telescopic steering column.............. 3-28Storage ........................................................... 2-34Storage box ..................................................... 2-35Sun shade ....................................................... 2-43Sun visors ....................................................... 3-29Sunglasses holder ........................................... 2-34Sunroof ........................................................... 2-43

Automatic sunroof..................................... 2-43Supplemental air bag warning labels ................ 1-51Supplemental air bag warning light ......... 1-52, 2-15Supplemental restraint system......................... 1-37

Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem...................................................... 1-37

SwitchAudio control steering wheel switch........... 4-40Autolight switch ........................................ 2-25Fog light switch......................................... 2-28Hazard warning flasher switch ................... 2-28Headlight aiming control ........................... 2-26Headlight switch ....................................... 2-24Ignition switch (except Intelligent Keysystem)..................................................... 5-10Ignition switch (with Intelligent Keysystem)..................................................... 5-12Ignition switch automatic transmissionmodels ..................................................... 5-14Lane departure warning (LDW) system........ 2-30Power door lock switch................................ 3-4Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch....................................................... 2-23Snow mode switch .................................... 2-31Turn signal switch ..................................... 2-28Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch.... 2-31

T

Tachometer ....................................................... 2-4Temperature gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge............... 2-5Theft (INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System)

Engine start .............................................. 2-20Three-way catalyst ............................................. 5-3Tilting telescopic steering column .................... 3-28Tire

Pressure, Low tire pressure warninglight.......................................................... 2-13

TiresFlat tire ....................................................... 6-2Low tire pressure warning system ................ 5-3Run-flat tires ............................................... 6-3Spare tire.................................................. 8-45Tire and Loading information label............. 8-36Tire and Loading Information label ............ 9-13Tire chains ................................................ 8-42Tire dressing ............................................... 7-3Tire pressure............................................. 8-35Tire pressure information (display)...... 4-7, 4-15Tire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) ................................................. 5-3, 6-2Tire rotation .............................................. 8-43Types of tires ............................................ 8-40Uniform tire quality grading....................... 9-25Wheel/tire size.......................................... 9-10Wheels and tires ....................................... 8-35

Tonneau cover ................................................. 2-40Top tether strap child restraints........................ 1-27Towing

Flat towing ................................................ 9-24

10-6

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

Tow truck towing ....................................... 6-14Towing a trailer ......................................... 9-19Towing load/specification chart................. 9-19Towing safety............................................ 9-21

TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system .............. 5-3TPMS, Tire pressure warning system................... 6-2Trailer towing................................................... 9-19Transceiver, HomeLink UniversalTransceiver ...................................................... 2-47Transmission

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) ............. 8-15Driving with automatic transmission .......... 5-14Transmission selector lever lock release .... 5-17

Transmitter, With Intelligent Key system (SeeIntelligent Key system) .................................... 3-20Transmitter, Without Intelligent Key system(See remote keyless entry system)...................... 3-5Traveling or registering your vehicle in anothercountry............................................................ 9-11Trouble-shooting guide (for Intelligent Keysystem) ........................................................... 3-19Troubleshooting guide (for BluetoothHands-Free Phone System)...................... 4-31, 4-54Troubleshooting guide (for voice-activated control system) ........................ 4-31, 4-54Turn signal switch............................................ 2-28

U

Underbody cleaning........................................... 7-3Uniform tire quality grading.............................. 9-25

V

Valet key (for Intelligent Key system)................ 3-23Vanity mirror light ............................................ 2-47Vehicle

Dimensions and weights ........................... 9-10Identification number (VIN)....................... 9-11Loading information .................................. 9-15Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) .............. 6-16Security system ........................................ 2-18Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch.... 2-31Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system........ 5-54Vehicle electronic systems.................. 4-9, 4-16

Ventilators....................................................... 4-20Voice command (See Bluetooth Hands-FreePhone System)................................................. 4-47

W

Warning labels, Air bag warning labels ............. 1-51Warning light

Air bag warning light ........................ 1-52, 2-15All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light............ 2-10Anti-lock brake warning light ..................... 2-10Brake warning light ................................... 2-11Door open warning light ............................ 2-11Low fuel warning light ............................... 2-12Low tire pressure warning light .................. 2-13Seat belt warning light and chime.............. 2-14

Warning lights ................................................. 2-10Warning, Hazard warning flasher switch ........... 2-28Warning, Lane departure warning (LDW)system ............................................................ 5-19

Warning, Tire pressure monitoring system(TPMS)........................................................ 5-3, 6-2Warning, Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders.......................................................... 2-9Warranty

Emission control system warranty.............. 9-26Washer switch

Rear window wiper and washer switch ....... 2-22Windshield wiper and washer switch ......... 2-21

Washing ............................................................ 7-2Waxing .............................................................. 7-2Weights (See dimensions and weights)............. 9-10Wheel/tire size ................................................ 9-10Wheels and tires .............................................. 8-35

Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels.................. 7-3Window washer fluid........................................ 8-16Window(s)

Cleaning ..................................................... 7-3Power windows ......................................... 2-41

Windshield wiper and washer switch ................ 2-21Wiper

Rear window wiper and washer switch ....... 2-22Rear window wiper blade........................... 8-23Windshield wiper and washer switch ......... 2-21Wiper blades............................................. 8-21

X

Xenon headlights............................................. 2-23

10-7

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-8

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-9

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-10

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-11

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-12

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-13

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:

VK45DE engineIn order to maintain engine and exhaustsystem durability and performance, un-leaded premium gasoline with an octanerating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)number (Research octane number 96) mustbe used.

If premium gasoline is not available, un-leaded regular gasoline with an octane rat-ing of 87 AKI number (Research octanenumber 91) may be temporarily used, butonly under the following precautions:O Have the fuel tank filled only partially

with unleaded regular gasoline, and fillup with unleaded premium gasoline assoon as possible.

O Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt ac-celeration.

VQ35DE engineUse unleaded regular gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number91).

For improved vehicle performance,INFINITI recommends the use of unleadedpremium gasoline with an octane rating ofat least 91 AKI number (Research octanenumber 96).

CAUTION

O Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emission con-trol systems, and may also affect war-ranty coverage.

O Under no circumstances should a leadedgasoline be used, since this will damagethe three way catalyst.

O Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. Yourvehicle is not designed to run on E-85fuel. Using E-85 fuel can damage the fuelsystem components and is not covered bythe INFINITI vehicle limited warranty.

For additional information, see “Capacitiesand recommended fuel/lubricants” in the“9. Technical and consumer information”section.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:

For VK45DE engine

O API Certification Mark

O API grade SJ or SL, Energy Conserving

O ILSAC grade GF-II & GF-III

O SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred forall ambient temperatures. SAE 10W-30,

10W-40 viscosity oil may be used forambient temperatures above 0°F(−18°C).

For VQ35DE engine

O API Certification Mark

O API grade SG/SH, Energy Conserving I& II or API grade SJ or SL, Energy Con-serving

O ILSAC grade GF-I, GF-II & GF-III

O SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred forall ambient temperatures. SAE 10W-30,10W-40 viscosity oil may be used forambient temperatures above 0°F(−18°C).

See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical and con-sumer information” section for engine oiland oil filter recommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:

See Tire and Loading Information label af-fixed to the inside of the rear left dooropening.

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-INPROCEDURES RECOMMENDATION:

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendationsoutlined in the “Break-in schedule” infor-

GAS STATION INFORMATION

Z 05.11.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

mation found in the “5. Starting anddriving” section of this Owner’s Manual.Follow these recommendations for the fu-ture reliability and economy of your newvehicle.

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Engine oil (P.8-11)

2. Brake fluid (P.8-16)

3. Meters and gauges (P.2-3)

4. Hood release (P.3-24)

5. Lift gate (P.3-24)/Fuel-filler door re-lease (P.3-26)

6. Seat belt (P.1-8)

7. Door lock/key (P.3-3)

8. Spare tire (P.6-2, P.8-43)

9. Windshield washer fluid (P.8-16)

10. Engine coolant (P.8-9)

11. Power steering fluid (P.8-15)

12. Battery (P.8-17)

13. Audio system (P.4-25)/Heater and airconditioner (P.4-21)

14. Fuel (P.3-26, P.9-2)

STI0356

Z 05.11.1/S50-D/V5.0 X

2006 FX Owner's Manual...faction you feel with the INFINITI — from the way it looks and drives to...

Documents

Transcript of 2006 FX Owner's Manual...faction you feel with the INFINITI — from the way it looks and drives to...